mwm imm ^V,i. A,,v -t tilfitSI §|ygip£n| fitj.ra new* Wm SSI is® ns mmmM , 1 ; p ^ 1 ■ ► 1In three bil billion lion years of slow change and grop groping ing effort only one living creature has succeeded in escaping the trap of specialization that has led in time to so much death and wasted endeavor. It is man, but the word should be uttered softly for the story is not yet done.Willamette (USPS-394-370) Volume 7 Number 3 September 1983 Published September (three times) and October by Willamette University, 900 State Street, Salem, Oregon 97301. Second class postage paid at Salem, Oregon. Postmaster: Send address changes to Willamette University, Salem, Oregon 97301. Willamette University does not discrimi discriminate nate on the basis of sex, race, age, marital status, physical handicap, religion, or na national tional and ethnic origin in its education programs or activities (pursuant to Title IX of regulations implementing the Educa Education tion Amendments of 1972 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973). Direct inquiries to L. Randolph Lowry, Willamette University, Salem, Oregon 97301. This catalog is designed to give pros prospective pective and current students, advisors, fa faculty, culty, employers and friends of Willamette University an accurate picture of the cur curriculum, riculum, faculty, environment and related subjects. Over the course of the two years the current catalog will be in use, there will no doubt be changes in curriculum, fa faculty culty and other important areas. Informa Information tion about such changes will be dissemi disseminated nated to the public as appropriate. How However, ever, all provisions herein contained are subject to change without notice and do not constitute a contract or offer to con contract tract with any person. Visitors are welcome to the campus. The undergraduate Office of Admission is open Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to noon and 1:00p.m. to5:00p.m. (4:30p.m. in the summer). Appointments are suggested on all days for visitors coming on specific business. Mailing address: Willamette University, 900 State Street, Salem, Oregon 97301. Phone: (503) 370- 6300.Contents Section I College of Liberal Arts 2 General Education Program 6 Programs of Special Interest 8 Section II Major Programs and Course Descriptions 14 Section III Student Life 70 Admission 72 Tuition and Expenses 75 Financial Aid 77 Section IV Faculty and Administration 81 University Administrators 85 Board of Trustees 86 Campus Map and Buildings 87 Calendar 89 Index 91Introduction This catalog has two basic purposes: (1) to provide information for students who are considering application or have applied for admission to the Willamette University College of Liberal Arts and (2) to serve as a book of record for the University, though neces sarily an incomplete < Willamette University is a small, inde independent, pendent, coeducational university with a college of liberal arts and graduate schools of law and management. Founded in 1842, it is the oldest college in the west and has a historic relationship to the United Methodist Church. Its charter is non-denominational. Willamette has long been known for its intellectual vitality and its cohesive academic community, its concern for each student, close relationships between stu students dents and faculty members, and education which prepares students for successful professional and personal lives. The University has engaged in long- range planning to ensure continuing strength. Every academic department has recently conducted an in-depth study with the aid of off-campus consultants. Among the results of this planning and self-study are revised graduation requirements and the addition of minor programs of study, a number of new courses, and new majors in Business Economics and Computer Science/Mathematics. Willamette has a reputation for financial as well as academic stability. Its endow endowment ment is consistently listed as first or sec second ond largest of any college or university in the Northwest and compares very favora favorably bly on a national basis. In addition to en endowment dowment income and tuition, it depends upon support through gifts and trusts. Almost all Willamette faculty members have received degrees from institutions in other states and/or countries, a fact that brings a wide range of views and experi experiences ences to campus. There is one faculty member for every thirteen students, and all serve as advisors. Some faculty members publish and conduct research and are en encouraged couraged to do so. However, the faculty is fundamentally committed to teaching and to informal discussion with individual stu students. dents. The University is selective and seeks serious and talented students. Our enter entering ing students in 1982 had a solid subject GPA of 3.4. Four hundred and nineteen new students were enrolled from a group of 1,078 applicants. About seventy percent of our students receive financial aid. Both need and no-need scholarships are pro vided. Although more of our students now choose to seek employment immediately after graduation than did previously, the majority still goes immediately on to graduaie or professional school. Under Undergraduate graduate enrollment in the fall of 1982 was 1,271; total University enrollment was 1,860. The campus has 34 buildings on 57 acres. Except for the football stadium, track, and baseball field two blocks away, the campus is self-contained. The only through street separates the College of Law and the Geo. H. Atkinson Graduate School of Management from the College of Liberal Arts. In the spring of 1981 a major building and renovation project was begun. The $4.1 million renovation of E.S. Collins Science Center was completed first. In the fall of 1982 Eaton Hail was renovated at a cost of $1.7 million. Building of a new library is scheduled next. The entire project, scheduled to be completed in 1987, will include renovation of two other buildings and substantial changes in landscape de design. sign. Sparks Center, built in 1974, is an out outstanding standing athletic and physical education facility. The Putnam University Center is a key gathering spot with its lounges, meet meeting ing rooms, recreation room, bookstore, small auditorium, and eating areas. Our playhouse is one of the best educational theatre facilities in the state, and the music and art buildings have been renovated re recently. cently. A 1,250-seat auditorium in the Fine Arts Building is the site of numerous lec lectures tures and concerts, including those of the Oregon Symphony. The excellent facilities support competitive men’s and women’s athletic teams, an extensive intramural sports program, an outstanding speakers series, and numerous other activities and events. Salem’s population of more than 90,000 makes it Oregon’s third largest city. Re Recently cently named as an Al l-America City for the second time since 1974, Salem was one of only eight cities in the United States to be so honored in 1983. Willamette benefits from being located across the street from the state Capitol and near many other state, county, and city buildings. In the larger setting, the ski slopes of Mt. Hood and Mt. Bachelor are two to four hours away and Oregon’s beautiful, rugged coast is about an hour’s drive away. Across the Cascade mountain range lies the high de desert sert land of eastern Oregon. In brief, we think the following adjectives describe Willamette well: academic, seri serious, ous, solid, personal, friendly, well-located, beautiful.Here we can learn a basic les lesson son from nature: that nothing can survive on the planet unless it is a cooperative part of a larger, global whole.College of Liberal Arts Willamette University is a private, independent university of resi residential dential character founded in 1842 by Christian missionaries to the Oregon Country Mindful of its long and distinguished heritage, the University seeks to create an invigorating atmosphere for learning which features small classes, close student-teacher re relationships, lationships, and a diversity of programs and learning methods to meet individual student objectives. Equally important, Willamette attempts to provide an environment in which stu students dents may develop qualities that will en enhance hance the varied dimensions of their future personal, civic, and professional lives. The chief purpose of Willamette Univer University sity is the establishment of a community in which learning and teaching will flourish. Due to its unique character and location, the University mission involves a blend of liberal arts and professional education. The undergraduate College of Liberal Arts offers B.A. and B.S. degrees, the former re requiring quiring foreign language proficiency and the latter, proficiency in quantitative analysis. Professional degrees in music and theatre are also offered. At the graduate level, Willamette’s well-known College of Law is the oldest in the Nor Northwest; thwest; the Geo. H. Atkinson Graduate School of Management was founded in 1973 to provide professional training for careers in both government and industry. A 3-2 program in management combines undergraduate and graduate education at Willamette: students complete require requirements ments for a degree and major in the Col College lege of Liberal Arts in three years and then spend two years earning the Master’s de degree gree in the Atkinson School. The essence of Willamette University’s academic commitment to each student is a foundation in general education which provides an exposure to civilization’s great philosophical, artistic, literary, and cul cultural tural expressions, and a mastering of the basic human skills of reading, writing, cal calculating, culating, and reasoning. General educa education tion coursework and related experiences serve as a preparation for advanced studies and possible off-campus application —field research, career- related internships, study abroad, and others. Overall, Willamette strives to edu educate cate the whole person, including the moral, intellectual, creative, and social dimensions, and to instill a lifelong dedi dedication cation to rational inquiry and to human excellence. Willamette graduates have entered all walks of life. Outstanding doctors, lawyers, teachers, businessmen, public servants, and clergy who live throughout the United States and in many parts of the world have common roots in the Wil Willamette lamette University community. This shared participation in an institution long devoted to the quality of life of its members is the rich heritage of each incoming generation of students. Whatever life directions a stu student dent ultimately chooses, these traditions and opportunities beckon to form each new student’s Willamette experience. Accreditation Willamette University is fully accredited by the accrediting agencies for American colleges and universities. It is a charter member of the National Commission on Accrediting and is a member of and accre accredited dited by the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges. It is also accredited as a senior college by the University Senate of the United Methodist Church. It holds membership in the Association of Ameri American can Colleges and is recognized by the American Association of University Pro Professors fessors and the American Association of University Women. The music program is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music, and the University holds institutional membership in that organization. The major in music therapy is accredited by the National Association for Music Therapy. The chemistry department is on the ap approved proved list of the American Chemical Society. The University is approved by the Oregon State Department of Education and meets requirements for teaching cer certification tification in secondary education. Goals of the College of Liberal Arts The College of Liberal Arts seeks to foster the fundamental goals of a liberal educa education. tion. Liberal arts study is a search for truth, and for those artistic, humane, social and scientific principles that enable us to un understand derstand ourselves, our society and our environment and to meet the challenges of a rapidly changing world. More specifically, the College of Liberal Arts seeks to develop basic intellectual skills of analysis and communication, to examine the moral and aesthetic dimen dimensions sions of human culture and to foster breadth and depth in theoretical know knowledge, ledge, in the belief that all of these build a foundation for success and fulfillment in personal, professional, and civic life after graduation. The College is committed to the idea that all students acquire a general education involving disciplinary and in interdisciplinary terdisciplinary approaches to the tradi traditional tional areas of the humanities, the social sciences, the natural sciences, literature and the fine arts; that all students experi experiment ment and explore in elective courses; and that each student develop a competence in the knowledge and skills of a major pro program gram of study. Finally, the College is also dedicated to the creation of a campus environment in which social, residential, and cocurricular life support academic goals; for a liberal arts education should provide oppor opportunities tunities for students to develop personal values and interests in an atmosphere of spiritual, racial, ethnic, and cultural free freedom. dom. Graduation Requirements The College of Liberal Arts offers the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Sci Science ence degrees and the professional Bachelor of Theatre, Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Music Education degrees. In order to earn a degree, a candidate must meet general requirements, specific de degree gree and major requirements and com complete plete the General Education Program. General Requirements for All Bac Baccalaureate calaureate Degrees All candidates for graduation must: 1. Satisfactorily complete 31 credits, of which no more than two may be earned in major or professional internships. At least 15 of these credits must be earned in resi-dence. The last or senior year shall be spent in residence or in Willamette-ap Willamette-approved proved off-campus programs. In unusual circumstances, students with exceptional academic records may petition at entrance to graduate with fewer than 15 credits earned at Willamette. 2. Demonstrate proficiency in the English language as defined by the Department of English and approved by the Faculty of the College of Liberal Arts (see p. 4). This pro proficiency ficiency is normally demonstrated during the freshman year and must be established in order to attain junior status. Transfer students must establish proficiency by the end of their second semester at Wil Willamette. lamette. 3. Demonstrate proficiency in basic mathematics, as defined by the Depart Department ment of Mathematics and approved by the Faculty of the College of Liberal Arts (see p. 4). This proficiency is normally dem demonstrated onstrated during the freshman year and must be established in order to attain junior status. Transfer students must es establish tablish proficiency by the end of their sec second ond semester at Willamette. 4. Satisfactorily complete the seven-credit General Education program, as described below. 5. Satisfactorily complete an approved major program and the specific requisites for either a B.A. or a B.S. degree, or the professional B.M., B.M.Ed. and B.T. de degrees, grees, as described below. 6. Satisfactorily complete at least one-half credit in a specifically designed Senior Year Experience. 7. Achieve a cumulative gradepoint aver average age of at least 2.00 (C), and a gradepoint in the major of at least 2.00. Specific Requirements for Bac Baccalaureate calaureate Degrees Bachelor of Arts Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts de degree gree must: 1. Satisfactorily complete foreign lan language guage study at the second-year college level. (See “Foreign Language Require Requirement,” ment,” p. 4) 2. Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts de degree gree may earn a maximum of 10 credits in a single subject field to apply toward the minimum of 31 required for graduation. Major and professional program in internships ternships are exempted from this limita limitation, tion, but no more than two such internship credits can be applied toward the required 31 credits. Bachelor of Science Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree must: 1. Satisfactorily complete a total of two credits from at least two of the following four categories: (1) Calculus (Math 230, 241,242,243); (2) Computer Science (CS 230,231,232); (3) Logic and Linguistics (Phil 140; ISA 235; English 250-251 [251 counts toward the B.S. only if 250 is com completed]); pleted]); (4) Statistics (Math 138,333; Econ 359; ISA 350-351). 2. Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree may earn a maximum of 10 credits in a single subject field toward the minimum of 31 required for graduation. Major and professional program in internships ternships are exempted from this limita limitation tion , but no more than two such internship credits can be applied toward the required 31 credits. Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Music Education Candidates for these degrees must meet the requirements listed on p. 45. Bachelor of Theatre Candidates for this degree must meet the requirements listed on p. 66. Approved Majors The following majors leading to a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree have been approved by the faculty. Professional degrees are also offered in music and theatre, and combined degrees are available in computer science, elementary education, engineering, for forestry estry and management. American Studies Art Biology Business Economics Chemistry Computer Science/Mathematics Economics Education English Environmental Science French German History Humanities International Studies Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religious Studies Sociology Spanish Speech Communication Theatre Approved Minors The following minors have been ap approved proved by the faculty. Art Biology Chemistry Computer Science Earth Science English French History Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Sociology Spanish Speech Communication Theatre General Education Program To express its commitment to the ideals of a liberal education, the Faculty requires that each candidate for a baccalaureate degree complete a program of study which includes experiences in discipline-based inquiry and explorations which transcend usual discipline boundaries. The latter in involves volves both the interrelation of knowledge among liberal arts disciplines and the ap application plication of knowledge in the individual and civic dimensions of a liberal educa education. tion. All candidates for graduation must com complete plete seven credits in the General Educa Education tion program, distributed between discipline-based inquiry and integrative studies. A. Discipline-Based Inquiry (5 credits) The purpose of discipline-based inquiry is to introduce the student to the theoreti theoretical cal knowledge and analytical methods central to each area. Students must earn one credit in each of the following five areas: Fine Arts: Study in this area develops criti critical cal insight into the creative process and heightens awareness of moral and aesthe aesthetic tic questions and of the role of the arts in reflecting and changing cultural assump assumptions. tions. Humanities: Study in this area emphasizes the role of the humanities in illuminating major philosophies, historical develop developments ments and cultural achievements of human civilization and focuses on con consideration sideration of ethical and moral issues and values Literature: Study in this area provides training in literary analysis and de demonstrates monstrates how literature heightens awareness of moral and aesthetic ques questions. tions. Natural Sciences: Study in this area fo focuses cuses on the scientific method and on sci scientific entific knowledge and discoveries, and examines the value implications of the applications of science. Social Sciences: Study in this area de develops velops capabilities for responsible citizen citizenship, ship, examines value questions of indi individual vidual freedom and social responsibility and gives insight into the structures and functioning of societies. B. Integrative Studies (2 credits) The purpose of integrative studies is to provide experience in thinking across dis-ciplines in ways that develop critical thinking, informed judgment and sensitiv sensitivity ity to the complexities of contemporary personal and civic life. Students must earn a total of two credits from courses meeting this requirement. In addition, students are strongly en encouraged couraged to include in their programs in involvement volvement in physical activity in order to develop and maintain physical fitness and to enroll in studies which provide under understanding standing of physical health. Academic Advising The Academic Advising system of the University is organized to enhance the traditionally close relationship between students and faculty. Willamette is vitally interested in the intellectual, social, moral, religious, cultural, and emotional growth of each student and views advising and counseling as integral parts of the total educational process. All undergraduate students work directly with an academic advisor in ways that promote such growth. The student and the academic advisor, in mutual consultation and agreement, de devise vise an academic program that meets the student’s interests and needs and the Uni University’s versity’s requirements. While the student is ultimately responsible for ensuring that all graduation requirements are met, the academic advisor stands ready to lend as assistance, sistance, offer information, and check programs. The student and the academic advisor, meeting together at least once every semester, plan both the immediate semester program and the total four-year program with the major aim of building a coherent liberal arts experience. Because most entering freshmen do not know what their major will be (and are not expected to), the student and the advisor will usually plan for the first two years a program that satisfies the GENERAL EDUCATION PRO PROGRAM GRAM (see p. 6) and the degree profi proficiency ciency requirements and to introduce the student to the broad liberal arts spectrum. This will prepare students for concentra concentration tion on a major and acquaint them with a wide variety of possible majors. All mem members bers of the undergraduate faculty, regard regardless less of their individual areas of specializa specialization, tion, are prepared to discharge the respon responsibility sibility of the general advising of students who have not yet declared a major. At the point of declaring majors—usu majors—usually ally at the end of the sophomore or the be beginning ginning of the junior year —students choose an advisor in the major field and together with that advisor plan the re remaining maining two years to meet major require requirements ments and to distribute electives in com complementary plementary fields. This balance between a broad educational experience in the first two years and a more specialized experi experience ence in the last two years provides Wil Willamette lamette graduates with a solid liberal arts background, which is an excellent entree into graduate and professional schools and the world of work. Students seeking one of the three under undergraduate graduate professional degrees offered by Willamette (the Bachelor of Music, the Bachelor of Music Education, and the Bachelor of Theatre) are strongly advised upon entrance to make immediate contact with the Music or Theatre departments in order to enter at once into a more intensive advising process. Transfer students are assigned advisors according to their declared major field of interest prior to their initial semester at Willamette. It is important for transfer stu students dents to meet with this advisor as soon as they arrive on campus in order to plan in intelligently telligently for their time at Willamette and to ensure that they will meet all major pro program gram and College of Liberal Arts gradua graduation tion requirements. The academic advising function is an important part of the responsibility of every full-time faculty member of the College of Liberal Arts and one which faculty mem members bers take very seriously. The student- advisor relationship, tailored to meet the needs of each individual student, is thus a central part of the student’s academic life. Personal advising and career counseling are also available to the student through the personnel of the Student Development Center (see p. 70). Satisfaction of Proficiency Requirements English Proficiency Proficiency in the English language is defined as the ability to structure adequate paragraphs and sentences, including evi evidence dence of sufficient mastery of English syntax to allow intelligent choices among the various possibilities of English sen sentence tence structure. Within these structural concerns, students should be able to manage the conventions of English spel spelling, ling, usage, and punctuation in such a manner as to convey their message with without out distortion or general loss of credibility. As well as mastery of syntactical and grammatical conventions, proficiency in English means control of the level of dic diction tion and sensitivity to the meanings and values of words. In thus defining proficiency, the English Department expresses its deep commit commitment ment to the belief that educated people have command of the language they use and understand that effective expression is the true mirror of thought. Students may demonstrate English pro proficiency ficiency in one of these ways: 1. Complete English 130: The Craft of Writing II with a grade of C minus or better; 2. Score a 4 or 5 on the Advanced Placement English Test; | 3. Pass a challenge examination offered by the English Department; or 4. Submit an equivalent transfer course for evaluation by the English Department. Proficiency is normally demonstrated in the freshman year and must be established in order to gain junior status. Transfer stu students dents must establish proficiency by the end of their second semester at Wil Willamette. lamette. Mathematics Proficiency Proficiency in mathematics is defined as the acquisition and demonstration of those mathematical skills and aptitudes which allow interpretation and use of the mathematics one is faced with in everyday life. Students may demonstrate this profi proficiency ciency in one of the following ways: 1. Score 60 or better on the Mathematics SAT, or 26 or better on the Mathematics ACT; 2. Score a passing grade on the proficiency test administered by the Mathematics De Department; partment; 3. Pass Math 109: Techniques of Mathematics (this course is graded on a CR/NC basis); 4. Pass a calculus course with a grade of C minus or better; or 5. Submit an equivalent transfer course for evaluation by the Mathematics Depart Department. ment. Proficiency is normally demonstrated in the freshman year and must be established in order to gain junior status. Transfer stu students dents must establish proficiency by the end of their second semester at Wil Willamette. lamette. Foreign Language Requirement To earn the degree of Bachelor of Arts, students must fulfill the foreign language requirement. This requirement may be met in one of the following ways; 1. Satis Satisfactorily factorily complete a foreign language at the second year college level or higher; 2. Pass a comprehensive examination on the fourth semester college level administered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures; or 3. Attain a score of 4 or 5 on the Advanced Placement Test in a foreign language. Entering students whose native lan language guage is not English may demonstrate proficiency in a foreign language by satis satisfying fying the English Proficiency Requirement. Honors Policies A student may graduate with University honors as determined by the College of Liberal Arts faculty. These are designated a&summa cum laude (with highest hon honors) ors) , magna cum laude (with great hon honors), ors), and cum laude (with honors). Transfer students will be considered for University Honors based on the academic record they have established at Wil Willamette, lamette, provided such a record is sup supported ported by the quality of work which they have completed at other institutions of higher learning and that they have com completed pleted 11 graded credits at Willamette at the time of Honors consideration. Thelevel of Honors for which a transfer student qualifies cannot be raised on the basis of work transferred from other institutions. A student may graduate with distinction in the major field of study by distinguished completion of a thesis, research project, performance, or creative exhibition and by attainment of a cumulative Grade Point Average for courses within the major as prescribed by the major program faculty. A student may be named to the College Honors List for any semester during which the student’s Grade Point Average was 3.75 or better. The Honors List is widely pub published lished and a notation of this achievement is made on the student’s transcript. Academic Regulations Registration Students whose applications for admis admission sion have been accepted, register on the dates designated in the catalog (see Calendar, p. 89). A late registration fee of $5 for the first day and $1 for each class day thereafter is charged students who do not complete registration (including initial fee payment) by 4 p.m. on the last regular re registration gistration day. The normal program at Willamette in includes cludes four credits per semester. Each cre credit dit is equivalent to four semester hours or six quarter hours. A student may register for up to 4-1/2 credits without extra charge. Any undergraduate student in good academic standing, who is making normal progress toward an undergraduate degree, is eligible to register for more than 4-1/2 credits with the concurrence of an advisor. Students not meeting these criteria must petition the appropriate committee for ap approval proval of an overload. Petition forms are available in the Registrar’s Office. Astudent is required to attend class until is officially dropped. Forms for withdrawal may be secured from the student’s advisor. If a student fails to withdraw officially, the grade in any course which he or she dis discontinues continues becomes an “F.” A semester grade of “F” is given if a stu student dent withdraws for any reason, other than serious illness, from a course later than the time prescribed by the Academic Calendar unless the student has been granted ad advance vance permission to withdraw by the Academic Status Committee. The University reserves the right to dis discontinue continue any class for which the enroll enrollment ment is insufficient. Class Attendance Class attendance is subject to the fol following lowing guidelines: 1. Students are expected to attend classes. 2. Instructors set the specific attendance standards for their own classes. 3. Irregular attendance may impair stu students’ dents’ progress and therefore be reflected in their grades. Faculty members should inform students about attendance re requirements quirements at the beginning of each semester. If such is not done, students should feel obliged to request this infor information mation from their instructors. Grading Policy The following grades will be given for credit (grade point equivalent shown in parentheses): A (4.0), A minus (3.7), B plus (3.3), B (3.0), B minus (2.7), C plus (2.3), C (2.0), C minus (1.7), D plus (1.3), and D (1.0). The F grade (0.0) will not be granted credit but will be computed in the grade point average. 1. The grade of A will denote excellent performance. 2. The grade of B will denote good per performance. formance. 3. The grade of C will denote satisfactory performance. 4. The grade of D will denote below stan standard dard performance. 5. The grade of F will denote failing per performance. formance. 6. The grade of CR (credit), used in those courses designated by the faculty (courses with zero for a second digit) or those courses selected by students on the Credit/No Credit option, will be granted credit toward the degree but will not be computed in the GPA. The grade of NC (no credit) will not be granted credit and will not be computed in the GPA. In those cases where students select this option, reported final grades of C minus or better will be converted to CR, and grades of D plus or lower will be converted to NC. 7. The grade of W will stand for With Withdrawal drawal and is given at the request of either the student concerned or the instructor of the course. No credit will be granted to toward ward a degree and the W grade will not be computed in the GPA. The final date to drop a class in order to receive a grade of W, at the instigation of either the student or the instructor, will be the tenth Friday of the semester for full semester and second half semester courses and the fifth Friday of the semester for the first half semester courses. Withdrawal after these dates will be possible only if the student successfully petitions the Academic Status Committee. 8. The grade of 1 will stand for Incomplete. This grade may be given only in cases of illness or for certain other exigencies ver verified ified through the Student Development Center and must be made up during the next 30 days of residence. This deadline may be extended only if the student suc successfully cessfully petitions the Academic Status Committee. All grades of I will be accom accompanied panied by a contingency grade, in the computation of which the instructor has considered work not completed as a zero or an F. If the Registrar does not receive a new final grade from the instructor by the I grade deadline, the contingency grade will be recorded as the final grade. 9. The grade of T will stand for Incomplete in those cases where the instructor deter mines there are legitimate reasons, other than health, to grant the student an exten extension sion of time. Like the grade of I, the grade of T must be made up during the next 30 days of residence. This deadline may be extended only if the student successfully petitions the Academic Status Committee. All grades of T will be accompanied by a contingency grade, in the computation of which the instructor has considered work not completed as a zero or an F. If the Re Registrar gistrar does not receive a new final grade from the instructor by the T grade dead deadline, line, the contingency grade will be re recorded corded as the final grade. 10. The grade of Q will denote those rare cases (usually in advanced seminars and independent study) when a continuing project for legitimate reasons must be ex extended tended beyond the end of the semester and perhaps through the following semester. Prior to the assignment of the Q grade, the instructor must submit written notification to the Dean of the College in indicating dicating the reason for use of this grade. Credit/No Credit Full-time students may take only one credit per semester on a Credit/No Credit basis. (This does not include courses which have been designated exclusively for Credit/No Credit grading.) Credit (CR) is equivalent to grades of A through C minus. No Credit (NC) is equivalent to grades of D plus and below. CR grades will count as part of the 31 satisfactory credits required for graduation, but CR grades are not computed in the grade point average. To be eligible to take courses on a Credit/No Credit basis, a student must be a full-time student in good academic standing and must have successfully completed three credits at Willamette Uni University versity during the previous semester. A student may not take more than one cre credit’s dit’s worth of Credit/No Credit per subject field. Students desiring to do so will sign up for Credit/No Credit courses in the following manner: All students will register for all courses in the regular fashion. Within the first ten school days of the semester, any eligible student who wishes to exercise the Credit/No Credit option may do so by fil filing ing an appropriate form with the Recorder. Except for courses that begin after mid midsemester, semester, this form may not be withdrawn or amended after the first ten school days of the semester. For those courses that begin after mid-semester, Credit/No Credit forms may be filed during the first ten days following the mid-semester date, but the forms may not be withdrawn or amended thereafter. After the Credit/No Credit forms are filed, and for the remainder of the semes semester, ter, they shall be considered as privileged information. The Recorder may not reveal their existence to the instructor concernedor to anyone else. At the end of the semester, instructors will turn in letter grades in the usual fashion. The Recorder will then change the letter grade to a CR or a NC in the appropriate cases. Policy on Academic Achievement At the conclusion of each semester, the academic records of all students working for an undergraduate degree are reviewed by the Academic Status Committee, a standing committee of the undergraduate faculty. In the cases of students who are not working up to expectations, the com committee mittee determines whether an individual student is: (1) warned about academic progress; (2) placed on academic proba probation] tion] or (3) dismissed for academic insuf insufficiency. ficiency. The criteria used in these determinations include the following academic deficien deficiencies: cies: 1. Semester GPAbelow2.00. 2. Cumulative GPA below 2.00. 3. Completion by a full-time student of less than 3 credits. 4. Serious academic difficulty as deter determined mined by the Academic Status Committee. Academic Progress Information Normal progress requires that a student complete a minimum of three credits during the preceding semester and com complete plete sufficient credits toward an under undergraduate graduate degree according to the follow following ing schedule: three credits completed by the end of the first semester, four credits completed for each subsequent semester for a total of: Seven credits completed by the end of the first year; 11 credits completed by the end of the third semester; 15 credits completed by the end of the sec second ond year; 19 credits completed by the end of the fifth semester; 23 credits completed by the end of the third year; 27 credits completed by the end of the seventh semester; 31 credits presented for graduation at the end of the fourth year. Academic Probation If academic performance falls well below expected achievement, student will be placed on Academic Probation, if placed on probation, the student is: 1. Ineligible to represent Willamette Uni University versity in any public performance; 2. Ineligible to hold any campus office; 3. Subject to review of his/her financial aid status (if receiving aid from the Univer University) sity) by the Director of Financial Aid; 4. Subject to eventual dismissal if the academic record continues to be below expected achievement. Students placed on probation should see their academic advisors as soon as possible in order to review their curricular, co-curricular, and extra-curricular ac activities. tivities. Academic Dismissal If academic performance warrants academic dismissal, the student is: (1) in ineligible eligible to apply for readmission to Wil Willamette lamette for two subsequent semesters (note: eligibility to reapply does not guarantee readmission); and (2) encour encouraged aged to seek counsel with members of the Willamette faculty or staff to discuss edu educational cational goals. Transcripts One official transcript or record will be issued without charge by the Registrar. Subsequent requests require a fee of one dollar for each transcript unless more than one is ordered at a time, in which case a charge of fifty cents for each additional transcript will be made. All requests must be confirmed in writing by the student. Course Listings and Numbering Each course is valued at one credit un unless less otherwise noted in parentheses fol following lowing the course title. The faculty re reserves serves the right to add and to delete courses, to make changes in course con content, tent, and to make other curricular changes at anytime. Course numbers are an indication of the relationship of the course to the total Col College lege of Liberal Arts curriculum. Courses are numbered according to this scheme: 001-019 Remedial courses or courses which receive no college credit. 020X-099X Activities courses. No extra fees charged if addition of one of these courses constitutes an overload. 100-299 Courses generally suitable for freshmen and sophomores. 300-495 Courses generally suitable for juniors and seniors. 496-499 Senior year experiences. Within these last three categories, the last two numbers differentiate types of courses as follows: 00-09 Course must be graded Credit/No Credit. 10-19 Course satisfies some area of the Part A requirement of the General Educa Education tion Program. 20-29 Course satisfies part of the Part B requirement of the General Education Program. 30-59 Course is a regular departmental offering, usually part of the major program. 60-89 Private music lessons. Otherwise, general courses in areas not offering pri private vate lessons. 90-93 Independent study courses. 94-95 Internships. 96-99 Senior seminars or other senior year experiences. General Education Program The General Education Program is required of all candidates for graduation. In place for the first time in Fall, 1981, the General Education Program has grown out of several years of faculty/stu faculty/student/administration dent/administration planning and has been carefully designed to provide the best in general liberal arts training. The division of GEP requirements between discipline-based inquiry (5 credits) and integration of knowledge (2 credits) allows students to familiarize themselves with the many dimensions of liberal education.Each student, working with a faculty ad advisor, visor, is encouraged to design an indi individual vidual general education program which possesses overall coherence and reflects the student’s special interests and objec objectives. tives. Students shouId complete a majority of their general education program courses prior to the junior year. Part A: Discipline-based Areas of Inquiry The discipline-based courses stress the distinctive modes of thinking and analysis of each disciplinary field. As the list below indicates, the student has within each of the five discipline areas a wide range of options by which to fulfill the requirement, but each option will provide an equivalent response to the criteria for that area. Stu Students dents must earn one credit from each of the following areas for a total of five cre credits: dits: Fine Arts Course criteria: 1. to develop critical in insight sight into the creative process as practiced in the fine arts; 2. to consider how the fine arts heighten awareness of moral and aesthetic questions; and 3. to create an awareness of the capacity of the fine arts both to reflect and to initiate change in the fundamental assumptions of civilizations past and present. Courses which meet the Fine Arts re requirement quirement (See appropriate major pro program gram statements for course descriptions): Art 111: Drawing and Composition Art 112: Color and Composition Art 113: Fundamentals of Design Art 114: Structural Design English 215: History of the Cinema (Pre (Prerequisite: requisite: English Proficiency) ISA 111: Human Creativity: The Fine Arts Music 112: Introduction to Music Litera Literature ture and Practicum (Auditions necessary) Music 113: Spectrum of Music Music 114: Musica Viva Music 116: Understanding Opera Music 210: The Music of America Theatre 110: The Theatre: A Contemp Contemporary orary Introduction Theatre 215: Major Forms of Drama Theatre 216: Modern Trends in Drama Humanities Course criteria: 1. to provide training in the analytical methods of disciplines which study civilization and culture from the viewpoint of the humanities; 2. to pre present sent critical perspectives about cultural assumptions and experiences through examination of major philosophies, relig religions, ions, historical developments, and cul cultural tural achievements of civilizations; 3. to develop student capacities for making ef effective fective personal decisions through con consideration sideration of value choices and moral is issues sues which civilizations have faced. Courses which meet the Humanities re requirement quirement (See appropriate major pro gram statements for course descriptions): Art 217: Survey of Art History: Prehistoric through Romanesque Art 218: Survey of Art History: Gothic to Modern History 115: Western Civilization to 1715 History 116: Western Civilization, 17th Century to the Present ISA 110: Great Ideas of the Western World Philosophy 110: Philosophical Problems Philosophy 210: Philosophy of Religion Religion 112: History of Christianity Religion 114: Introduction to New Tes Testament tament Studies Religion 115: Introduction to the Study of Religion Religion 214: Religion in America Literature Course criteria: 1. to provide training in analysis of literary works; 2. to examine the creative and aesthetic dimensions of cultures as reflected in their great works of literature; and 3. to consider how literature heightens awareness of moral and aesthe aesthetic tic questions. Courses which meet the Literature re requirement quirement (See appropriate major pro program gram statements for course descriptions): All English courses have a prerequisite of English Proficiency. English 119: Imaginative Literature English 210: Foundations of Literature English 211: American Literature from the Beginnings to 1860 English 212: American Literature from 1860 to the Present English 213: Survey of British Literature I English 214: Survey of British Literature II Japanese 314: Japanese Literature in Translation Literature 110: Masterpieces of World Literature Literature 210: The Modern Temper in Literature Literature 212: Style and Conflict in Modern Literature: Camus and His Legacy Literature 215: The Creative Writer as Historian and Journalist Religion 115: Introduction to Old Tes Testament tament Studies Religion 116: Introduction to Major Re Religious ligious Texts Religion 216: C.S. Lewis and the Religi Religious ous Imagination Natural Science Course criteria: 1. to provide training in the processes of scientific validation and proof; 2. to examine major scientific dis discoveries, coveries, historical developments and theories which have influenced percep perceptions tions of nature; 3. to explore the role of scientific knowledge and imagination in the evolution of civilization; and 4. to con consider sider the uses and applications of science in society, and the value implications of how we choose to use scientific dis discoveries. coveries. Courses which meet the Natural Science requirement (See appropriate major pro program gram statements for course descriptions): Biology 110: Principles of Biology Chemistry 110: Chemical Concepts and Applications Chemistry 115: Introductory Chemistry 1 Earth Science 110: Physical Geology Physics 210: Astronomy Physics 213: Light and Color Physics 215: Introductory Physics Psychology 210: General Experimental Psychology Social Science Course criteria: 1. to provide training in the analytical methods of the social or be behavioral havioral sciences; 2. to develop increased capabilities for effective and responsible citizenship through analysis of the social, political and economic processes by which societies function; and 3. to con consider sider the value questions which are inher inherent ent in issues involving tensions between individual freedom and social responsi responsibility. bility. Courses which meet the Social Science requirement (See appropriate major pro program gram statements for course descriptions): Economics 110: Contemporary Economic Issues Political Science 110: American Politics Political Science 111: Survey of Politics: Freedom and Authority Political Science 112: Politics and the Challenge of Scarcity Political Science 113: Survey of Political Philosophy Political Science 114: Survey of Politics: War and Peace Psychology 110: Introduction to Psychology Sociology 110: Principles of Sociology Sociology 111: Introduction to An Anthropology thropology Sociology 112: Sex Roles in Society Sociology 113: Environmental Sociology Part B: Integration and Use of Knowledge The integration and use of knowledge courses are, as their name implies, de designed signed to cross disciplinary lines and to deal with knowledge drawn from diverse perspectives, in order that students may have experience in perceiving relation relationships ships and in applying the results of inquiry and analysis to personal and societal problems. Courses focus on the process of using and integrating knowledge to de develop velop critical thinking, informed judg judgment, ment, and sensitivity to the complexities of contemporary personal and civic life. Stu Students dents have a wide range of options by which to fulfill the 2-credit requirement in this part of the General Education Program, but each option will provide an equivalent response to the criteria for this area. Course criteria: 1. to develop apprecia appreciation tion for the interrelatedness of knowledge8 from a variety of liberal arts disciplines; and 2. to focus on the process of integrat integrating ing and using knowledge in making value judgments and ethical decisions in one’s personal life and in functioning as an in informed, formed, responsible citizen in a world of increasingly complex and interdependent societies. Courses which meet the Integration and Use of Knowledge requirement (See ap appropriate propriate major program statements for course descriptions): Chemistry 220: Environmental Chemis Chemistry try (Prereq: CHEM 115) Education 220: Disciplines and Educa Education tion English 222: Poet-Painters: Blake and Rossetti English 223: Film Genre and Authorship Envr 220: Environmental Systems under Stress Envr 320: Environmental Ethics Envr 496: Senior Seminar in Environ Environmental mental Science History 420: Henry Adams and the His Historical torical Consciousness (Prereq: Hist 341 or consent of instructor) History 421: Expatriates and the National Experience (Prereq: Hist 341 or consent of instructor) ISA 120: Science and Society ISA 121: Seminar on Women and Art ISA 122: Visual Thinking: An Approach to Problem Solving ISA 125: Theories and Techniques of Human Interaction ISA 220: Art and Society in Germany and Austria in the 20th Century ISA 221: Ethnobotany: Plants and People ISA 222: Environment and Behavior ISA 223: Introduction to Global Perspec Perspectives tives ISA 225: Field Studies in Hawaii ISA 227: Human Sexuality ISA 321: Studies in Florence ISA 323: Agriculture, Energy, and World Equity ISA 325: Contemporary Cultures of the Northwest ISA 422: Modern Arts Seminar: Nature and Human Nature ISA 429: Seminar: The Idea of Progress Music 220: The Age of Beethoven Philosophy 120: Philosophy, Science, and Science Fiction Philosophy 121: Applied Philosophy Political Science 320: Politics, Economics, and Planning Political Science 324: Political Systems of Developing Countries Political Science 421: Seminar in Inter International national Relations Psychology 225: Adaptive Lifestyles Religion 320: Religion and Science Religion 420: The Bible in the American Tradition Sociology 325: Life Cycle: Childhood and Adolescence (Prereq: An entry level sociology course) Sociology 326: Life Cycle: Adulthood and Aging (Prereq: An entry level sociol sociology ogy course and one course in psychology) Speech Communication 220: Persua Persuasion, sion, Propaganda, and the Mass Media Speech Communication 320: Mass Media and Society Speech Communication 321: Ameri American can Public Address Students successfully completing one of Willamette University’s foreign study prog programs rams (Paris, Japan, London, Guadalajara, Salamanca, Munich) will be officially acknowledged on their requirement summary as having met one-half of the Part B requirement for graduation. (The experience will not count as credit beyond coursework, but will serve to meet one- half of the Part B requirement.) In meeting the Part B requirement, a stu student dent may a) include no more than one credit from a single subject field (ISA is not a subject field) and b) include no more than one credit taken from the same in instructor structor (does not apply to team-taught ISA courses). Programs of Special Interest Interdisciplinary Freshman Program Included in the offerings of the Integra Integrative tive Studies Area and of special interest to first-year students are four interdiscipli interdisciplinary nary seminars: ISA 110: Great Ideas of the Western World; ISA 111: Human Creativity: The Fine Arts; ISA 120: Science and Soci Society; ety; and ISA 1^2: Visual Thinking: An Ap Approach proach to Problem Solving. Offered both semesters, these courses are staffed by faculty from a number of Humanities, Science, Social Science, and Fine Arts disciplines. The seminar goals are to explore ques questions tions of the enduring values of human civilization, to expose students to great works of philosophy, art, literature, and culture, and to help students attain com competency petency in skills of reading, writing, cal calculating, culating, and reasoning. Minority Studies An emerging study opportunity at Wil Willamette lamette is the College’s growing number of courses which focus upon subject matter and issues related to the experiences of minority peoples in American society. These courses are designed both to ad address dress the liberal education needs of all Willamette students and to respond to interests of the University's increasing minority student population. Among these are: ISA 100: Minorities Seminar; Eng 240: Black Literature; His 330: Survey of African History; His 331: Afro-American History; Soc 131: Race & Ethnic Relations; Soc 231: Amerindians of North America. Senior Year Studies Cognizant that academic experiences for seniors which integrate and apply four years of study are equally as important as meeting the general education needs of freshmen, the College has developed a number of interdisciplinary senior semi seminars nars in recent years, and expanded in internship ternship and other off-campus study op opportunities portunities for seniors. Seminars have been offered recently on issues such as alternative futures, energy, world food problems, minorities, and human adapta adaptation tion to change. An interdisciplinary senior seminar in the Humanities is offered each spring. Included among the graduation requirements is a Senior Year Experience of at least 1 /2 credit designed by individual departments. Typical Senior Year Experi Experiences ences are seminars, tutorials, and inde independent pendent study and research projects. Aerospace Studies (AFROTC) Under a cooperative agreement with the University of Portland, Willamette Univer University sity students may participate in the Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps pro gram offered on the University of Portland campus. The purpose of the program, which is administered by the Aerospace Studies faculty at the University of Port Portland, land, is to select and train students to serve as officers in the United States Air Force. Air Force ROTC offers to men and women a two-year and a four-year program, both of which lead to an Air Force commission. Students who qualify may elect to pursue either of these programs. Scholarships are available on a competitive basis for those who qualify. For more information, see the University of Portland catalog or contact the Professor of Aerospace Studies, Uni University versity of Portland, Portland, Oregon 97203, (503) 283-7216. Combined Degree Programs The combined degree program de developed veloped by Willamette University allows students interested in computer science, management, engineering, forestry, and elementary education to accelerate their training, and to earn degrees from two uni universities. versities. Combined Degree Program in Liberal Arts and Management The College of Liberal Arts cooperates with the Geo. H. Atkinson Graduate Schoolof Management in offering a 3-2 Program, through which a student can earn in five years, rather than the usual six, a Bachelor’s degree in an undergraduate major and a Master of Management de degree. gree. Under the 3-2 Program, students study for three years in the College of Liberal Arts, earning at least 24 credits and com completing pleting most (in some cases, all) of their required courses for their major during that time. The actual number of required courses a given student needs to complete during the first three years will be deter determined mined by that student and his/her major department or program. In order to receive the baccalaureate degree upon comple completion tion of the first year of study in the Graduate School of Management, students in this program must have satisfied the College of Liberal Arts graduation re requirements quirements and guidelines. Early in the junior year, qualified stu students dents may apply for admission to the At Atkinson kinson Graduate School of Management. Satisfactory completion of the first year of the GSM Program should result in the completion of all requirements for the un undergraduate dergraduate degree in the student’s major as delineated above. The students are then ready to complete the second, and final, year of the two-year program and receive the Master of Management degree. Admission Requirements Application for admission to the Master segment of the 3-2 Program is made during the first semester of the junior year. Appli Applications cations are considered on an individual basis by the School’s Committee on Ad Admission. mission. Generally, a student will be con considered sidered qualified for admission if he or she: 1. has the written consent of the un undergraduate dergraduate department or program con concerned; cerned; 2. has maintained normal prog progress ress during the first four semesters of un undergraduate dergraduate residence and accumulated a “B” average or better; 3. has scored 550 or above on the Graduate Management Ad Admissions missions Test (which should be taken by February of the junior year); 4. has de demonstrated monstrated effective communication abilities in writing and speaking; 5. has, or will obtain, sufficient background in mathematics to succeed in courses re required quired for the M.M. degree (normally up to, and often including, the first course in calculus); 6. has completed introductory courses in economics, political science, and either psychology or sociology. Engineering To offer the advantages of a combined liberal arts and engineering program, Wil Willamette lamette University has arrangements with Columbia and Stanford Universities whereby a student may receive both a Bachelor of Arts and an engineering de- gree in five years. A six-year combined 9 program results in a Bachelor of Arts de gree and a Master’s degree in engineering. After three years in residence at Wil Willamette, lamette, during which time the student satisfies most requirements for a Bachelor of Arts degree and takes prescribed courses in chemistry, physics, and mathematics, he or she may qualify for transfer to Columbia University or Stanford University. At either of these engineering schools, the student spends two years in any one of the several curricula in en engineering; gineering; at the end of five years, he or she will receive the Bachelor of Science in en engineering gineering from Columbia or Stanford and the Bachelor of Arts degree from Wil Willamette lamette University. Another arrangement is possible with the engineering school of Columbia Uni University versity on a four-two basis. Under this plan a student completes the bachelor’s degree with a major in chemistry, physics, or mathematics at Willamette University be before fore taking the two years of engineering work. The student then receives the Master of Science degree from Columbia Univer University. sity. 'Phis plan is available only in certain fields of engineering. Information con concerning cerning the engineering program may be obtained by consulting Professor Maurice Stewart of the Physics Department. Computer Science This degree program is designed to pro provide vide an undergraduate degree from Wil Willamette lamette University and a Master’s Degree in Computer Science from the University of Oregon or the Oregon Graduate Center. The student spends the first three years of the program at Willamette completing an approved major program together with liberal arts requirements for graduation. The next two years are spent at the Univer University sity of Oregon or the Oregon Graduate Center. Seven credits are transferred to Willamette to fulfill the undergraduate de degree gree requirements. Upon completion of the requirements for the Master’s degree, both the undergraduate and graduate de degrees grees are awarded. Students take a substantial part of their computer science and mathematics work at Willamette. They complete the required Computer Science courses at the Univer University sity of Oregon or the Oregon Graduate Center. This program is ideal for the student who desires a career in the computing field. It prepares the student to enter the field at a high level and ensures a coherent program of study. Forestry Willamette University has an agreement with Duke University School of Forestry which enables students who plan to follow a career in forestry to enroll at Willamette University for three years and to attend Duke University for two years. At the end of the five-year period, two degrees are awarded — the bachelor’s degree from Willamette, and the Master of Science in Forestry from Duke. Students interested in this program should contact Dr. Scott Hawke of the Biology Department. Elementary Education The combined degree program between Willamette and Western Oregon State College leads to a Bachelor of Arts degree or a Bachelor of Science degree in an academic area at Willamette, and a B.A. degree or a B.S. degree and certification in elementary education at Western Oregon State College. Located 15 miles from Salem, in Monmouth, Oregon, Western Oregon State College is a medium-sized state college with an outstanding cur curriculum riculum in elementary education. Under the combined degree program, a student would spend fall semesters at Willamette during the freshman, sopho sophomore, more, junior, and senior years; spring semesters at Willamette during the freshman and sophomore years; and winter and spring quarters at Western Ore Oregon gon State College during the junior and senior years. Students interested in this option must plan their total college years very carefully and should contact Dr. Joanne B. Engel of the Education Department early in their freshman year. Off-Campus Study Willamette University is justifiably proud of the opportunities provided in its cur curriculum riculum for foreign study and for off- campus intern experiences. Foreign study offers a dimension of liberal education that no on-campus experience can dupli duplicate. cate. Internship experience provides a significant means of applying and testing the theories and analytical skills learned in the classroom. Foreign Study The College of Liberal Arts is committed to foreign study programs that have sig significant nificant ties with the curriculum. On- campus pre- and post-study opportunities strengthen the foreign study experience by enhancing the background students take with them to the foreign experience and allowing them upon their return to the campus to follow up their semester abroad with related studies. In the 1984-86 period, the following Wil Willamette lamette University sponsored foreign study programs will be available: Willamette Semester in Japan Fall 1985/Fall 1987 Since 1965, Willamette University has enjoyed a sister college relationship with the International College of Commerce and Economics (usually referred to as ICC) in Kawagoe City, Japan, located about an hour by train from the heart of Tokyo. Every fall semester in odd-numbered years, 20 to 25 Willamette students and a Willamette professor enjoy a semester of study on the ICC campus. The curriculum10 includes courses in Japanese language, history, culture, and politics. Although the courses are taught in English, students are expected to study Japanese for at least a year before going on the program. As well as incorporating this solid academic experience, the Japan semester allows students the opportunity for wide exposure to the Japanese culture. Students live with Japanese families as members of their households and are introduced to other aspects of the culture through such program excursions as those to industrial plants, famous religious shrines and tem temples, ples, and a Shinkansen (“Bullet Train”) to Kyoto and Hiroshima with side trips by bus to Nara and other nearby points of interest. The Japan program is further enhanced by our reciprocal arrangements with ICC. Each Spring, 25-30 ICC students attend a special seven-week session on our cam campus, pus, studying the English language and facets of the American culture and living in the residence halls with the Willamette students. A larger group of ICC students comes to the Willamette campus each summer for a three-week intensive study of English language and American culture. This exchange of students on a regular basis has fostered many lasting friendships among students and faculty. Over the years the ties between the col colleges leges have thus become very strong and lend this program a unique distinction. Willamette Semester in France Spring 1984/Spring 1986 The French program is a language pro program. gram. Courses are taught in French, and students going on the program must have completed two years of college French or the equivalent. Since Spring 1982, the pro program gram has been situated in Paris. It is a self-contained program in that Willamette hires French professors and rents class classroom room space exclusively for its own use. Approximately 25 Willamette students study under the directorship of a Wil Willamette lamette faculty member and live with French families. The curriculum of the French program includes courses in French language, culture, history, literature, and politics. The program takes advantage of its loca location tion to explore other facets of the French culture as these are offered in the museums, galleries, theatres, and general environment of Paris. Semester in London Fall and Spring 1984/1985/1986 In a consortium arrangement with Whitman College, the University of Puget Sound, Pacific Lutheran University, and Gonzaga University, Willamette sponsors a program every semester in London. Ap Approximately proximately 30 students attend this pro program gram each semester, seven or eight of whom are from Willamette. The program is self-contained in that the consortium rents classroom space from the University of London and hires British professors to teach the group. Emphasis is on absorp absorption tion of the British culture with courses in literature, politics, art history, and history especially designed to take advantage of the London setting. Students live with British families and have opportunities for group field trips and excursions. Unlimited access to London is made possible through the inclusion of a London Transport “ride-as-you-please” pass as part of the program fee. In place since 1975, the London Program is a highly successful and popular one. Year in Munich 1984/1985/1986 Willamette students join students from Lewis and Clark College and Reed College for a year’s study at the University of Munich. The program, taught in German, includes courses in German language, culture, and civilization. Students may also enroll in regular courses at the Uni University versity of Munich. Approximately six Wil Willamette lamette students with strong backgrounds in the German language take advantage of this program every year. Semester in Spain Spring 1985/Spring 1987 Willamette, along with the same consor consortium tium that offers the London Program, offers a program in Spain at the University of Salamanca in alternate springs. Dating from the 13th Century, the University of Salamanca is one of Europe’s oldest and played a prominent part in the great tradi tradition tion of the medieval European university. Salamanca is located in northwestern Spain, about 107 miles from Madrid. The program in Spain is a language pro program, gram, requiring two years of college Spanish or the equivalent with courses taught in Spanish. Students will enhance their introduction to Spanish culture by living with Spanish families and will have the added advantage of access to various facilities of the University. Semester in Mexico Fall 1984/Fall 1986 To increase understanding of our Latin- American neighbors and to strengthen ties with Mexico, Willamette, as a member of the consortium that offers the London and Salamanca Programs, sponsors a semes semester ter program at the University of Guadala Guadalajara. jara. Founded by the Spanish in about 1542, Guadalajara is the capital of Jalisco and the second largest city in Mexico. This cultural program will be conducted in English and is open to students who have completed at least one year of col college lege level Spanish. Students will live with Mexican families and will have the op opportunity portunity for field trips and excursions to points of cultural and historical interest. Post-Sessions Professors at Willamette frequently offer month-long, off-campus programs fol following lowing the end of the school year. In the past, these programs have been held in such locations as Hawaii, the American Southwestern deserts, and Florence, Italy. We anticipate that similar programs will be available in the 1984-86 period. Students may earn one academic credit on a post postsession session program. Domestic Off-Campus Study Willamette University recognizes the Un United ited Nations Semester Program and the Washington Semester Program as Willamette courses. Students may earn three to four Willamette credits from each program. U.N. Semester: Sponsored by Drew Uni University versity in Madison, New Jersey. Seminars on the United Nations are held at both the Drew campus and in New York City. The program includes supervised research projects on topics of student choice and has as prerequisites sophomore standing and at least one course in international relations. Washington Semester: Sponsored by American University in Washington, D.C. Seminars are held on different aspects of American government and students hold internships in government or legislative offices. Supervised independent research projects are included. Prerequisites are second semester junior standing, a course in American Politics, and evi evidence dence of advanced work in political science. Information about the programs is avail available able through the office of the Associate Dean of the College. Internships In addition to off-campus studies located at some distance from the home campus, Willamette also has a well-developed on ongoing going program of internships. Many of the University’s academic departments coop cooperate erate in these programs, which take full advantage of Wllamette’s location in Ore Oregon’s gon’s state capital. Internships normally offer one credit and are taken as part of ihe student’s regular academic load. Interns are regularly placed with agen agencies cies of the Oregon state government and the Salem city government; with the Ore Oregon gon State Legislature; and in such facilities as the Oregon School for the Blind, the Oregon State Hospital, and the Salem Public Schools. Majors in economics, political science, sociology, and psychol psychology ogy most frequently enter internships; but speech majors often intern with local radio and television stations, English majors in interested terested in journalism with the local news- | paper, physical education majors with parks and recreation programs, and others in a variety of settings. In short, almost any student who would like an intern experi experience ence can find a suitable one within the curriculum.Note: Prior to setting up an off-campus study program, students should check carefully with their major departments to determine how such study will fit in with major requirements. The Registrar and the Associate Dean of the College can supply information about the transfer of credits, etc. Graduate Study Opportunities Business Management Each year a relatively large number of Willamette graduates enroll in graduate programs in business management at uni universities versities in all sections of the nation. It is also quite common for Willamette graduates to embark on business careers without additional formal academic work. The Willamette liberal arts program pre prepares pares students well for either eventuality. The most popular major for careers in public or private management is economics. It is possible to tailor sequ sequences ences of economics courses to individual needs and objectives. In addition to majors in economics and business economics many other majors have relevance to busi business ness careers in view of the broad perspec perspective tive and basic analytical and communica communication tion skills necessary for success in man management. agement. Dentistry A student planning to enter dental school will follow essentially the same program outlined under Medicine. It is possible to be admitted to a dental school upon the completion of 22-1/2 credits. Or Ordinarily, dinarily, a student planning to enter dental school will complete all the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree prior to admission. General Graduate Study Graduate schools frequently require that basic courses in the chosen field of study be pursued on an undergraduate level. Most graduate schools have a language requirement which must be met before the student may become a candidate for an advanced degree. A reading knowledge of one modern language is often required for a Master of Arts degree, and two languages for a Ph.D. degree. All candidates for graduate work should have demonstrated outstanding ability as students, including successful completion of the Graduate Record Examination. A recent study of undergraduate origins for Ph.D’s, which compared Willamette with approximately 1000 other small, lib liberal eral arts colleges, showed that Willamette ranked in the top 7 percent nationally in terms of alumni who achieved that ad advanced vanced degree. Government Service Students wishing to pursue graduate studies in government are encouraged to 11 take courses which emphasize research and writing, in addition to those that de develop velop an understanding of the political, economic, legal, and managerial factors involved in governing municipalities, re regions, gions, and the state. As supplements to their interdisciplinary classroom work, qualified students are encouraged to take advantage of the convenient and diverse research and internship opportunities af afforded forded by Willamette University’s proximity to the State Capitol and the city’s downtown area. Journalism Students who are interested in careers in journalism are advised that a liberal arts program with a regular academic major or a strong area of specialty (i.e., business and finance, the sciences, the arts, politics of third world countries, etc.) is the best preparation. Excellent writing and speaking abilities and analytic and re research search skills are crucial. Students are also strongly encouraged to take advantage of the internships with the media which are available. Such experiences have included work with local newspapers and rad io sta stations, tions, internships with Portland television stations covering the State Legislature, and employment with Willamette’s own cam campus pus publications and the University News Bureau. Law The completion of the undergraduate liberal arts program with a bachelor’s de degree gree and a record of excellence is the best preparation for the study of law. For addi additional tional information about pre law activities at Willamette, see the section entitled College of Law (p. 11). Medical Technology Willamette offers all the basic courses required for admission to accredited schools of Medical Technology. The stu student dent should complete four credits in Biol Biology ogy (one in Microbiology), four credits in Chemistry, and one credit in Mathematics. The pre-medical advisor should be con consulted sulted for suggestions of the most approp appropriate riate courses. Medicine A student planning on admission to medical school should consult the pre premedical medical advisor and admission require requirements ments of the medical schools of his or her choice. The following are suggested as minimum preparation for admittance to most medical schools: Biology 110 (Prin (Principles ciples of Biology) or Biology 140 (Or- ganismal Biology); Biology 233 (Gene (Genetics); tics); one or more of the following highly recommended: Biology 230 (Microbiol (Microbiology) ogy) , Biology 346 (Comparative Vertebrate Morphology), Biology 446 (Embryology), Biology 466 (Cell Biology). Four credits in chemistry including Chemistry 115 and 136 (Introductory Chemistry 1 and II) and Chemistry 271-272 (Organic Chemistry I and II). Two credits in Mathematics and two credits in Physics are also to be com completed. pleted. Ministry and Religious Service Students who plan to attend theological schools to prepare for the parish or other specialized ministries should take diver diversified sified courses covering as many areas of learning as possible. Completion of a B.A. degree in any of the humanities is recom recommended. mended. Nursing Willamette provides courses for those seeking careers in nursing. Course re requirements quirements for admission to the University of Oregon Nursing School may be met in one year by taking eight credits which should include two credits in chemistry, one credit in biology, one credit in an anthropology, thropology, and one-half credit in nutri nutrition. tion. In addition, students are advised to take courses in literature, speech, and the social sciences. Two semesters of physical education activity courses are required. A student wishing to attend another nursing school should check the specific requirements of that school. Physical Therapy Specific courses to satisfy requirements for entrance into a physical therapy pro program gram vary. A Physical Education or Biology Department faculty member should be consulted for further information. Social Service and the Help Professions Students interested in a career in social work should plan to complete a program of graduate training. The Department of Sociology offers courses relevant to prog programs rams of study leading to careers in social service. The University is fortunate to be located in the immediate vicinity of vari various ous state agencies. Selected students, particularly in the social sciences, gain practical knowledge of research techniques while at the same time achieving credit toward graduation. Teaching Academic requirements necessary for a certificate to teach in secondary schools may be found in the Education Depart Department, ment, under Teacher Preparation, p. Veterinary Medicine A student planning on admission to vet veterinary erinary school should consult the pre- veterinary advisor and admission re requirements quirements of the veterinary schools of his or her choice. The pre-veterinary program at Willamette is essentially the same as the program outlined under medicine. College of Law Established in 1883, the Willamette Uni University versity College of Law was the first in the Pacific Northwest. In 1967, the College of Law moved into the Truman Wesley Col Collins lins Legal Center. The College of Law has been on the approved list of the American12 Bar Association since 1938 and is a 36-y<_ar member of the Association of American Law Schools. Graduates receive a Doctor of Jurisprudence degree (J.D.) and are eligible to take the bar examination in any of the 50 states and in the District of Col Columbia. umbia. The College of Law is justifiably proud of a long and distinguished record and num numbers bers many of the Northwest’s prominent jurists and attorneys among its graduates. Although the College of Law has a solid general curriculum, it is particularly proud of its offerings in Trial Practice, Tax, and Labor Law. A fairly large number of Willamette’s un undergraduates dergraduates are interested in the possi possibility bility of law as a career and plan to attend a law school after graduation. For these stu students, dents, there is no preferred undergraduate degree program, but the development of certain skills is strongly advised. Specifi Specifically, cally, students interested in the study of the law should have solid training in English composition, for the ability to express oneself concisely and clearly is essential in legal studies. Also recommended are courses that require abstract thinking and the application of facts to new situations. Courses in such areas as accounting, European history, government, logic, speech, philosophy, literary criticism, and political theory help develop these skills. The Political Science Department offers the following courses directly concerned with the law: PoliSci 334: Law and Public Policy; PoliSci 432: Constitutional Law; PoliSci 433: Civil Liberties. In the College of Liberal Arts, there is a pre-law society through which students examine different facets of the law, meet with law students, and invite guest speak speakers ers to campus to discuss legal develop developments. ments. A member of the Political Science Department acts as pre-law advisor and has available a file of law school catalogs and pre-law handbooks, explaining ad admissions missions standards at various law schools, and information about the Law School Admissions Test (LSAT). The Associate Dean of the College of Law will arrange interviews and visits to College of Law classes for interested stu students. dents. Information regarding the College of Law is available upon request by writing the Office of Admissions, College of Law, Willamette University, Salem, Oregon 97301. Atkinson Graduate School of Management The Geo. H. Atkinson Graduate School of Management offers professional educa education tion for managerial careers in business, government, and not-for-profit organiza organizations. tions. Unique to the Northwest, and one of only a few of its kind in the nation, the two-year program leads to the degree of Master of Management (M.M.). In offering this program, the Atkinson School goes beyond business management, beyond public management, and embraces prob problems, lems, techniques, examples, and solu solutions tions drawn from governmental, non-profit and business organizations. The program is designed to produce managers who will increase productivity in government, business, and service organizations; who know how to get things done in any man management agement setting; who recognize the im importance portance of understanding other segments of society; and who are adaptive and in innovative. novative. Recognizing that a core of basic skills is essential for effective management, the Atkinson School has developed a highly integrated system of required first year courses in economics, finance, account accounting, ing, organizational behavior, principles of government, quantitative methods, com computer puter studies, and marketing. In the sec second ond year, students’ programs are individu individually ally structured to fit career objectives. The Atkinson School cooperates with the College of Liberal Arts in offering a combined degree program in Liberal Arts and Management. In this 3-2 Program, a student can earn in five years a bachelor’s degree in an undergraduate major and a Master of Management degree. This ar arrangement rangement provides a special opportunity for the individual who desires accelerated advancement to a professional degree. (See page 9 for additional information on the 3-2 Program.) The Atkinson School is strategically lo located cated adjacent to the Oregon State Capitol, and to other government offices, public in institutions, stitutions, and non-profit associations. It maintains extensive relationships with businesses in Salem, Portland, Eugene, and other communities in the region. The Seeley G. Mudd Building, completed in 1975, provides efficient and spacious facilities for the Atkinson School. In addi addition tion to classroom and office space, the building houses a collection of periodicals and books, a student lounge, and the Uni University versity Computer Center. The Atkinson School welcomes in inquiries quiries from students, and is happy to ar arrange range interviews and visits to classes and facilities for interested undergraduate stu students. dents. Further information can be ob obtained tained by writing directly to the Office of Admissions, Geo. H. Atkinson Graduate School of Management, Willamette Uni University, versity, Salem, Oregon 97301. Office of External Education Through the Office of External Educa Education, tion, Willamette University offers continu continuing ing education courses for alumni and other interested persons, as well asKnowledge joined to action — knowledge about what man has been and is — can protect the future.14 American Studies American Studies offers an inter-area major for those students de desiring siring a broad perspective of American society and culture. Its objective is to provide a combination of approaches to American life in order that a fuller awareness of it can be attained and that the American heritage can be evaluated in its contributions to world civilization. A major in this area would be suitable for prospective elementary and secondary teachers, lawyers, government employees, journalists, and candidates for graduate degrees in American Studies. A student majoring in American Studies must complete the following. A. Six specific courses: Eng 212 American Literature from 1860 to the Present Hist 341 Foundations of American Thought Poli 110 American Politics Rel 214 Religion in America Soc 236 The American Society ISA 496 Seminar in American Studies B. Four courses in addition to A, two each from Groups I and II: Group I: Humanities Art 256 American Art History Eng 211 American Literature from Its Be Beginnings ginnings to the Civil War Eng 349 Modern American Literature Hist 230 Topics in US History — Early Period Hist 231 Topics in US History—Later Period Group II: Social Science Econ 110 Contemporary Economic Is Issues sues Poli 331 State and Urban Politics Poli 332 American Foreign Policy Soc 131 Race and Ethnic Relations Soc 231 Amerindians of North America Soc 332 The Urban Community Soc 334 Social Stratification C. Three courses in addition to A and B, selected from all the courses in the American Studies curriculum: Group III: Other Courses Art 257 Architecture in America Art 258 Photography in America Bio 255 General Ecology Eng 223 Film Genre and Authorship Hist 337 American Colonial History Hist 340 United States History since World War II Poli 320 Politics, Economics, and Plan Planning ning Poli 335 American Political Thought SpCom 321 American Public Address Soc 233 American Popular Culture Soc 335 Work, Organizations, and the Market Place Faculty James Bjorkquist, Associate Professor of Sociology, Director. Contributing faculty from American Liter Literature, ature, History, Religion, Government and Sociology. The Art Department is committed to the broad liberal arts tradi tradition tion as well as to the specific activities of creating art and study studying ing its history An art course taken singly can relate to virtually any other humanistic major program at the University; taken in conjunction with other art courses, it can become an element in a core of offerings that make up the departmental major in art. The goal of the Art Department is to acquaint students thoroughly with the disciplines of art and art history and to promote aware awareness ness of art’s relevance to human experience. Students majoring in Art have found their study a desirable background for careers in such fields as high school and college teaching, museum work, advertising, radio and television communications, fashion and jewelry design, architecture, and art criticism. As a liberal arts major, Art can also provide a good point of departure for careers in law, business, or govern government. ment. The Art Department cooperates with the Education Department in its program leading to a teaching certificate in secon secondary dary art education. This option should be anticipated as early as possible in the stu student’s dent’s program. Courses in the Art Department that fulfill the General Education Requirement are: Art 111 Drawing and Composition (Part A, Fine Arts) Art 112 Color and Composition (Part A, Fine Arts) Art 113 Fundamentals of Design (Part A, Fine Arts) Art 114 Structural Design (Part A, Fine Arts) Art 217 Survey of Art History, Prehistoric Through Romanesque (Part A, Humanities) Art 218 Survey of Art History, Gothic to Modern (Part A, Humanities)■ •*>'A student majoring in Art must complete a minimum of eight credits in the depart department. ment. Only two courses from Art 111, 112, 113 and 114 may be counted toward the eight-credit minimum. Art majors have latitude in tailoring a course of study. Most students emphasize either studio art or art history, but a fairly equal blend of both as aspects pects of art study is also encouraged. A student majoring in Art with an em emphasis phasis on studio work completes at least 5-1/2 credits in studio courses and two in art history (Art 218 and Art 357). The stu student dent emphasizing art history completes at least six credits in art history and at least two courses in studio (Art 111 or 113; Art 245 or 250). All majors take the course Senior Seminar and Thesis (1/2 credit) in the spring semester of the senior year. Studio seniors participate in a senior exhibition; art history seniors write a senior paper. In addition, certain courses outside the Art Department are requ ired for art majors. Art History emphasis majors study a foreign language (preferably German) at least through the proficiency level, thus earning a B.A. All art majors are required to take two of the following courses (in addi addition tion to the General Education course in the Fine Arts): English 215 History of Cinema English 252 Poet-Painters: Blake and Rossetti English 351 Mysticism and Creativity ISA 111 Human Creativity Music 112 Introduction to Music and Practicum Music 113 Spectrum of Music Music 114 MusicaViva Theatre 110 The Theatre: A Contempor Contemporary ary Introduction Theatre 232 Theatre History: From 1650 to the Present Theatre 355 Fundamentals of Scenic Design Equivalent courses may be accepted for any of the above, but prior approval from the art faculty is required. A further requirement for majors em emphasizing phasizing art history is at least one credit earned in a course or courses from the following list: History 115 History of Western Civiliza Civilization tion to 1715 History 116 History of Western Civiliza Civilization, tion, 17th Century to the Present History 345 European Intellectual His History tory of the 17th and 18th Centuries History 346 European Intellectual His History tory of the 19th and 20th Centuries History 356 Greece and the Hellenistic World History 357 Ancient Rome History 359 The Renaissance Religion 112 History of Christianity Religion 130 World Religions The minor program in Art will be made up of the following courses to be selected in consultation with the Art Department. The Art minor consists of seven credits, with a minimum of one course in Art His History, tory, and a minimum of one course in Studio Art. 1. Minimum of two introductory art courses chosen from the following: Art 111-114,217-218 2. Three additional credits in Art at the 200 or 300 level. Independent Projects/ Study courses in Art will not apply to the minor, but may be taken in addition to the required seven credits. 3. Two credits outside the Department chosen from the following: English 215, 252,351, ISA 111, 121, Music 112-114, Theatre 110,232,355 The Art Building is located on the nor northwest thwest corner of the campus at State and Winter streets. Built in 1905 as a medical school and later used as the science building and then the College of Music, the building was completely renovated in 1977 for use by the Art Department. It contains an art history lecture room; studios for printmaking, painting, design, ceramics, sculpture, and drawing; the Hallie Brown Ford Gallery; faculty offices, and a student lounge. The department is well-equipped with a large slide collection and studio equipment needed to make works of art in a variety of media. Faculty Mary Ann Johns, Associate Professor, Chair Roger P. Hull, Professor Carl A. Hall, Associate Professor Robert H. Hess, Associate Professor Course Descriptions 111 Drawing and Composition Lectures and creative work in such media as pencil, charcoal and ink. Still life, land landscape, scape, and theoretical aspects of design and composition.Fall. Hall. 112 Color and Composition Lectures and creative work in the theoreti theoretical cal and practical use of color in art and society; the psychology of color sensation as it relates to fine art, industry, consumer research. Work two-dimensionally with acrylics, watercolor, and pencil.Spring. Hall. 113 Fundamentals of Design Lectures and creative work in the theoreti theoretical cal and practical use of the basic princi principles ples underlying the structure of the visual arts through studio practice in handling the elements of color, volume, space, line, and textures in various media. Fall. Hess. 114 Structural Design Lectures and discussions supplement participation with various media to orient the student toward the potentials of struc structural tural compositions in the fields of design. Consideration is given to the inherent properties of various materials and how these affect the form of the design. Special emphasis in architectural design and contemporary problems leading to model building.Spring. Hess. 217 Survey of Art History, Prehistoric Through Romanesque Great works of art and architecture from prehistoric times through the civilizations of Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece, Crete, Et Etruria, ruria, Rome and the Early Christian Era are seen in relation to cultural, geographical, and historical settings. Fall. Staff. 218 Survey of Art History, Gothic to Modem Great works of art and architecture of Western Europe from 1200 to the present day. Emphasis on the evolution of Western culture.Spring. Hull. 230 Printmaking I (1/2) Studio work in the fields of etching, wood- cut, and wood engraving. Recommended prerequisite: Art 111 or 112.Fall. Hall. 231 Printmaking II (1/2) Individual interpretations of graphics in the field of lithography. Recommended prerequisite: one course in art .Spring. Hall. 235 Oil Painting (1/2) Exploration of the medium of oil painting; as a means of personal expression. Study of the historical and contemporary use of oil painting and related media. Fall. Hall. 236 Watercolor Painting II (1/2) Exploration of the medium of watercolor painting. Theoretical aspects, historical and contemporary, will be explored. Vari Various ous technical approaches will be stressed with emphasis on individual expression. For beginning and advanced students. Spring. Hall. 240 Life Drawing I (1/2) Lectures and creative studio work in drawing from the human figure. The fi figure’s gure’s role in evolution of artistic expres expressions sions and as inspiration to the many periods in the Art of Western Man. Various media: pencil, ink, pastel. Recommended prerequisite: Art 111.Fall. Hess. 241 Life Drawing II (1/2) Advanced studio work on color and the individual artistic interpretations of the human figure in the various media of two- dimensional art. Prerequisite: Art 240 or permission of the instructor. Spring. Hall. 245 Ceramics I (1/2) Potentialities and restrictions of using various clay bodies in three dimensional design. Handbuilding, wheel work, glaze application, and firing techniques. Every semester. Johns. 246 Ceramics II (1/2) Intensive work with handbuilding and/or the potters wheel. Concentration of glaze and batch calculations. Firing techniques and their influence on glazes and types of clays. Prerequisite: Art 245 or permission of the instructor. Spr/ng. Johns.17 250 Sculpture I (1/2) Basic design elements and problems in clay and plaster casting, wood, metal and other three-dimensional materials. Lec Lectures, tures, discussions and slides of contem contemporary porary and previous great sculptural works complement class projects. Fall. Hess. 251 Sculpture II (1/2) Advanced design projects stressing vari various ous materials and technical procedures in sculpture, with individual structural and organizational problems assigned, to exhibit the ability to work in different media of a three-dimensional nature. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Art 250 or permission of the in instructor. structor. Spring. Hess. 253 Beginning Jewelry- Metalsmithing (1/2) Small, three-dimensional designs with non-ferrous metals and metalsmithing procedures. Discussion of jewelry’s role in various historical cultures.Spring. Johns. 254 Fabric Constructions (1/2) An introduction to two-dimensional and three-dimensional fabric construction techniques: quilting, soft sculpture, stitchery, basketry, printing on fabric and mixed media. Spring. Johns. 255 Sight and Insight; A Studio Ap Approach proach to Art History (1 /2) From a studio point of view this course seeks to gain a deeper insight into the creative problems and varied techniques of some of the major movements in the 16th through the 20th centuries in art his history. tory. Intermittently. Hess. 256 American Art History American painting and sculpture of the 17th through the early 20th century with emphasis on art’s place in American cul culture. ture. Fall. Hull. 257 Architecture In America (1/2) The history and significance of American residential and commercial architecture created from colonial times to the present day. Emphasis on architecture as indica indicative tive of the nation’s ambitions and attitudes. Spring. First half semester. Hull. 258 Photography In America (1/2) The history of photography as a documentary and artistic medium in the U.S. Emphasis on the role and place of photography in American culture. (Not a technical study of photography.) Spring. Second half semester. Hull. 259 Oriental Art History Cultural development of India, China, Japan and peripheral regions expressed in their architecture, sculpture, porcelains, ritual bronzes, and paintings.Fall. Johns. 333 Design In Advertising (112) Graphic work in various advertising techniques, emphasizing pictorial com communication. munication. Prerequisite: Art 111.Fall. Hall. 355 Italian Renaissance Art History Painting, sculpture, and architecture of the Italian Renaissance, with emphasis on 15th century Florence. Recommended pre prerequisite: requisite: Art 218. Spring. Hull. 356 Northern Renaissance and Baroque Art History Painting and sculpture of the 15th through the 17th centuries primarily in Flanders, France, Germany, Spain and Holland. Recommended prerequisite: Art 218. Periodically. Hull. 357 Twentieth Century Art History Painting and sculpture of the 20th century in Europe and America. Emphasis on the nature of modernism and the role of the avant garde in Europe. American de developments velopments after 1940.Fall. Hull. 358 Art in America Since 1945 (112) An inquiry into American avant garde painting and sculpture since World War II. America’s emergence as an international leader in the arts and the role of moder modernism nism in the United States will be discussed in terms of specific artists and movements, beginning with Abstract Expressionism. Alternate springs. Second half semester. Hull. 360-371 Independent Projects (1/2) For advanced art students. Individual study and work in areas of the art major’s special interest, Painting (Art 362 and 363), Ceramics (366 and 367), Sculpture (368 and 369), Printmaking (360 and 361), Design (370 and 371), and Drawing (364 and 365). On demand. Art Staff. 372-373 Independent Study in Art History I and II (1/2 or 1) Reading and conference for advanced students in art history. On demand. Hull. 496 Senior Seminar and Thesis (112) Required for senior art majors. Group seminars as well as advanced indepen independent dent work with an individual major profes professor. sor. Includes preparation of a senior pro project ject (for studio emphasis majors) or paper (for art history emphasis majors). Pre Prerequisites: requisites: Courses leading to the status of second semester senior art major. Spring. Art Staff. Biology The biological sciences are undergoing a quiet revolution of dis discovery covery that is having a profound influence on the way we live and think. Whether discovery is molecular or ecological in scope, the transcendent qualities to be cultivated in all biology students are logical thought, clarity of expression, precision of statement, employment of analytical skills, and common sense. The biology program captures these qualities by focusing on three curricular patterns. First, there is offered contemporary course work that mirrors the rapid changes in biology and defines the mechanistic forces operating at the cellu cellular lar and molecular levels of organization. Second, courses in the more traditional sense of biology are offered to give a firm understanding of the phylogenetic af affinities, finities, qualitative features and interac interactions tions of living things. Third, the historical and ethical dimensions of biology are in interwoven terwoven in the fabric of all courses to pro provide vide a sense of perspective and to impart the impact biological discovery has had on our understanding of what it is to be human in a complex world of differing views and expectations. Students who major in Biology are ex expected pected to acquire an understanding of: physiological functions of living or organisms ganisms and the structures and systems18 which determine those functions; basic energy conversion systems; theories of in inheritance, heritance, evolution and development; and the history and progress of biology. Career opportunities extend to the health fields, resource management, teaching, and environmental science. It is not un uncommon common for graduates to enter non- related fields (i.e., law, news media, com commercial mercial travel, insurance) and apply biol biology ogy information to problems they en encounter. counter. The course offered by the Biology De Department partment which will satisfy General Edu Education cation Requirements is: Biology 110 Principles of Biology (Part A, Natural Science) A Biology major must include the com completion pletion of eight credits in Biology, specifi specifically cally Biology 110,140,242,266,431 (1/2 credit), 499 (1/2 credit) and three elective biology credits. In addition, two credits of college chemistry and one statistics credit are required. Those majors planning to apply for admission to graduate or profes professional sional schools in the sciences are strongly urged to complete the following additional courses: Chemistry 271 and 272, Physics 215 and 236, Mathematics 241. Senior evaluation includes satisfactory comple completion tion of Biology 499 and an oral examina examination. tion. The Biology Minor program offers two options. All students are required to take Biology 110 and 140. For the Ecology and Field Biology option, a student must com complete plete Biology 255 and two additional cre credits dits distributed so that one course must be completed from each of two categories as follows: Category A, Biology 256 and 355; Category B, Biology 250 and 252. A student interested in completing the Anatomy and Physiology option must complete three additional credits beyond Biology 110 and 140. These credits must be distributed so as to complete at least one credit in each of two categories as follows: Category A, Biology 242; Category B, Biology 266,346 and 446; Category C, Biology 230,340 and 466. The Anatomy and Physiology option also requires Chemistry 115 and 136. Faculty Donald R. Breakey, Professor, Chair Scott D. Hawke, Professor Susan R. Kephart, Assistant Professor Grant O. Thorsett, Professor Elizabeth Yocom, Assistant Professor, Part-time Course Descriptions 110 Principles of Biology Principles and concepts which apply to all living organisms with special emphasis upon Man and his society, including bioethical concerns. Topics considered are: Physical-chemical background, theories as to the origin of life, organiza tion from cell to organism to populations, major groups of living organisms, biologi biological cal energetics, physiological maintenance and control, genetics and evolution history of life and environmental problems. One lab. Every semester. Staff. 136 Principles of Nutrition (112) Composition and utilization of foods, vit vitamins, amins, and other nutrients and nutritional requirements of man. Prerequisite: Biol WO. Spring. Yocom. 140 Organismal Biology A survey of the kinds of organisms. Em Emphasis phasis will be placed on the phylogenetic relationships of all organisms and the strategies organisms use to survive. This will include methods of reproduction, types of development, morphological di diversity, versity, different methods employed to ful fulfill fill basic functions and selected examples of special adaptions; lectures, demonstra demonstrations tions and laboratory meetings. Spring. Breakey, Kephart. 230 Microbiology A study of bacteria and viruses: their structure, physiology, taxonomy, growth and reproduction. The relationship of mi microbes crobes to disease; modes of pathogenicity, host defense mechanisms and im immunological munological responses. Ecological roles of bacteria. Industrial uses of microbes. One laboratory meeting each week which deals with bacterial isolation, culturing and identification of techniques, selected immunological procedures and standard water analysis. Prerequisites: Biol 110 and Chem \\5. Spring. Thorsett. 233 Genetics Study of the principles of heredity in mic microbes, robes, plants and animals. An integrated course in classical and molecular genetics dealing with such topics as: Mendelian genetics, mapping, gene interaction, extrachromosomal inheritance, DNA, gene action, gene regulation, muta mutagenesis, genesis, recombinant DNA technology. Prerequisites: Biol 110 and Chem 115. Fall. Thorsett. 242 Plant Anatomy and Physiology Life processes of living plants and the as associated sociated morphological structure of members in relation to their environment. Photosynthesis and nutrition, movement and use of materials, respiration, repro reproduction duction and growth and development. Prerequisites: Biol 140. One lab. Fall. Kephart. 246 Human Anatomy A thorough description of the structural characteristics of the human body systems from the cellular to the organ level of or organization. ganization. Prerequisite: Biol 110. One lab. Fall. Hawke. 250 Field Biology of Plants (1/2) A natural history-practicum approach to the study and identification of plants in the field. Life-history, distribution, and ecology of plants in their natural habitats. Em phasis on techniques of collecting and identifying plants with some discussion of the interrelationships of plants and ani animals. mals. Designed for non-majors. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Biol 110. Recommended: Biol 140. Alternate springs. Second half halfsemester. semester. Kephart. 252 Plant Diversity Field and laboratory course; classification and probable relationships, the distribu distribution tion and ecology of vascular and non- vascular plants; special study of the Ore Oregon gon flora. Prerequisite: Biol 140. One lab. Alternate springs. Kephart. 255 General Ecology Organisms in the natural environment; plant and animal populations; the com community munity concept; and some methods of de description scription and analysis of ecological com communities. munities. Prerequisite: Biol 110. One lab or field trip. Fall. Breakey. 256 Field Zoology Laboratory and field course: methods of seeking, collecting and identifying ani animals. mals. Taxonomic and ecological princi principles ples which apply to local forms. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Biol 140. Two labs and/or field trips.Spring. Alternate years. Breakey. 266 General and Comparative Physiology The focus is to determine the different methods used by living organisms to satisfy their physiological needs and to identify the basic principles underlying biological activity of all living systems. An attempt is made to develop biological generalizations which integrate and coor coordinate dinate functional relationships among the different groups of organisms. Prerequis Prerequisite: ite: Biol 140. One lab. Spring. Hawke. 340 Electron Microscopy Theory and practice of transmission elec electron tron microscopy are introduced to under understand stand the fine structural details of cells. A focus on preparatory techniques and the use of the electron microscope to view biological materials are emphasized. Pre Prerequisites: requisites: Biol 140, Chem 136, and con consent sent of instructor. One lab. Fall. Hawke. 346 Comparative Vertebrate Mor Morphology phology A review of the classes of Vertebrates and comparison of morphological and em- bryological characteristics; phylogenetic relationships and examples of adaptive mechanisms. Prerequisites: Biol 110 and 140. One lab. Fall. Breakey. 355 Marine Ecology (1/2) Description of the oceans as a specific en environment vironment including physical, chemical and geological limitations; energy re relationships lationships of communities in the sea; methods of adaptation by marine or organisms; ganisms; types of intertidal environments and intertidal communities. Prerequisites: Biol 110 and 255. Field Trips. Spring. Sec Second ond half-semester. Breakey. 375 Evolution (1/2)The history of the development of evolu evolution tion theories; theories of the mechanisms for the development of species, and de descriptions scriptions of adaptations to specific envi environments. ronments. Concepts and evidence of the evolution of Man. Prerequisites: Biol 110 and 140. Spring. First half semester. Breakey. 431 Perspectives in Biology (1/2) A seminar course. Each student will be expected to prepare oral and/or written reports from selected topics. The topics will be taken from several areas including: the meaning of science; the scope of biol biology, ogy, the ethical responsibilities of scien scientists; tists; the social implications of scientific. research; and the historical development of biology as a natural science. Prerequis Prerequisites: ites: Four courses in Biology or Junior Biology Major.Spring. All biology faculty. 446 Embryology An investigation of the basic morphologi morphological cal processes involved in the ontogenetic development of vertebrate and inverte invertebrate brate animals, including a presentation of physiological, genetic and biochemical evidence for the mechanisms controlling development. Prerequisite: Biol 140. Two labs. Alternate springs. Hawke. 466 Cell Biology Cellular structure and function. The em emphasis phasis is on the biochemical activities of cells: enzymatic activity, energy transfor transformation mation including respiration and photo photosynthesis, synthesis, membrane transport, synthesis, mobility and the control of metabolic ac activity. tivity. Cellular ultra-structure including membranes, mitochondria, chloroplasts, golgi apparatus, endoplasmic reticulum are discussed. Prerequisites: Biol 110 and Chem 271. One lab .Alternate springs. Thorsett. 490 Independent Study (1 /2 or 1) Individual programs in which a student can study a topic not normally available in the department curriculum. Each program of study must have the approval of the Biology Department faculty. For those who require the study of a topic not offered. Periodically. Staff. 499 Senior Research Seminar (1/2) A seminar course required of all majors in Biology during the senior year. Discus Discussions sions related to research techniques will be scheduled. Each student must com complete plete a research project. The results of each project are then included in a paper written in the standard format and reported orally in an open meeting format. Pre Prerequisites: requisites: Four courses in Biology or Senior Biology Major. Fall. All biology faculty. Chemistry Willamette University is among the institutions approved by the American Chemical Society for undergraduate education in Chemistry The primary goals of the chemistry program are to help students understand the place of chemistry in human affairs, and to have students become sufficiently knowledgeable about chemistry to be effective problem-solvers after graduation. For both majors and non-majors the study of chemistry provides practice in logical thinking; an awareness of the en environmental vironmental impact of chemistry; prepara preparation tion to enter and succeed in graduate and professional programs, including medi medical, cal, dental, veterinary and nursing school; the chemistry background needed for careers in secondary school teaching and other professions, and for employment in business or industry; an awareness of how chemistry relates to other areas of know knowledge; ledge; and practice in applying scientific methodology to the solution of practical problems. Specific expectations for Chemistry majors include a competent level of un understanding derstanding of the four principal areas of Analytical, Inorganic, Organic, and Physi Physical cal Chemistry; supplementary experience in one or more areas including Biochemistry, Physical Organic Chemistry, Quantum Chemistry, and other advanced topics; experience in conducting indi individual vidual laboratory research projects; a level of training in chemistry meeting recog recognized nized national standards; and an under understanding standing of professional opportunities in chemistry. Numerous post-graduate opportunities exist for individuals who major in chemis chemistry. try. Possibilities include such medically- oriented professions as medicine, dentis dentistry, try, veterinary medicine, nursing, clinical chemistry, pharmacology, public health and forensic chemistry; secondary school teaching; research, quality control, de development velopment or management careers in in industry, dustry, government or business; college or university teaching; or other applications of chemistry in such fields as oceanog oceanography, raphy, space exploration, environmental quality, industrial toxicology and patent law. In many such cases advanced study beyond the baccalaureate degree is advis advisable able or required. Chemistry courses offered to fulfill re requirements quirements of the General Education Pro Program gram are: Chemistry 110 Chemical Concepts and Applications (Part A, Natural Science) Chemistry 115 Introductory Chemistry I (Part A, Natural Science) Chemistry 220 Environmental Chemis Chemistry try (Part B) Eight credits in chemistry are required for a major. Specific courses required are Introductory Chemistry 11, Unified Laboratory 1, II, III, IV, Organic Chemistry 1 & II, Physical Chemistry I & 11, Instrumental Analysis, and Inorganic Chemistry. The usual first course in the chemistry program is Introductory Chemistry I, although well-qualified students may begin at a higher level. Chemistry majors also are required to complete two credits of mathematics in including cluding differential and integral calculus; Introductory Physics I & II; and Introduc Introduction tion to Computer Science I. The Senior Year Experience can be satisfied in a vari variety ety of ways. The student should consult the Department regarding the options available to satisfy the Senior Year Experi Experience. ence. Chemistry majors who enter the 3-2 en engineering gineering program may transfer up to two credits to count toward the eight required for the major. Such transfer credits must have prior approval by the department. Chemistry majors who plan to enter graduate school or who wish to be cer certified tified by the American Chemical Society should take at least two chemistry credits numbered 400 or above, and should have a reading knowledge of a foreign language (preferably German or Russian). Addi Additional tional credits in mathematics and physics also are recommended as preparation for graduate school.20 The chemistry minor includes options for students having different backgrounds and different undergraduate majors in order to provide the best supplement to each student’s academic program. A chemistry minor consists of Chemistry 115 and 136, plus three additional credits chosen from one of the following options: Option A Chemistry 271,272, and 341 or 351. Option B Chemistry 381,382, and any one-credit chemistry course numbered in the 480’s. The chemistry department is housed in the E.S. Collins Science Center which re recently cently was completely remodeled and was reoccupied in the fall of 1981. Modern laboratories for scheduled courses and for individual research projects are provided with up-to-date instruments and equip equipment. ment. Care has been given to laboratory safety, particularly in the organic chemistry laboratory, where state-of-the-art safety stations for all students have been instal installed. led. A wide selection of chemistry periodi periodicals cals and monographs is available to stu students dents in the University Library. Faculty David E. Goodney, Associate Professor, Chair Frances H. Chappie, Professor Paul M. Duell, Professor Norman J. Hudak, Professor Arthur D. Payton, Research Professor Course Descriptions 110 Chemical Concepts and Applica Applications tions Topics are selected that relate chemistry to many aspects of society. Some representa representative tive topics are the historical evolution of ideas about atomic and molecular struc structures, tures, properties and uses of radioactive isotopes, elementary organic chemistry, drugs, energy sources, and the impact of science and technology on society. Course activities include, in addition to classroom sessions, laboratory work and field trips to nearby professional laboratories and in industrial dustrial plants. The course is intended primarily for non-science majors, and re requires quires minimal mathematical skills. Fall. Staff. 115 Introductory Chemistry I Chemical equations are discussed with emphasis on the application of the mole concept. Gas laws, oxidation-reduction, atomic and electronic structure, bonding theories for both ionic and covalent sub substances, stances, molecular geometries, elec electrochemistry trochemistry and the chemistry of rep representative resentative elements are treated. Relation Relationships ships among the concepts of chemistry and societal concerns are part of class dis discussions. cussions. One laboratory per week is in included. cluded. Every semester. Staff. 136 Introductory Chemistry II Both theoretical and experimental aspects of equilibria and kinetics are explored as they apply to chemical systems. Gas and solution equilibria are discussed, includ including ing topics such as acid-base and solubility mechanisms and catalysis. Elementary thermochemistry and thermodynamics are applied to reactions and phase changes. The energetics associated with equilibria and kinetics serve as a unifying theme. Included within the experimental aspects of the course are qualitative and quantitative analysis. One laboratory per week is included. Prerequisite: Chem 115 or equivalent. Spring. Staff. 220 Environmental Chemistry Basic chemical concepts are applied to environmental issues, including the qual quality ity of air, quality of water, use of natural re resources, sources, availability of energy in various forms, feasibility of alternate energy sources, and toxic chemicals. Some chemical, hydrological and meteorologi meteorological cal cycles are covered. Changes in our perception of the environment because of advances in chemistry are considered. En Environmental vironmental issues of topical interest in including cluding environmental legislation and societal impact are discussed. The course includes one laboratory or field trip per week. Prerequisite: Chem 115.Spring. Goodney. 244 Unified laboratory I (1/4) Project oriented chemistry laboratory. Each project involves a variety of skills, techniques and equipment crossing the traditional lines of organic, inorganic, physical, analytical and biological chemistry. Spring. Staff. 271-272 Organic Chemistry I & II Integration of aliphatic, alicyclic, and aromatic chemistry by means of a mechanistic approach. Nomenclature, stereochemistry, structure and reactivity, elementary theoretical organic chemistry and substitution, elimination, addition, condensation, and rearrangement reac reactions. tions. Laboratory: Isolation and purifica purification tion techniques, synthesis, and qualitative organic analysis. One laboratory per week is included each semester. Prerequisite: Chem 136. 271 Fall; 212 Spring. Hudak. 341 Instrumental Analysis Chemical analysis stressing quantitative instrumental techniques. Instrumental methods include ultraviolet, visible and infrared spectrophotometry; NMR spec spectroscopy; troscopy; Raman spectroscopy; poten- tiometry and potentiometric titration; polarography; radiochemistry techniques; gas chromatography; applied electronics; special interest topics. One laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Chem 271. Fall. Good Goodney. ney. 345-346 Unified Laboratory II & III (1/4 each) Project oriented chemistry laboratory. Each project involves a variety of skills, techniques and equipment crossing the traditional lines of organic, inorganic, physical, analytical and biological chemistry.345 fall; 346spring. Staff. 351 Biochemistry Molecules of biological importance: pro proteins, teins, nucleic acids, polysaccharids, and lipids; intermediary metabolism and biological oxidation; and the biosynthesis of carbohydrates, lipids, mononuc mononucleotides, leotides, and amino acids. No laboratory. Prerequisite: Chem 272. Co-requisite: Chem 381 .Fall in even-numbered years. Hudak. 362 Inorganic Chemistry Atomic structures; chemical bonding; periodicity and the chemistry of the ele elements; ments; coordination chemistry; theory, structures and reactions; acid-base con concepts; cepts; bioinorganic chemistry; other top topics ics selected from nonaqueous solutions, organometallic chemistry, special types of inorganic structures, inorganic nomenc nomenclature. lature. One laboratory per week. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Chem 341.Spring. Duell. 381 Physical Chemistry I Mathematical tools. Description of physicochemical systems, first and sec second ond laws of thermodynamics. Derivation and use of thermodynamic functions, third law of thermodynamics. Phase rule. Col- ligative properties. Chemical Equilibrium. One laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Chem 136 and Math 241. Fall. Chappie. 382 Physical Chemistry II Kinetic theory of gases and an introductory treatment of statistical mechanics; chemi chemical cal kinetics at the practical and theoretical levels; elementary quantum mechanics; molecular structure and spectra. One laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Chem 381 .Spring. Chappie. 447 Unified Laboratory IV (1/4) Project oriented chemistry laboratory. Each project involves a variety of skills, techniques and equipment crossing the traditional lines of organic, inorganic, physical, analytical and biological chemistry. Fall. Staff. 472 Physical Organic Chemistry Applications of spectrometric methods to the elucidation of the structure of organic compounds; theoretical organic chemis chemistry, try, reaction mechanisms, organic inter intermediates, mediates, and substituent and medium effects in organic reactions; and special topics in organic chemistry. The laboratory is concerned with several different indi individual vidual projects. Prerequisite: Chem 272, Co-requisite: Chem 381.Spring in even- numbered years. Hudak. 480 Applied Group Theory (1/2) Symmetry in quantum chemistry. Defini Definitions tions and theorems of group theory, chemically important point groups, ir irreducible reducible representations, molecular vib vibrations, rations, molecular orbital theory, ligand field theory. No laboratory. Prerequisite:Math 241 and consent of instructor. Every semester. Payton. 481 Quantum Chemistry Quantum mechanics applied to chemical systems including theories of valence, wave mechanics, atomic orbitals, molecular orbitals, diatomic molecules, polyatomic molecules, carbon com compounds, pounds, transition metal compounds. No laboratory. Prerequisite: Math 241 and/or 242.Fall. Payton. 482 Statistical Mechanics Canonical ensemble, probabilities, parti partition tion function and thermodynamic proper ties, entropy and information theory, Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac, and Bose- Einstein statistics, metals, perfect crystals and dense fluids. No laboratory. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Math 241 and consent of in instructor. structor. Spr//7g. Payton. 483 Thermodynamics Use of exact differentials, line integrals and partial derivatives. Equations of state, internal energy, the first law, Joule and Joule-Kelvin experiments, enthalpy. The second law according to Kelvin and Caratheodory, Entropy, Helmholtz Func Function, tion, Gibbs Function, Equilibrium condi tions, the third law, the phase equation, the phase rule. No laboratory. Prerequisite: Math 241 and consent of instructor. Fall. Payton. 491-492 Independent Projects I & II 0/2) Individual laboratory and library research projects selected in consultation with chemistry faculty. Written reports and seminar presentations are required. Occa Occasional sional field trips to nearby research facilities maybe mad e. Annually. Staff. Computer Science The courses in Computer Science are designed to provide the lib liberal eral arts student with a basic understanding of the computer, its power, and its limitations. In addition to helping the student ap appreciate preciate the significance of the computer’s impact on our society, these courses will enable the student to use the computer in other courses and in future work. A study of Computer Science at Wil Willamette lamette may lead to a Master’s degree in Computer Science (combined degree pro program), gram), a Bachelor’s degree in Computer Science/Mathematics (See description under Mathematics Department), ora Bachelor’s degree with a Computer Sci Science ence minor. A minor program in Computer Science will consist of five courses: CS 231, 232,341,342, and 451. Career options growing directly out of the study of Computer Science include programming and systems analysis. Stu Students dents adding some expertise in Computer Science to majors in the disciplines of the social and natural sciences greatly in increase crease their career choices within their chosen field. The core program in Computer Science consists of two sequences: (1) Introduc Introduction tion to Computer Science I and II; and (2) Intermediate Computer Science I and II. These courses are designed to provide support both to the liberal arts student who needs only minor contact with computing and to the student majoring in disciplines demanding a strong background in com computer puter science. The University has excellent computer facilities. The Computer Center for the PRIME system is housed in the Atkinson Graduate School of Management with ter terminals minals located among several depart departments ments of the College of Liberal Arts. There is also an APPLE microcomputer labora laboratory tory as well as various microcomputers distributed across the campus. Faculty J. Michael Dunlap, Associate Professor, Chair George Struble, Professor Michael Ward, Assistant Professor Nicholas Liepins, Director of University Computing Course Descriptions 140 Computing Concepts The electronic digital computer has be become come commonplace in American life. Be Because cause of the importance of computers in our society and the impact of computing on the quality of life, it is our belief that some study of computers is an essential part of a liberal education. This course is designed for the student who wishes to re receive ceive a broad exposure to computing without engaging in a rigorous exploration of technical matters. The course examines: computer use, social issues related to computers, and a brief encounter with computer programming. Fall. Staff. 205 Individual Study of FORTRAN (1/4) Knowledge of several programming lan languages guages is desirable for those who must work with a variety of computers. How However, ever, only about one-fourth of a computer programming course deals directly with the language. The remainder is related to algorithmic problem solving. This course is offered for students who already have facility with some computer programming language and desire to extend their abilities into another language. It is a self- paced course which examines language syntax and requires a modest number of computer programs to be written. This course grants an opportunity to examine one of the family of languages related to FORTRAN including FLECS. Prerequisite: One course in computer programming. Every semester. Staff. 206 Individual Study of BASIC (1/4) Knowledge of several programming lan languages guages is desirable for those who must work with a variety of computers. How However, ever, only about one-fourth of a computer programming course deals directly with the language. The remainder is related to algorithmic problem solving. This course is offered for students who already have facility with some computer programming language and desire to extend their abilities into another language. It is a self- paced course which examines language syntax and requires a modest number of computer programs to be written. This course grants an opportunity to examine one of the family of languages related to BASIC. Prerequisite: One course in com computer puter programming. Every semester. Staff. 230 Introduction to Programming Computer programming is becoming a common skill among educated people. This course is designed to be a gentle in introduction troduction to programming for students with minimum backgrounds in mathema mathematics tics or analytical problem solving. The course enhances the ability to solve prob problems lems through the practical application of22 problem solving to the context of a com computer puter program. Specific study includes: problem solving by computer, discussions of techniques of problem expression and layout, data representation, program structure, programming language syntax and semantics. Restrictions: Not open to students who have had a course in com computer puter programming.Spring. Dunlap, Ward. 231 Introduction to Computer Science 1 This is the first of four semesters of work leading to a strong supporting area in Computer Science. The four semester sequence is designed to consider applica application tion and theory of Computer Science in a way which both enhances a major field and provides a base of study upon which other Computer Science work can be built. This course is designed to introduce the student to the field of Computer Science through a thorough treatment of computer programming. The content includes intro introductory ductory programming, program structur structuring, ing, introduction to the nature of comput computers, ers, description of data structures. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Math 241 (may be taken concur concurrently.) rently.) Fall. Staff. 232 Introduction to Computer Science II This is the second of four semesters of work leading to a strong supporting area in Computer Science. The content includes sorting, searching, advanced data struc structures, tures, file maintenance and job sequenc sequencing ing including background tasks, examina examination tion of the utilization of time-share sys systems, tems, and a second computer program programming ming language. Prerequisite: CS 231 and Math 2A\.Spring. Dunlap, Ward. 341 Intermediate Computer Science I This is the third of four semesters of work leading to a strong supporting area in Computer Science. The content includes machine organization, digital logic, as assembly sembly language programming, structure of instruction sets, concepts of data or organization, ganization, methods of representing data in storage. Prerequisite: CS 231, CS 232 and Math 241. Fall. Dunlap. 342 Intermediate Computer Science II This is the fourth of four semesters of work leading to a strong supporting area in Computer Science. The content includes techniques for operating upon data struc structures, tures, structured programming, program verification, and algorithm analysis. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: CS 231, CS 232, CS 341 and Math 241 .Spring. Dunlap. 391 Independent Study in Applica Applications tions Programming This is an independent study course in Application Programming. The student is expected to select and complete a major program or project which deals with the application of the computer to some other field of study. On demand. Dunlap, Ward. 392 Independent Study in Systems Programming This is an independent study course in Systems Programming. The student is ex expected pected to select and complete a major program which deals directly with the control system of the computer. Periodi Periodically. cally. Dunlap, Ward. 451 Topics in Computer Science This course provides the flexibility to offer special topics of interest in Computer Sci Science. ence. Possible courses include micro microcomputer computer operating systems, digital logic, computer interfacing, programming lan languages, guages, etc. Specific content and require requirements ments set by instructor. Prerequisite: Con Consent sent of instructor. Periodically. Ward. 496 Senior Project in Computer Scie nce/Mathematics Independent study which integrates previ previous ous course work in mathematics, compu computer ter science, and the supporting area. Cul Culmination mination is a computer system or research paper which is presented orally at an open meeting. Required for majors in “Compu “Computer ter Science/Mathematics.” Prerequisite: Senior standing. Every semester. Staff. Earth Science (Non-major) Earth Science courses are designed to give the student an under understanding standing of earth processes, resources, and human-land relation relationships ships and patterns. While there is no major program in Earth Sci Science, ence, courses in this field make an important contribution to lib liberal eral arts education and to interdisciplinary major programs such as Environmental Science and International Studies. The Earth Science Department now offers a minor with emphasis upon geography or geology. “Earth Science” is a general name for any of the various sciences—e.g., geog geography, raphy, geology, climatology, etc. — that deal with the earth. At Willamette, the Earth Science offerings are concentrated in the fields of geography and geology. Geography is primarily concerned with explaining the spatial distribution of, and relations among, various features of the earth — human and cultural as well as physical features. Geology concerns itself primarily with description, classification, and analysis of the earth’s physical and chemical characteristics and with the history of the earth and its life forms. Both disciplines are deeply concerned with the ties between the nature of our physical en environment vironment and the quality of human life. Topics in Earth Science courses range from plate tectonics to international oil problems to environmental ethics. The Earth Science course that meets the General Education requirement is: Earth Science 110: Physical Geology (Part A, Natural Science). The minor program in Earth Science will be made up of the following courses to be selected in consultation with the Earth Science Department. A. Geology Emphasis: Five credits in Earth Science required 1. Courses required of all students electing this option: Earth Science 110,230,231, and 350. 2. One additional credit selected from the following two courses: Earth Science 141 or 332. B. Geography Emphasis: Five credits in Earth Science required 1. Courses required of all students electing this option: Earth Science 110,141,230, and 331. 2. One additional credit selected from the following two courses: Earth Science 332 or 350.Faculty Gilbert LaFreniere, Assistant Professor, Chair H. Peter Eilers, Assistant Professor Course Descriptions 110 Physical Geology An introduction to internal and external earth processes within the new framework of plate tectonic theory. Laboratory work emphasizes identification of common rocks and minerals, and interpretation of topographic maps, aerial photographs and geologic maps. Fall. LaFreniere. 141 Physical Geography An integrated study of the major compo components nents of the physical environment — landforms, climate, natural vegetation, and soils — in the light of their significance to mankind. Spring. Eilers. 230 World Geography Survey of major patterns of physical fea features, tures, culture, and human-land relations, by region, in today’s world. Examples show present and impending resource, environmental, social and political prob problems, lems, and explore basic solutions. Methods include lectures, films, student discussions and presentations, and text and outside readings. Fall. Staff. 231 Historical Geology An introduction to the detailed geologic record, emphasizing the geology of the Western Cordillera. Topics include the history of geologic thought, a survey of geologic history from Pre-Cambrian to Flolocene, and the paleontological evi evidence dence for organic evolution. Lectures are complemented by geologic map interpre interpretation tation in the laboratory and field trips to the Coast Range, Cascades, and Siskiyous. Prerequisite: Physical Geology. Alternate springs. LaFreniere. 331 Geography of Europe This course is designed to provide basic knowledge of the physical and cultural geography of Europe. The course begins with a survey of systematic themes, in including cluding historical, political, economic, and social geography, physiography, cli climates, mates, agriculture, resources, industry, settlement, demography, and transporta transportation. tion. Study of the regions of Europe, in including cluding the Soviet Union, follows. Impor Important tant present-day issues (e.g., energy, de volution, Eurocommunism) are discussed in connection with relevant regions. Alter Alternate nate springs. Staff. 332 Geography of the Pacific States A study of the physical and cultural ele elements ments of the Pacific States with special re reference ference to Oregon. Topics for considera consideration tion include landforms, soils, vegetation, climate, resource development, land use, urbanization, and current problems. Methods include lectures, discussions, readings, student presentations, and field trips .Alternate falls. Eilers. 350 Environmental Geology This course applies principles and techniques learned in physical geology to such geologic hazards as vulcanism, seismicity, erosion, mass wasting and flooding, and to mineral, fossil fuel and water resource development and their re related lated environmental impacts. Prerequisite: Physical Geology. Alternate springs. LaFreniere. 490 Independent Study in Geography Study of a specific aspect of geography or of a geographical problem, individually or in a group. Prerequisite: Permission of in instructor. structor. On demand. Staff. Economics The objectives of economics courses are to help students develop the ability to think clearly about complex economic, political and social issues, and to gain an understanding of how the economic activities of private and public institutions or interest groups re relate late to issues such as inflation, unemployment, poverty, environ environmental mental quality, urban and regional problems, and international economic concerns. A solid background in economics is val valuable uable to students preparing for graduate work in economics, business, public ad administration ministration and law; it is also useful as preparation for possible careers in such diverse fields as business, law, govern government, ment, medicine, social work and educa education. tion. Courses in the other social sciences, mathematics and computer science, En English, glish, and foreign languages also contri contribute bute significantly to preparation for such graduate study and career opportunities. The course in the Economics Depart Department ment that fulfills the General Education re requirement quirement is: Economics 110 Contemporary Economic Issues (Part A, Social Science) The Introductory Program: Students may begin their study of economics at Wil Willamette lamette with either Economics 110 or Economics 130. The first of these courses, Contemporary Economic Issues, focuses on a selected set of issues or problems and the ways in which economic modes of thinking can help to clarify the nature of these issues and alternative approaches to resolving policy problems. Economics Major: Eight credits in the Department are required of Economics majors, including three courses in economic theory (Economics 130,357, and 358) and a course in statistics (Economics 359). The other economics courses are elective, and may be chosen on the basis of each student’s academic interests and possible career objectives. In addition to these economics courses, each major is required to complete a course in calculus (Mathematics 230 or the equivalent) and an introductory course in political science. In order to take advantage of possible internships available through state and other agen agencies, cies, and to participate in senior-level courses such as Economic Simulation (Economics 451) and the Senior Research Seminar (Economics 496), majors are en encouraged couraged to complete the required courses by the end of the junior year. Business Economics Major: Eleven and one-half total credits are required of Business Economics majors. Eight re required quired credits in the department include courses in economic principles, ac accounting, counting, business policy, managerial economics, statistics, and the relation relationship ship of business to government and the larger society. In addition, majors must take a course in mathematics and one course in computer science. Two elective credits from approved courses in en environmental vironmental studies, political science, psychology, sociology, and speech com-24 munication are also required of majors. Specific courses required for this major should be selected in consultation with the Economics Department faculty. Majors in either Economics or Business Economics are required to complete a major paper during their senior year. This may be done through independent study or in conjunction with an appropriate upper-level course. Faculty Richard M. Gillis, Professor, Chair C. Russell Beaton, Professor James S. Hanson, Associate Professor Thomas H. Hibbard, Professor Jack Leonard, Associate Professor Thomas B. Brand, Lecturer (part-time) Course Descriptions 110 Contemporary Economic Issues This course focuses on a selected set of contemporary issues or problems and the ways in which economic modes of think thinking ing can help to clarify the nature of these issues and alternative approaches to re resolving solving policy problems. The emphasis will be on economic reasoning and the economic dimensions of social problems, but will also attempt to deal with the inter interrelationships relationships among the social, political and economic dimensions of contempor contemporary ary problems. Euery semester. Hanson, Hibbard, Beaton. 130 Principles of Economics This course is a basic introduction to economic analysis and its applications for public policy. The tools, concepts and models of economic analysis will be de developed veloped and used to examine the forces of supply and demand in market systems and the effects of government involvement in such market systems. Factors which de determine termine the overall level of economic ac activity tivity and policies to achieve full employ employment ment and price stability also will be explored. Euery semester. Hanson, Hib Hibbard, bard, Beaton, Gillis. 140 Managerial Economics This course focuses on the applications of microeconomic theory and quantitative methods to decisions regarding the allo allocations cations of scarce resources within a pri private vate or public organization. Tools such as risk analysis, linear programming, economic forecasting, game theory, scheduling theory, queuing analysis, and present value analysis will be applied to problems involving demand, production, cost, pricing and capital budgeting. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Econ 130. Fall. Staff. 235 Principles of Accounting Theory of accounting and procedures as a basis for sound economic decisions and the planning and administration of busi business ness organizations and public enterprise. Euery semester. Leonard. 236 Managerial Accounting Preparation and analysis of financial statements; the determination of income; the valuation of assets, liabilities and equity; cost budgeting; the impact of taxa taxation tion and government policy, and the theory of internal control to understand the theory of the firm in the free enterprise system and of national income determination. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Econ 235. Spring. Leonard. 331 Finance and Investments Analysis of financial decision-making and business and corporate finance and in investments vestments as related to the business structure, the institution and the indi individual. vidual. Corporate financial policies and stmcture, the capital markets, mechanisms of investment and the plan planning ning of investment programs. Prerequisite: Econ 110 or 130.Spring. Leonard. 332 Money and Banking Nature of money, the role of the banking system, the effect of change in the supply and demand of money on the level of employment and prices, and theories of interest. Federal Reserve System. The place of government in monetary and banking practice and regulations and monetary relationships. Prerequisite: Econ 110 or 130. Fall. Leonard. 338 Business Law The laws governing business contracts, agency, sales, commercial paper, property, negotiable instruments, business organi organization, zation, insurance, suretyship, and torts. Euery semester. Brand. 340 Labor Economics This course is concerned with some of the most fundamental questions facing any society: how should human labor be or organized, ganized, for what purposes, and for whose benefit? Our specific focus will be on work under capitalism. We will begin with the development of work and the history and struggles of the American Labor Move Movement. ment. The second part will cover ques questions tions of wage determination, labor market segmentation, and the existence and im impact pact of racism and sexism. The final part will concentrate on alternative visions of work and society. Prerequisite: Econ 110 or 130.Alternateyears. Hibbard. 345 Environmental Economics Problems of environmental protection and natural resource utilization. Analysis of strengths and shortcomings of the market mechanism, role of social sciences, di dimension mension of the problem, and possible solutions. Prerequisite: Econ 110 or 130. Fall. Beaton. 346 Regional Economics and the Economy of Oregon This course will cover regional economic theory, including location theory, inter interregional regional trade and methods of regional economic base analysis. The Oregon economy wi 11 be extensively analyzed as a regional case study. Past and current socio-economic information will be employed to generate probable future economic trends and issues in Oregon and in the Pacific Northwest. Prerequisite: Econ 130.Spring. Beaton. 347 Economics and Politics of State and Local Budgeting This course is an introduction to state and local government finance. Advantages and disadvantages of different revenue sources including user charges, various taxes, bor borrowing, rowing, and revenue sharing are consi considered. dered. Methods of selecting projects and allocating expenditures are studied. This course concludes with an assessment of the economics and politics of alternative public-sector budgeting systems. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Econ 110 or 130 and Poli 110. Al Alternate ternate years. Hibbard. 348 Economic Philosophy for a Post-Industrial Society Concentrates on examination of philo philosophical sophical and methodological bases which serve to structure current economic nature of industrial society. Examines current so social cial and economic trends and the variety of options for the future. Examines impli implications cations of these future alternatives for economic philosophy and methodology. Prerequisite: Econ 110 or 130.Alternate years. Beaton. 351 Comparative Economic Systems This course examines the causes, nature, and performance of different economic systems in theory and practice. It focuses on capitalist market economies, centrally planned economies, socialist market economies, and the economic systems utilized in various utopian writings and experimental communities. Prerequisite: Econ 110 or 130. Fall. Hibbard. 352 The Economics of Developing Countries This course examines the structural characteristics of developing countries and major theories of economic develop development. ment. Specific topics will include land re reform, form, agriculture and industrialization, population and manpower policies, the role of money and capital markets in de development, velopment, trade and development, the impact of aid and foreign investment, and strategies for development planning. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Econ 110 or 130.Spring. Hanson. 353 International Economics This course examines the workings of the international economy, with an emphasis on current policy issues. Economic theory will be used to study the effects of trade among nations, the factors which influ influence ence trading patterns, and the effects of trade restrictions such as tariffs. Financial relationships among nations and the functioning of the international monetary system also will be explored. Other topics include the role of trade in economic growth and development, and the impact of foreign investment and the multina multinational tional corporation in both advanced anddeveloping nations. Prerequisite: Econ 130.Fall. Hanson. 357 Intermediate Microeconomics This course explores modern theories of the behavior of households and business firms in determining prices, the mix of goods and services produced in the econ economy, omy, the allocation of scarce resources, and the distribution of income and wealth among the participants in a market econ economy. omy. The successes and failures of diffe different rent types of markets are considered along with public policies aimed at improving the performance of markets. Prerequisite: Econ 130.Fall. Hibbard. 358 Intermediate Macroeconomics This course examines theories of how consumption, investment and government spending behavior influence the total level of economic activity in an economic sys system, tem, and the impact of foreign trade on the national economy. Also explored are the ways in which government spending, tax taxation, ation, and monetary policies influence unemployment, inflation, and the rate of economic growth. Prerequisite: Econ 130. Spring. Gillis. 359 Economic Statistics This course deals with statistical estima estimation tion and hypothesis testing as well as cor correlation, relation, both simple and multiple. In ad addition dition to traditional tests (“Z”, “T”, “F”, etc.) non-parametric tests are introduced. Fi Finally, nally, time series analysis and index number construction will be covered. Note: Even if you have taken another statistics course, Econ 452 must be taken to satisfy the statistics requirement for Economics. Fall. Gillis. 448 History of Economic Thought This course will trace the development of economic thought from the decline of feudalism to the present. We will investi investigate gate Classical, Marxist, Neoclassical, Keynesian, and Modern Marxist and Neo Neoclassical classical theories. Our goal will be to un understand derstand the various theories as well as the historical context in which they became important. Prerequisite: Econ ^.Alter ^.Alternate nate years. Beaton. 451 Economic Simulation (1/2) This course will deal with business simu simulation lation models, as well as computer mod models els in micro- and macro-economics. In addition, it is hoped that the students will learn some computer-assisted instruction techniques. Prerequisites: Econ 130,357, 358 and 359.Spring. Gillis. 452 Introduction to Econometrics (1/2) This course represents an extension of our introductory statistics course and will deal primarily with curvilinear simple regres regression sion and both linear and curvilinear multi multiple ple regression, as well as various methods of projecting trends. Note: Even if you have taken another statistics course, Econ 452 must be taken to satisfy the statistics re requirement quirement for economics. Prerequisite: Econ 359 or another statistics course. Spring. Gillis. 458 Mathematical Economics (1/2) This course is designed to explore the ways in which formal mathematical mod models els can be used to analyze and interpret microeconomic and macroeconomic re relationships lationships and phenomena. Prerequis Prerequisites: ites: Econ 130,357, and 358. Alternate years. Beaton. 490 Independent Study (1/2 or 1) To enable a qualified student to engage in supervised study in topics not covered in other departmental courses. On demand. Staff. 496 Senior Research Seminar This seminar enables each student to apply the concepts and tools of economic analysis in the exploration of current pol policy icy issues, and to undertake a research project on a topic of particular interest. Emphasis will be placed on student-led discussions and presentations, with active participation of faculty members. Pre Prerequisites: requisites: Econ 130,357,358, and 359. Spring. Staff. 497 Energy Economics (1/2) The course employs economic tools and analysis to examine U.S. and world energy issues. Included are energy demand pat patterns, terns, current and future energy source al alternatives ternatives and energy policy options facing society at local, national and international levels. The student is responsible for a re research search project applying economic analysis to an energy issue. Prerequisite: Econ 357. Spring. Beaton. Education Education courses have the primary purpose of furnishing a sound professional preparation for secondary teachers. They also satisfy requirements for the Basic Secondary Oregon Certificate, and completion of the prescribed program usually qualifies one for certification in other states as well. Teacher Preparation Willamette University provides a pro program gram for the preparation of middle, junior, and senior high school teachers in the following fields: art, biology, chemistry', drama, English, French, German, integ integrated rated science, mathematics, music, physi physical cal education, physics, Spanish, speech and social studies. The Willamette pro program gram of teacher education is organized around the professional semester concept which reserves one of the last two semes semesters ters of residence, or in some cases an added (ninth) semester, for most of the professional education courses and stu student dent teaching. General education and major work should be in an academic area closely related to one’s intended teaching field. The Basic Secondary Certificate for Ore Oregon gon and comparable certification elsewhere may be achieved upon com completion pletion of the bachelor’s degree and the professional education program. Admission to the program is ac accomplished complished by written application and subsequent acceptance by the Education Department. All applicants must pass a test certifying competence in the basic skills of mathematics, grammar, spelling, and composition. Students may be re required quired to take additional skill related tests and coursework. Courses in mathematics (Math 109), English (English 130), Speech (Speech 150) and Computer Science (CS 140) are strongly recommended and may be required if particular deficiences are noted. Transfer students must contact the Education Department during their first semester on campus if they intend to complete the program within a four-year framework. Effective Fall 1983, a minimum grade point average of 3.0 in the major and an all university grade point average of 2.5 will also be required. All interested students should make per personal sonal contact with the departmental fac faculty ulty to make arrangements for entrance testing and admission procedures. Each student is responsible for satisfaction of all requirements. Detailed written informa-L*/tion may be obtained from the Education Office. Willamette offers a joint B.A.-B.S. degree program with Western Oregon State College for elementary teachers. By careful scheduling, a student can spend two of the eight semesters at WOSC and obtain a degree from each institution and elementary certification. Persons in interested terested in this option should contact a member of the Education Department as soon as possible for early planning. Program Prospective teachers major in one or more academic areas; there is no major in Education. The usual sequence of profes professional sional courses leading to certification is: Educ 205 Introduction to Teaching Educ 335 School, Teacher, and Student plus [heProfessional Semester which in includes: cludes: Educ 445 Psychological Foundations Educ 455 Principles of Teaching Educ 495 Supervised Teaching and one Methods Course, Educ 430,431, 432,433 and/or 434,435, or 436. NOTE: Students preparing to teach Music or Physical Education do not take a Methods course during the Professional Semester. Students preparing for the combined certificate in mathematicsp/us one other area must take both Educ 433 and Educ 434 methods courses. The course Educ 340, Teaching of Reading and Writing, is required of all prospective teachers and can be com completed pleted before, during, or after the Profes Professional sional Semester. Requirements outside the Depart Department: ment: Two courses are required: 1. Soc 131 Ethnic and Cultural Relations, or Soc 334 Social Stratification (or an ap approved proved equivalent), and 2. One course in Economics A course in Public Speaking is strongly recommended. Program requirements for the elemen elementary tary certificate are available in the Educa Education tion Office. Faculty Joanne B. Engel, Associate Professor, Chair Richard Wright Cowger, Professor Theodore Y. Ozawa, Assistant Professor Alan Ball, Instructor (part-time) Stephen DeHaas, Instructor (part-time) John Tenny, Instructor (part-time) Jane Wilson, Instructor (part-time) Course Descriptions 106 College Learning Skills (1/2) This course is not one of the professional teacher preparation requirements. This class is open to all students and deals with helping individual students to develop knowledge and skills in the following areas: reading, paper writing, study skills, and applying principles of learning. Spring. Tenny. 205 Introduction to Teaching (1/2) A study of teaching through field studies, simulations, practica, and readings. Evaluation made by the student, his/her peers and facu lty on the student’s potential as a teacher. Prerequisite for the Profes Professional sional Semester. Second semester freshmen, sophomores or juniors are en encouraged couraged to schedule this course. Not open to first semester freshmen. Every semester. Cowger, Ozawa. 335 The School, Teacher and Student (1/2) Public school structure and curriculum, social and legal roles of the schools, minority and ethnic awareness, ethics of learner study, principles of instruction, ac accountability, countability, group processes and career education. Prerequisite for the Profes Professional sional Semester. Every semester. Engel. 340 Teaching of Reading and Writing (1/2) Modern theories underlying methods of teaching reading; current developmental and remedial programs with emphasis on secondary needs and materials. Includes a unit on teaching composition. Required for all secondary certification. Every semester. Tenny. 390 Pre-Practicum Internship (1/4- 1/2) Open to second semester sophomores and above. This internship is to be utilized to provide in-the-classroom experiences for students who need additional prac- ticum time (6-8 hrs./wk.) beyond what is normally required in the education pro program. gram. Prerequisites: Ed 205,335,340 or' equivalent. Cowger, Engel, Ozawa. 430 Methods of Teaching Art (1 /2) Methods and objectives; consideration of classroom materials and equipment; cur curriculum riculum developments; observation. Of Offered fered as needed. Staff. 431 Methods of Teaching English (1/2) Methods and objectives; consideration of classroom materials and equipment; cur curriculum riculum developments; observation. Pall. Ball. 432 Methods of Teaching Modern Foreign Languages (1/2) Methods and objectives of teaching mod modern ern foreign languages in the secondary school; linguistics; use of audio-lingual materials and the language laboratory; evaluation of materials; demonstrations; observations. Fall. Wilson. 433 Methods of Teaching Mathema Mathematics tics (1/2) The study, observation, and use of special classroom techniques, procedures and materials; consideration of recent cur curriculum riculum developments. Fall. DeHaas. 434 Mathematics Teaching Strategies 0/2) Concerns math teaching strategies for secondary math courses up to and in including cluding Algebra I in public and private schools. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education Program. Every semes semester ter in conjunction with student-teaching. Ozawa. 435 Methods of Teaching Science (1/2) Concepts and curriculum for science studies, materials, methods, procedures, new approaches to teaching and evalua evaluation tion procedures. Spring. Ozawa. 436 Methods of Teaching Social Studies (1/2) Concept and curriculum of the social studies, materials, methods, procedures and evaluation. Special emphasis on na nature ture and structure of individual social studies courses commonly taught in sec secondary ondary schools, and new approaches in social studies teaching. Spring. Staff. 445 Psychological Foundations of Education Human growth and development; theories and methodology as it relates to skill ac acquisition, quisition, educational foundations, evalu evaluation, ation, classroom management and indi individual vidual and cultural differences in educa educational tional situations. Part of Professional Semester. Every semester. Engel. 455 Principles of Teaching The course emphasizes teaching strategies, classroom management, the use of teaching media, and the evaluation of both teaching and learning. Some field observations are included. Part of Profes Professional sional Semester. Every semester. Cowger, Ozawa. 456 Instructional Technology (1/2) Primarily a course in instructional media and their use in classrooms and schools. Some attention to curriculum design and classroom management. Field visits to media support centers are included. Part of the Professional Semester. Every semes semester. ter. Cowger. 490 Research and Independent Study (1/2 or 1) This course is intended only for the qual qualified, ified, advanced student with a solid prep preparation aration in theory and methods of educa education tion who wishes to do an intensive re research search or advanced independent study in an area not covered by the present de departmental partmental course offerings. By de departmental partmental approval. Cowger, Engel, Ozawa. 495 Supervised Teaching (1-1/2) Teaching experience in the secondary classroom under guidance and supervi supervision sion of experienced teacher and college supervisor; includes weekly seminars and conferences. Part of the Professional Semester. Every semester. Cowger, Engel, Ozawa.English The goal of the English Department is to strengthen the moral and aesthetic imagination through the study and teaching of literature and language. Working toward this goal, the Department recog recognizes nizes that a general liberal arts education is an invaluable element in career preparation. Students majoring in English have found this study a desirable background for future service in law, medicine, business, teaching, or government. The English Department offers lan language guage and literature studies on several levels — from assisting students to satisfy the graduation requirement of English proficiency in its “Craft of Writing” pro program gram and the general education literature requirement in the courses listed below, through more advanced courses in ex expository pository and imaginative writing, to the appreciation of literature in general and of major literary figures and movements in particular. Courses in the English Department that satisfy the General Education Program re requirement quirement are: English 119 Imaginative Literature (Part A, Literature) English 210 Foundations of Literature (Part A, Literature) English 211 Survey of American Litera Literature ture I (Part A, Literature) English 212 Survey of American Litera Literature ture II (Part A, Literature) English 213 Survey of British Literature I (Part A, Literature) English 214 Survey of British Literature II (Part A, Literature) Literature 210 The Modern Temper in Literature (Part A, Literature) Literature 215 The Creative Writer as Historian and Journalist (Part A, Litera Literature) ture) The English major must complete a minimum of eight credits in the Depart Department. ment. Courses related to the English Profi Proficiency ciency Requirement do not count toward this minimum. The advisor and the major will develop together a major program that ensures the study of the literary tradition, the literary genres, and the language itself. Individual research is encouraged through Reading and Conference (English 390) and, for students with excellent academic records in their English studies, Independent Study (English 490). Senior evaluation for the English major will usu usually ally consist of a senior thesis developed from the English Senior Seminar or the Humanities Senior Seminar. Some ad advanced vanced students may produce the senior thesis or a directed creative project in In Independent dependent Study, (English 490). The major program requires: English 210 Foundations of Literature; one survey sequence (e.g., English 211 and 212; En English glish 213 and 214); two related major period courses (e.g., English 345 and 346; English 346 and 347); one Shakespeare course (English 341 or 342); and three ad additional ditional credits in English. Outside the English Department, majors are strongly encouraged to take a foreign language through the proficiency level, thus earning a B.A. —and beyond that level if they contemplate graduate study— and three courses from the following re- ' lated fields: theatre, music, speech, relig religion, ion, philosophy, art history, history, and interdisciplinary arts courses. The minor program in English consists of five credits to be selected from the fol following lowing courses in consultation with the English Department. Students will choose to emphasize Literature or Writing: A. Literature Option: English 119; and any four credits chosen from the following En English glish courses: English 222,241,320,340, 341,342, 344, 345, 348,349,352, or 496. B. Writing Option: English 119 or 210; any one credit chosen from the following En English glish courses: English 222,241,320,340, 341, 342,344, 345, 348,349,352, or 496; and any three credits chosen from the fol following lowing English courses: English 230,231, 232, 250, 251, 332, 390, or 490. Faculty Adele Birnbaum, Associate Professor, Chair Virginia Bothun, Associate Professor Gerard Bowers, Professor Wilbur Braden, Professor Carol Long, Associate Professor Richard Lord, Professor Kenneth Nolley, Professor Michael Strelow, Assistant Professor Richard Sutliff, Assistant Professor Course Descriptions 009 The Craft of Writing I (E.S.L. Section) A special section for non-native speakers of English. Substitutes for the basic freshman writing course, English 010 (The Craft of Writing 1).Fall. Strelow. 010 The Craft of Writing I The art of self-expression through words. Admission by assignment. Fall. Staff. 119 Imaginative Literature An introduction to the art of reading im imaginative aginative literature: poetry, drama, and prose fiction. Emphasis on understanding and enjoyment of literature as a rich part of our cultural heritage. Designed especially for students seeking to fulfill the Literature requirement in the General Education program. Prerequisite: English profi proficiency. ciency. Every semester. Staff. 130 The Craft of Writing II The standard freshman composition course in which most freshmen satisfy proficiency. Emphasis is on instruction in the modes of exposition aimed at en enhancing hancing the student’s skill in handling the language correctly and in writing with or organization ganization and style. Every semester. Staff. 210 Foundations of Literature The major forms of western literature exemplified in selected readings from classical to modern authors. Elements of prosody. Basic principles of literary criti criticism. cism. Designed as the initial course in En English glish Literature for the English major. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: English Proficiency Require Requirement. ment. Every semester. Staff. 211 American Literature From Its Be Beginnings ginnings to the Civil War A study of the main forces in American lit literature erature from Colonial times to the Civil War. Emphasis will be placed on the con conflict flict of ideas in religious, philosophical, and political contexts as reflected in the works primarily of major figures: Franklin, Edwards, Jefferson, the Federalist Papers, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Emerson, and Thoreau. Prerequisite: English Proficiency Requirement. Fall. Nolley, Sutliff. 212 American Literature From Whit Whitman man to World War II A study emphasizing indigenous de-velopments in American literature; special emphasis is given to the poetry of Walt Whitman and Emily Dickinson, the humor and social criticism of Mark Twain, the local color movement, the rise of realism in Howells and James, the 20th Century re resurgence surgence of poetry, and proletarian litera literature ture of the thirties. Unity is centered on psychological and sociological problems of the individual in conflict with society. Prerequisite: English Proficiency Re Requirement. quirement. Spring. Nolley, Sutliff. 213 Survey of British Literature 1 A survey of the major works of English lit literature erature from its beginnings to the end of the 17th Century. The course will acquaint students with the masterpieces of English literature of the period and with some of the methods of critical analysis which have been found most useful in elucidat elucidating ing these works. Prerequisite: English Pro Proficiency ficiency Requirement. Fall. Braden. 214 Survey of British Literature II A survey of the major works of English lit literature erature from Pope to the present. The stu student dent will be expected to acquire not only a thorough knowledge of the works and au authors thors studied, but also a familiarity with the traditional periods of English literature viewed in their historical, philosophical, religious and social implications. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: English Proficiency Require Requirement. ment. Spring. Bowers. 215 History of Cinema Important cinematic works viewed with regard to theme, style, and technique in an effort to explore both the achievement and the potential of the film as a medium of ar artistic tistic expression. Prerequisite: English Proficiency Requirement.Spring. Nolley. 222 Poet-Painters Blake and Rossetti: Study of Blake and Rossetti, their unique technical and spiritual achievements in the twin realms of poetry and painting. Prerequisite: En English glish Proficiency Requirement. Alternate years. Bowers. 223 Film Genre and Authorship A study of the relationship between the unique visions of individual film-makers and the shaping conventions of various film genres. As each film genre embodies numerous aesthetic, social and moral as assumptions, sumptions, each film of the type simul simultaneously taneously reaffirms and redefines those assumptions. The course will explore the nature and development of a genre and the individual creative visions it inspires. Fall. Nolley. 230 Intermediate Writing Emphasis on expository and argumenta argumentative tive modes of writing with the purpose of enhancing style and organization. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: English Proficiency Require Requirement. ment. Fall. Birnbaum. 231 Design and Writing A writing course on the intermediate level which encourages students to practice both expository and creative writing, while exploring and imitating design concepts in the non-verbal arts. Prerequisite: English Proficiency Requirement. Alternate years. Bowers. 232 Imaginative Writing I Practice in the writing and analysis of short fiction, poetry, or drama (depending on the interests of those enrolled each semester). To explore and develop one’s own verbal and imaginative resources. Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor. Fall. Sutliff. 235 Modem Poetry Selected readings from the works of the chief poets in England and America during the last fifty years. Special emphasis on poetic craftsmanship and the art of reading poetry Alternate years. Braden. 240 Black Literature A survey of the development of Black liter literature ature in the 20th Century from its source in rural folklore (chants, songs, etc.) to its contemporary poetry rooted in the lan language guage of Black people. The distinctiveness of a Black literature based on aesthetics derived from a unique Black experience will be emphasized. Alternate years. Staff. 241 The Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England and America from Defoe to the 20th Century. The class will consider the evolution of technique and theme, noting both the continuity and uniqueness of the English and American tradition. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: English Proficiency Require Requirement. ment. Alternate years. Long. 250 Introduction to Structural and Transformational Grammar (1/2) An introduction to the principles and methods of structural and transforma transformational tional grammar. Consideration will be given to the relationship between modern grammar and traditional grammar. This is not a composition course. Prerequisite: English Proficiency Requirement.Spring. Nolley. 251 History of the English Language 0/2) A study of the history of the English lan language guage from its Indo-European origins to the present day. Prerequisite: English Pro Proficiency ficiency Requirement. Spring. Nolley. 320 Mysticism and Creativity Study of mysticism and of creations mysti mystically cally inspired, as found in the writings, art and music of both occidental and oriental tradtions. Prerequisite: English Profi Proficiency ciency Requirement.Spring. Bowers. 330 Advanced Writing: Rhetorical Strategies Analysis of the practice in expositoiy forms with emphasis on style and rhetori rhetorical cal strategy. Prerequisite: Consent of In Instructor. structor. Spring. Bothun. 332 Imaginative Writing II Practice in the writing and analysis of short fiction, poetry, or drama (depending on the interests of those enrolled each semester). To explore and develop one’s own verbal and imaginative resources. Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor.Spring. Sutliff. 340 Medieval Literature: Chaucer Insight into Chaucer’s creative genius and a taste of the turbulent life of medieval En England gland through a reading of The Canterbury Tales, The House of Fame, The Parliament of Fowls, and Troilus and Criseyde. Intro Introduction duction to early Arthurian romance through Sir Gawain and the Green Knight. Prerequisite: English Proficiency Re Requirement. quirement. Alternate years. Birnbaum. 341 Shakespeare: the Earlier Plays A detailed study of the histories and selected comedies and tragedies written before 1601. Elizabethan cultural setting, poetic and dramatic form, growth of Shakespeare’s craftsmanship. Prerequis Prerequisite: ite: English Proficiency Requirement. Fall. Braden. 342 Shakespeare: The Later Plays A detailed study of selected comedies, tragedies and romances written between 1601 and 1611. Jacobean cultural setting, poetic and dramatic form, Shakespeare’s mature craftsmanship. Prerequisite: En English glish Proficiency Requirement. Spring. Lord. 344 Renaissance Literature: Milton Development of Milton’s literary ambition and style viewed through study of his major prose and the English poems, with emphasis on Paradise Lost; a critical ap appraisal praisal of his influence on later writers; a survey of major Miltonic criticism to the present time. Prerequisite: English Profi Proficiency ciency Requirement .Alternate years. Lord. 345 Seventeenth Century English Literature A survey of British literature from 1603 to 1660 (exclusive of Milton), with emphasis on metaphysical poetry, prose styles and Jacobean tragedy. Major attention is de devoted voted to the poems of John Donne. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: English Proficiency Require Requirement. ment. Alternate years. Lord. 346 Eighteenth Century Literature A survey of English literature from 1660 to 1798, with particular emphasis upon Re Restoration storation comedy, the rise of journalism and the novel, satire (Swift and Pope), and the theory and practice of neo-classical poetry (Dryden, Pope and Johnson). At Attention tention will be given to intellectual history and to the flowering of the comic spirit in the period. Prerequisite: English Profi Proficiency ciency Requirement. Alternate years. Bra Braden. den. 347 Nineteenth Century Literature The critical study of selected Romantic, Victorian and Decadent writers, with at attention tention to related economic, cultural, and religious trends. Prerequisite: English Proficiency Requirement. Alternate years. Bowers. 348 Modem British Literature A study of selected works of prose, poetry,and drama from a large variety of 20th Century authors. Works representative of the end of the Victorian Age, the period following World War I and the beginning of the Modern Age will be included in order to show the development of theme and style in 20th Century British literature. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: English Proficiency Require Requirement. ment. Alternate falls. Long. 349 Modern American Literature A variety of works in prose, poetry and drama will be studied in order to observe the major themes and stylistic trends of 20th Century American literature. Atten Attention tion will be given to the post World War 1 period and to some contemporary works (post 1950) in an effort to illustrate the de development velopment of modern literature. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: English Proficiency Require Requirement. ment. Spring. Long. 350 Shakespeare: Selected Plays and Modem Transformations An interdisciplinary study of four Shake Shakespeare speare plays (A Midsummer Night’s Dream, Henry IV, Hamlet, and Othello) and some of the works of music, film, dance, and graphic art inspired by the plays. Major attention will be given to the plays themselves, using operas, ballets, films, and illustrations based on or in inspired spired by them to illuminate the richness of Shakespeare’s art. (Recommended for students who have had English 213,341 or 342.) Prerequisite: English Proficiency Re Requirement. quirement. Fall. Braden. 352 Theories of Criticism A study of the historical foundations of literary criticism with an emphasis on the development of the student’s own critical theories. An attempt will be made to shar sharpen pen reading awareness through the study of critical theories as they relate to works of literature. Prerequisite: English Profi Proficiency ciency Requirement. Alternate years. Bowers. 390 Reading and Conference (1/2 or 1) To enable a student to acquire the neces necessary sary knowledge and experience of literary periods which are not covered by courses offered at Willamette University. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Consent of instructor and En English glish Proficiency Requirement. On de demand. mand. Staff. 490 Independent Study Intensive study of a selected area. By per permission mission of the department. On demand. Staff. 496 Senior Seminar Intensive study of a specific topic, genre, period, or figure. Area of concentration will be announced during the preceding year. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and English Proficiency Requirement. Fall. Staff. Literature 210 The Modern Temper in Literature Concentrating on the modern period (1890-1970), this course will study the shift from realism to absurdism in the drama, and will consider parallel movements in prose, fiction, and verse. Readings will be drawn from American, English, French, and German authors such as O’Neill, Pinter, Beckett, and Brecht. The basic tools of literary criticism will be introduced. Form and genre will be studied in relation to culture and as an expression of central modern values. Spring. Leland and Long. 215 The Creative Writer as Historian and Journalist An examination of the concept of “Fact “Faction,” ion,” i.e., the relationship between history, both past and current, and the creative writer as witness to and critic of major so social cial and political events. Works studied include those of Solzhenitzyn, Heming Hemingway, way, Malraux, Fallaci, Camus, Asturius, Haley, etc., against the background of such events as the Vietnam War, American slave revolts, Latin-American dictatorships, the Second World War, Soviet political pris prisons, ons, etc., to determine whether the parti partisan san writer can speak with full artisitic in integrity. tegrity. No prerequisites save, for freshmen only, consent cf instructor.Alternatefalls. Wiltshire. Environmental Science The Environmental Science program seeks to encourage students to develop an appreciation of the importance to life and society of environment, in the past, present, and future; an understanding of nature’s integrity, including both natural and human processes effecting environmental change; insight into basic causes of, and possible solutions to, important environmental problems; and skills for defining and furthering environmentally sound action. Attainment of these goals requires grounding in several disci disciplines plines as well as integrative study of the environment, human ac action, tion, and consequences. Seven university departments contribute faculty and courses to this program. Education in environmental science may provide direct career opportunities in government service or business (e.g., re resource source management, environmental im impact pact assessment), and in public interest work. It is useful preparation, especially in combination with a second major, for pos possible sible careers in teaching, journalism, poli tics, and business, or for those who plan to enter graduate or professional school in fields such as environmental science, biology, geography, public policy, law, public health, or other sciences. Environmental Science courses that meet the General Education requirement are: Envr220 Environmental Systems Under Stress (Part B) Envr 320 Environmental Ethics (Part B) Envr496 Senior Seminar in Environ Environmental mental Science (Part B) (Other courses in the Environmental Sci Science ence Program that meet General Educa Education tion requirements are so designated intheir subject area descriptions.) The Environmental Science major takes a basic core of discipline-oriented courses in the natural and social sciences. Integra Integration tion is promoted through a series of en environmental vironmental science courses which pro provide vide progressive development from (a) an optional introduction to environmental problems, their basic causes and solu solutions tions (Environmental Systems Under Stress, Envr220), to (b) a junior year course on environmental assessment and methods (Envr 336), to (c) several inter intermediate mediate and advanced electives and an optional off-campus Internship, to (d) a culminating Senior Research Seminar (Envr 496). Through electives in the program a stu student dent can emphasize either natural sci sciences ences or social sciences. The Environmental Science major must take a minimum of thirteen courses, as specified below. A. Required Core Courses (8) Bioi 110 Principles of Biology Chemll5 Introductory Chemistry Erth 110 Physical Geology Econ 130 Principles of Economics Poli 112 Politics and the Challenge of Scarcity Socll3 Environmental Sociology Envr 336 Environmental Analysis (Junior year) Envr 496 Senior Seminar in Environ Environmental mental Science (Senior year — Satisfies Senior Year Experience Requirement) The major must also take five of the fol following lowing electives, distributed in at least four disciplines and including at least two natural science and two social science courses. Environmental Science Electives: Envr 220 Environmental Systems Under Stress (Fr-So year) Envr 320 Environmental Ethics (Jr-Sr year) Envr 494 Internship (Sr year) Natural Science Electives: Biol 255 General Ecology Chem 220 Environmental Chemistry Erth 350 Environmental Geology Social Science Electives: Econ 345 Environmental Economics ISA 230 Environment and Behavior Poli 331 State and Urban Politics Poli 333 Politics, Economics and Plan Planning ning Soc 330 Population The student in environmental science at Willamette is well situated to pursue his or her studies. For field study a great diversity of environments and land-use practices can be found within a short distance — everything from the Pacific Ocean to the Cascades, from wilderness to cities. As a state, Oregon has pioneered in many as aspects pects of environmental management. The university’s location, just across the street from the Capitol and other government of offices, fices, facilitates practical learning and in involvement. volvement. Faculty David Goodney, Assistant Professor, Chemistry, Director C. Russell Beaton, Professor, Economics Donald R. Breakey, Professor, Biology Peter Eilers, Associate Professor, Geog Geography raphy and Environmental Science W. Randall Ireson, Assistant Professor, Sociology Noel F. Kaestner, Professor, Psychology Gilbert LaFreniere, Assistant Professor, Geology and Environmental Science Edwin j. Stillings, Professor, Political Sci Science ence Course Descriptions (See appropriate major program state statements ments for descriptions of other courses in the program.) 220 Environmental Systems Under Stress An introduction, through several detailed case studies, to stresses in environmental systems, their causes and solutions. The cases vary from term to term, but may in include, clude, for example, problems of energy, urban quality, chemical hazards, or food. Goals are to help the student develop a systems and energy viewpoint that can be applied widely, and to become an agent of constructive environmental change. To Topics pics include system dynamics, energetics, ecological principles, the challenge of transition to steady state, appropriate technology, and political economy and fundamental solutions. Lectures, some by other Environmental Science members, discussions, films, reading, projects.Fall. Staff. 320 Environmental Ethics The course focuses upon the historical and philosophical roots of our present en environmental vironmental and energy dilemmas. The contemporary environmental crisis is con considered sidered as a particular manifestation of a cultural crisis which afflicts Western Civili Civilization zation and its imitators. Central issues in include: clude: comparison of environmental at attitudes titudes in advanced cultures; the environ environmental mental significance of Western interpreta interpretations tions of history; evaluation of the idea of progress as the ruling philosophy of his history tory of the modern West; the socio-cultural impacts of scientific and technological development; and an account of Western man’s continuing search for the good life and for means of inducing altruistic be behavior. havior. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing. Spring. LaFreniere. 336 Environmental Analysis The course provides a historical and social conceptual framework within which the present functioning of environmental in institutions stitutions is examined. Within this perspective the student is taught how to acquire and critically analyze environ environmental mental information, and report-writing skills specific to environmental impact analysis. Federal and state environmental regulations and case studies of environ environmental mental conflicts are included. Prerequis Prerequisite: ite: Junior or Senior standing. Fall. LaFreniere. 494 Environmental Science Internship Student participation off campus with an agency, group or individual working on some aspect of environment. The purpose is for the student to gain practical know knowledge ledge through involvement and for the student to provide research and other work capabilities; 10-12 hours per week. Fall. Staff. 496 Senior Seminar in Environmen Environmental tal Science Individually or in small groups, students design and conduct a research project; in includes cludes proposal formulation, develop development ment of research methodology, informa information tion analysis, draft and final report prep preparation, aration, and oral presentation. Seminar discussion, outside resource persons, and examination of specific problems of the environment are used to advance to re research search projects. Prerequisite: Senior majoring in Environmental Science. Spring. Eilers, Goodney, LaFreniere, Beaton.32 Foreign Languages and literatures The goals of the Foreign Languages and Literatures Department are to contribute to the liberal education of students by providing courses and programs designed to develop an appreciation of foreign languages and literatures as essential elements of culture and to promote the sensitivity to human values and the critical thinking that is inherent in the study of cultures other than one’s own. A variety of career opportunities are av available ailable to students who graduate with a strong grounding in foreign language. These include foreign service, interna international tional trade, graduate study, social work among non-English speaking minority groups, and teaching. Courses in the Foreign Languages and Literatures Department that satisfy the General Education requirement are: Japanese 314 Japanese Literature in Translation (Part A, Literature) Literature 110 Masterpieces of World Literature (Part A, Literature) Literature 212 Style and Conflict in Modern Literature: Camus and His Legacy (Part A, Literature) Major degree programs are offered in French, German, and Spanish. Oppor Opportunities tunities exist for language study in Japanese and Russian. Interdisciplinary major degree programs are also offered in International Studies for foreign language students desiring an area emphasis (see page ). For each language offering a major, majors are required to complete eight credits of course work beyond the intermediate level language courses, in including cluding Composition and Discussion, at least one credit in Civilization, and three credits in Literature. Comprehensive examinations are required of all depart department ment majors in their senior year. In addi addition, tion, majors, working with their faculty ad advisors, visors, are required to select four credits from the following areas outside the Foreign Languages and Literatures De Department: partment: Art, Earth Science, Economics, English, History, Music, Philosophy, Politi Political cal Science, and Religion. Minor programs are also offered in French, German and Spanish. For further information, contact individual language areas. A Senior Year Experience will also be required of students majoring in French, German, and Spanish. The department faculty strongly urges its students to improve their language com competency petency and to broaden their education through off-campus study in approved programs. Of special interest to students of Foreign Languages and Literatures are the Willamette Semesters Abroad in France, in Hispanic countries, and in Kawagoe City, Japan, at the International College of Commerce and Economics. In coopera cooperation tion with two other universities, Willamette also offers students a one-year program in Germany at the University of Munich. Foreign language students enjoy the use of the University’s modern, well-equipped listening and level-3 language laboratory and enhance their language skills in the Willamette International Studies House (WISH) where they may reside with ex exchange change students, meet with professors for additional foreign language conversation, and attend guest lectures, films, and other cultural events. Faculty Paule G. Drayton, Professor, Chair Ludwig Fischer, Assistant Professor Christine Gentzkow, Assistant Professor Francoise Goeury-Richardson, Associate Professor Ronald P. Loftus, Assistant Professor John Uggen, Assistant Professor Marta Velez, Assistant Professor Magda Schay, Instructor (part-time) Julio Viamonte, Associate Professor (part-time) Richard Wiltshire, Instructor (part-time) Course Descriptions French 131 & 132 Elementary French I & II Introduction to basic skills: comprehen comprehension, sion, speaking, reading, and writing. Reg Regular ular assignments for laboratory work. 131, Fall; 132,Spring. Drayton, Goeury- Richardson. 231 & 232 Intermediate French I & II Development of basic skills, classroom and laboratory. Carefully selected readings in the student's special fields of interest. Prerequisite: Elementary French (or equi equivalent) valent) or two years of high school French with satisfactory College Board score. 231, Fall; 232,Spring. Drayton, Goeury- Richardson. 331 French Composition and Discussion Systematic review of French grammar through the writing of short compositions. Vocabulary building, study of problematic grammar points which will be reinforced by weekly assignments in the language laboratory. Prerequisite: Fren 232.Fall. Drayton, Goeury-Richardson. 332 Advanced French Composition and Discussion Intensive training in oral expression. Sys Systematic tematic review of French grammar. Com Composition position (both oral and written) on topics based upon the thought and problems of contemporary France. Enlargement of vocabulary, including the “explication de texte" method. Conducted in French. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Fren 331 or consent of the in instructor. structor. A/temate years. Drayton, Goeury-Richardson. 333 History of French Civilization Geography, history and the chronological development of culture; current develop developments ments in modern France. Offered in French. Prerequisite: Fren 331 .Alternate years. Goeury-Richardson. 334 Introduction to French Litera Literature ture Introduction to the study of French litera literature ture through reading typical works in the various genres. The course will acquaint the student with the basic vocabulary and tools of literary criticism. Required for the major; conducted in French. Prerequisite: French 331. Alternate springs. Drayton. 335 French Conversation A course which will stress oral communi communication cation in French. Debates and panel dis discussions cussions will be used as a means of bringing students into active participation. The course will focus on current problems in French culture. There will be no written assignments, but background reading will be required as a basis for discussion. Audio excerpts from French TV programs will occasionally be used as laboratory material. A course well suited as a prep preparation aration for study in France and for non-majors who wish to further develop or re retain tain their fluency. Prerequisite: Fren 331. Alternate years. Goeury-Richardson. 430 History of French Thought A survey of the main themes of French thought from the Renaissance to the pre present. sent. Composition and prepared talks will be based upon essays and other exposi expository tory materials dealing with history, philosophy, politics, social criticism, sci science, ence, etc. Conducted in French. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Fren 331 or 332 .Alternate years. Drayton. 431 Phonetics A practical course based on the study of the French sound system. Phonemic in inventory, ventory, physiology of French articulation with emphasis on sound recognition and reproduction. Transcriptions in I.P.A. (International Phonetic Alphabet), prac practice tice with recorded exercises and indi individual vidual correction in the language laborat laboratory. ory. Prerequisite: Fren 331 .Alternate years. Goeury-Richardson. 432 Introduction to French Linguistics Examination of the characteristics of lan language guage and language diversity, including structure, linguistic change and theories of origin. The second part of the course will concentrate on the contributions of French linguists (Martinet, Dubois) to linguistic theory. Practice in applying various methods of analysis to French sentences. Conducted in French. Prerequisite: Fren 331 or332.Alternateyears. Goeury- Richardson. 433 19th Century French Literature The course will focus on representative novels; plays and poetry of the Romantic and Realist movements. Baudelaire’s poetry will also be studied. Conducted in French. Prerequisite: Fren 334 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. Drayton. 434 20th Century French Literature Selected works from some of the most im important portant writers of the 20th Century will be studied: Proust (excerpts only), Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, Ionesco, and Beckett. Poetry of Apollinaire, Eluard, and Aragon. Conducted in French. Prerequis Prerequisite: ite: Fren 334 or consent of instructor. Alter Alternate nate years. Drayton. 435 Gide and Camus Through a detailed study of the most im important portant works of Gide and Camus, the course will bring out the main themes and preoccupations of French thought in the 20th Century. Conducted in French. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Fren 334 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. Drayton. 490-491 Reading and Conference (112 or 1) To enable a student to acquire the neces necessary sary knowledge and experience of literary periods which are not covered by courses offered at Willamette University. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Fren 331 or 332.On demand. Drayton, Goeury-Richardson. German 131 & 132 Elementary German I & II Listening-comprehension, speaking and reading developed through intense oral practice and frequent language laboratory exercises. 131 ,Fall; 132,Spring. Fischer, Gentzkow. 231 & 232 Intermediate German I & II Ability to read with direct association in German. Listening-comprehension and basic grammar patterns. The second semester includes discussion of cultural topics, readings in the student’s field, and practice in directed writing. Prerequisite: Elementary German. 231, Fall; 232,Spring. Fischer, Gentzkow. 331 German Composition and Discussion Reading and discussions in German to topics pics and texts relevant to the areas of let letters, ters, Fine Arts, and Humanities. Cultural and literary vocabulary, syntax, introduc introductory tory phonetics and laboratory exercises stressing comprehension and pronuncia pronunciation. tion. (Recommended for students in interested terested in study overseas.) Prerequisite: Completion of language requirement in German or consent of the instructor. Alter Alternate nate years. Gentzkow. 332 Advanced German Composition Readings and discussion, enlargement of vocabulary to meet the idiom of the highly educated German; discussions and com compositions positions on abstract and more sophisti sophisticated cated topics .Alternate years. Fischer, Gentzkow. 333 Contemporary German Culture In examining contemporary German cul culture ture since 1945, this course will concen concentrate trate on trends, movements, forces, and attitudes that shape life within the four German speaking countries. Special em emphasis phasis on the relation between the arts and the economic development in the Federal Republic of Germany and the German Democratic Republic. Prerequisite: Germ 331 or equivalent. Alternate years. Fischer. 430 History of German Thought Selections of German writings that express those thoughts and ideas that have contri contributed buted substantially to the heritage of man’s culture. Representatives from the follow following ing areas: arts, biography, history, mysti mysticism, cism, philosophy, politics, psychology, and science. Conducted in German. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: completion of foreign language requirement in German. Alternate years. Gentzkow. 431 From the Enlightenment to Romanticism German literature and related forms of ar artistic tistic and intellectual expression from the Enlightenment to Goethe’s death. Consi Considered dered against the background of genera! European cultural history, selected read ings from Schiller, Kleist, Tieck, and Fichendorff and their contemporaries. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Germ 331 or consent of instruc instructor, tor, and Engl 210.Alternateyears. Fischer, Gentzkow. 432 Realism and Naturalism German literature and related forms of ar artistic tistic and intellectual expression from Goethe’s death to the end of the 19th Cen Century, tury, considered against the background of general European cultural history. Selected readings from Grillparzer, Buch Buchner, ner, Droste-Hulshoff, Stifter, Keller, Storm and Hauptmann and their contem contemporaries. poraries. Prerequisite: Germ 331 or con consent sent of instructor, and Engl 210.Alternate years. Gentzkow. 433 Modem Literature Representative novels and short stories of such writers as Thomas Mann, Hesse, Musil, Boll, Grass and others. Poetry of the Symbolist, Impressionist, Expressionist and Surrealist Hauptmann, such as Hof Hofmannsthal, mannsthal, Brecht, Durrenmatt and Frisch. Prerequisite: Germ 331 and Engl 2\0.Alter 2\0.Alternate nate years. Gentzkow. 490-491 Reading and Conference To enable a student to acquire the neces necessary sary knowledge and experience of literary periods which are not covered by courses offered at Willamette University. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Germ 331. Junior or Senior standing and G.P.A. of 3.00 or better. On demand. Fischer, Gentzkow. Japanese 131 & 132 Elementary Japanese I & II Introduction to the fundamental structure of Japanese. Classroom instructions will consist of intensive aural-oral drills as well as reading and writing based on assigned texts. Approximately 300 kanji in addition to hirakana and katakana will be at attempted. tempted. There will be periodic quizzes, a mid-term and the final. 131,Fall; 132, Spring. Loftus. 231 & 232 Intermediate Japanese I & II Improvement on the basic skills acquired in Elementaiy Japanese (131 & 132). 700 new kanji will be introduced. The em emphasis phasis is primarily on reading and writing. A systematic review of the fundamental structure of the Japanese language will be made. Periodic quizzes, tests and the final will be expected. Prerequisite: Japn 131 and 132 or consent of instructor. 23], Fall; 232,Spring. Loftus. 314 Japanese Literature in Transla Translation tion The course examines selected works in novels, essays, drama, and poetry from the classical and modern periods. The selected works will include The Tale of Genji by Murasaki Shikibu (978-1015) and Snow Country by Kawabata Yasunari (1899-1974). Formal and contextual analysis will employ the Western standard34 of criticism. The works are viewed in their historical context also in order that the unique aspects of Japanese literature be made clear. Fall. Loftus. 331 Seminar in Japanese Language Reading and discussion in Japanese based on individual student interest. Em Emphasis phasis on reading of Japanese texts. Lib Library rary research will be part of the exercises. Completion of 232 or equivalent. A/temate years. Loftus. Russian 131 & 132 Elementary Russian I & II Basic skills: comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing; laboratory work. 131, Fall; 132, Spring. Schay. 231 & 232 Intermediate Russian I &II Continued development of basic skills with classroom and laboratory exercises. Readings from Russian literature and civilization, and in second semester in the student’s special fields of interest. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Elementary Russian or high school Russian or equivalent with adequate College Board scores. 231, Fall; 232, Spring. Schay. 331 Russian Composition and Discussion In this course the two creative elements of language learning, speech and writing, are given foremost attention. Oral and written composition based upon reading of texts emphasizing Russian culture, as well as literary texts enabling the student to be become come acquainted with the literary vocab vocabulary ulary needed in more advanced letters courses. Exercises in syntax and intro introductory ductory phonetics. Laboratory exercises stressing comprehension and pronuncia pronunciation. tion. Classes conducted in Russian. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Completion of foreign language requirement or consent of instructor. Al Alternate ternate falls. Schay. 333 Russian Civilization and Culture Studies in geography, history, economics and the chronological development of culture and ideas. Class discussions. Oral and written reports in Russian or consent of the instructor. Alternate springs. Schay. 431 Russian Literature: Modernism and Revolution Short-lived movements in prose and poetry from the origins of symbolism to the establishment of The Union of Soviet Writ Writers, ers, representative works of the symbolist, acmeist, futurist and peasant poets and major prose works of Chekov, Sologub, Bely, Bunin, Gorky, Zamiatin, Kaverin, Olesha and others. Offered through Inde Independent pendent Study for International Studies/Soviet Emphasis majors. Schay. Spanish 131 & 132 Elementary Spanish I & II Basic skills: comprehension, speaking, reading and writing. Laboratory work. 131, Fall; 132,Spring. Uggen, Velez. 231 & 232 Intermediate Spanish I & II Continued development of basic skills with classroom and laboratory exercises. Readings in Spanish, including the second semester, selections in the student’s spe special cial fields of interest. Prerequisite: Elementary Spanish or two years of high school Spanish or equivalent with satis satisfactory factory College Board scores. 231, Fall; 232,Spring. Uggen, Velez. 331 Spanish Composition and Dis Discussion cussion Oral and written compositions based upon readings of texts emphasizing Spanish culture, and literary vocabulary needed in more advanced Letters courses. Exercises in syntax and introductory phonetics. Laboratory. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: Completion of foreign language requirement or consent of instructor. Fall. Velez. 333 Hispanic Civilization Studies in the geography, history, and the chronological development of culture and the ideas in Hispanic America from 1492 to the present. Class discussion, oral and written reports. Oral and written exams. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: Span 331 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. Velez. 334 Introduction to Spanish Literature Close textual analysis of representative Spanish authors, including Baroja, Machado and Galdos. Emphasis on ac acquiring quiring tools and methodology of literary analysis. Conducted in Spanish. One term paper, three mid-term exams. Class par participation ticipation mandatory. Prerequisite: Span 331 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. Uggen. 430 History of Hispanic Thought Writings dealing with the Spanish mind, its influence on Latin America and the re relationship lationship of both to the United States. Representatives from art, history, mysti mysticism, cism, philosophy, politics, sociology, and psychology. Conducted in Spanish. Writ Written ten and oral exams. Prerequisite: Span 331 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. Velez. 431 Contemporary Novel and Short Story A study of representative prose fiction writers of Latin America, including Gal Gallegos, legos, Alegria, Garcia Marquez, Carpentier, Asturias, Hernandez Cata, Borges, Quiroga and Cortazar. Conducted in Spanish. Written and oral exams. One term paper. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Alternate years. Uggen. 432 20th Century Spanish Literature: Drama, Poetry, and Novel Study of 20th Century Spanish Literature, beginning with the Generacion de 98. In Includes cludes the most important authors who analyze the philosophical, political, and social problems of modern Spain. Selec Selections tions of drama, novel, poetry, and essay. Conducted in Spanish. Written and oral exams. Prerequisite: Span 331 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. Velez. 433 Spanish American Literature: Modemismo: Early 20th Century Main currents in Spanish American litera literature ture from el modernismo to the present. Emphasis on Latin American poetry and essays which reflect the literary and social aspects of the area. Conducted in Spanish. Written and oral exams. Prerequisite: Span 331 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. Velez. 434 Literature of the Golden Age Study of the great writers of the 16th and 17th Centuries with emphasis on Cer Cervantes, vantes, Lope de Vega and Calderon. A brief outline of the poetry and theater of the Middle Ages will serve as an introduction to this literature of the Renaissance and Baroque period. Class discussion, oral and written exercises in Spanish. Supplementary readings in the novel, drama, short story and autobiography of the period. Oral and written exams. Pre- requiste: Span 331 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. Velez. 490-491 Reading and Conference (1/2 or 1) To enable a student to acquire the neces necessary sary knowledge and experience of literary periods which are not covered by courses offered at Willamette University. Con Conducted ducted in Spanish. Papers or exams may be required. Prerequisite: Span 331, Junior or Senior standing; GPA of 3.0 or better; consent of instructor. On demand. Velez, Uggen. Literature 110 Masterpieces of World Literature Reading, analysis and discussion of selected literary masterpieces. An intro introduction duction to the appreciation, the under understanding standing and methodical interpretation of representative texts in the genres of essay, novels, drama and poetry. Special em emphasis phasis on reflections of the theme “the in individual dividual and society" in literary works of Spanish, French, German, Russian and Japanese authors such as Cervantes, Calderon, Moliere, Sartre, Camus, Kleist, Durrenmatt, Dostoevsky, Tolstoi, Murasaki.Fa//. Fischer, Drayton, Uggen, Schay, Loftus. 212 Style and Conflict in Literature: Camus and His Legacy This course examines works that exemplify the thought and art of Albert Camus — his awareness of the absurd, his quest for values and justice. It seeks their echoes in recent literature of authors such as E.L. Doctorow, Annie Dillard, Eugene Ionesco, and Donald Barthelme. Encom Encompassing passing the novel, short story, essay, poetry and the theater, texts analyzed for bothstyle and meaning are: Caligula, The Myth of Sisyphus, The Stranger, Nuptials, The Just Assassins, Exile and Kingdom, The Book of Daniel, Rhinoceros, Pilgrim at Tinker Creek, City Lights, and selected poems. In-depth class discussion and written reports dealing with the issues and techniques are studied. Alternate springs. Drayton. The program in history is designed to provide a firm foundation in the history of western civilization, of American culture in its European and English contexts, and of other civilizations as they have come into the orbit of the western world. The department is especially strong in cultural and intellectual history and in the histories of the major modern nation states. Our program places emphasis on an understanding of the nature of historical inquiry, on an exposure to the variety of historical interpretations, and on the ability to think historically as this contributes to an under understanding standing of human experience, personal self awareness, and good citizenship. The breadth of history and its inter interrelatedness relatedness with other disciplines makes the study of history a significant part of a liberal education. The ability to gather facts that pertain to a problem, to analyze this material, and to present an argument cogently and succinctly is also a valuable background for most professional careers. Willamette history majors tend to gravitate to law, education, government service, business and the church. It is noteworthy that recent history majors have done very well on law school entrance examinations and have been successful in obtaining admission to law schools and to graduate schools in history, business administra administration, tion, and theology. Courses in the history department which satisfy the General Education requirement are: History 115 Western Civilization to 1715 (Part A, Humanities) History 116 Western Civilization, 17th Century to the Present (Part A, Humanities) History 420 Henry James and Historical Consciousness (Part B) History 421 Expatriates and the Na National tional Experience (Part B) The history major must complete eight credits in history. The major must include History 115 and History 116, two courses in U.S. History, and History 499. All majors must successfully complete a senior thesis which consists of either an extensive re research search paper on a historical topic or a critical analytical essay on historical writ writing; ing; this is accomplished through History 499 or specially approved seminars. The department also encourages history majors to complete study of a foreign lan language guage to proficiency level, thus attaining a B. A. degree, and to take at least five courses in fields closely related to history (anthropology, art history, economics, lit literature, erature, music history, philosophy, politi political cal science, religion, speech). The minor program in History consists of five credits to be selected from the follow following ing courses in consultation with the His History tory Department. Students will select the option of American or European history. I. All students minoring in History will take: History 115 or 116 and History 230 or 231. II. Three additional credits to be selected from the option chosen. A. European History: HIST 345-347,349- 352,354,356-359, 396,490,499 B. American History: HIST 337,340,341, 420,421,499 Faculty Robert Lucas, Professor, Chair William E. Duvall, Associate Professor Francis Kent Markus, Associate Professor George S. McCowen, Jr., Professor Course Descriptions 115 Western Civilization to 1715 A survey of the cultural, intellectual, politi political cal and socio-economic developments of westei n man including the ancient Greeks and Romans, the rise of Christianity, the Medieval period, the Renaissance and Reformation, and the age of Absolutism. Fait. Duvall, Lucas, Markus. 116 Western Civilization, 17th Cen tury to the Present A survey of the cultural, intellectual, politi political cal and socio-economic developments of modern western man including the scien scientific tific revolution of the 17th Century, the En Enlightenment, lightenment, the age of democratic re revolutions, volutions, the industrial revolution, the rise of nation states, totalitarianism, two world wars, and the rebuilding of Europe. Spring. Duvall, Lucas, Markus. 230 Topics in United States History: Early Period Development of American political in institutions stitutions and the impact of major issues on American society and culture from the Revolutionary era through the Civil War. Fall. McCowen. 231 Topics in United States History: Later Period Developments of the modern American state and the impact of major issues on American society and culture from the Civil War through World War II.Spring. Markus, McCowen. 250 A History of Modern China The course examines the process of transformation from the imperial to mod modern ern China. A brief survey of the traditional state and society will precede the study of major developments during the sub subsequent sequent era, namely, the fall of the Manchu Dynasty, the founding and disintegration of the Republic, and the establishment of the People’s Republic of China by the Com Communists. munists. Historical events will be ob observed served from the points of view of China, Japan, and the West, particularly the Un United ited States. Prerequisite: Consent of in instructor. structor. Fa//. Loftus.36 330 Survey of African History A survey of the African past including study of the early development of agriculture, political systems, and cultural expres expressions; sions; the study of the incursions of Euro Europeans peans into Africa giving rise to slave trad trading ing and colonial administration; African resistance to imperialism; and the process of decolonization and establishment of independent countries. Alternate falls. Staff. 331 Afro-American History History of the experience of black people in the United States from African origins to the present. Special emphasis will be placed upon understanding the Black experience within the larger context of American culture. Course topics will include African cultural roots of Afro- Americans, the experience of slavery and segregation, Blacks during the Civil War and Reconstruction, Black social history in the 20th century, the Civil Rights Move Movement, ment, and Black contributions to Ameri American can cultural, intellectual, and artistic life. Alternate springs. Staff. 332 Latin America From Indepen Independence dence to Recent Times An examination of significant social, political, economic, and cultural de developments velopments in Latin America frpm the 19th century movements for independence through the 20th century. Special em emphasis phasis will be given to the Pacific rim na nations, tions, Mexico, Pern, Chile, and Central America, and to United States’ relations with these areas .Alternate falls. Staff. 333 Middle East in Modern Times The course traces the development of nationalism among the Arab nations and Israel, as well as the Turks and Iranians. Emphasis is on the current economic and political problems of the Middle East and the dilemma arising from the Arab-Israeli conflict .Alternate falls. Staff. 334 Far East in Modern Times This course will cover the histories of China, Japan and Vietnam, with an em emphasis phasis upon China, from the period of ini initial tial Western impact to the recent past. The introduction to the course will describe traditional values and institutions in the Chinese cultural sphere, and the course will then concentrate upon the conflict between those traditional values and in institutions stitutions and those introduced by the Western powers. An important theme will be the conflict between traditionalism and nationalism in the countries involved, and the process by which Communist groups came to dominate the nationalist move movements ments in China and Vietnam but failed to do so in Japan. Alternate springs. Staff. 335 A Cultural History of Japan This course examines Japan with respect to her literature, art, ideology, economy, and political system, focusing on the periods Pre-modern (1600-1868) and Modern (1869-). The basic approach is observation of Japan in relation to the world outside: Korea, China, and par particularly ticularly the West. Spring. Loftus. 336 History of Modern Spain The course explores the history of Spain from its period of hegemony to the present with an emphasis on the political, economic, and social developments which have shaped the country. The in interpretation terpretation of the Spanish national ex experience perience by the country’s greatest scholars is an important focus. Every fourth semes semester. ter. Mahoney. 337 American Colonial History American colonial history in the 17th and 18th centuries; trans-Atlantic economic, cultural and intellectual ties; the develop development ment of distinctly American institutions in the colonial period, the movement toward rebellion and the nature of the revolutio revolutionary nary struggle. Alternate springs. McCo- wen. 340 United States History Since World War II Development, interaction, and impact of major issues on American society during the period from 1945 to the present. The Cold War, the Truman Era, the Eisenhower Years, the New Frontier, the Great Society, the Nixon Era and the Vietnam involve involvement. ment. Fall. Markus. 341 Foundations of American Thought A study of the changing climate of opinion and representative intellectuals from the colonial period to the 20th century. Em Emphasis phasis will be placed on Puritanism, the Enlightenment, Romanticism, and the development of Pragmatism. Fall. McCowen. 345 European Intellectual History of the 17th and 18th Centuries Major trends in European thought during the 17th and 18th Centuries, the scientific revolution, the Enlightenment, the Ba Baroque roque and Classical expressions in art and literature, and the early rise of Romanticism. Fall. Duvall. 346 European Intellectual History of the 19th and 20th Centuries Major trends in European thought during the 19th and 20th Centuries. Romanticism, Liberalism, Socialism, Marxism, Relativism, Freudianism, Existentialism, the moral philosophy of Camus. Spring. Duvall. 347 History of Modern Socialism A study of the socialist responses to the in industrialization dustrialization of Europe and to the de development velopment of modern society. The study will begin with utopian socialists, and then special emphasis will be given to Marx Marxism. ism. Consideration will also be given to the relationship of revisionist socialist, Leninist, Stalinist, and Maoist thought to orthodox Marxism .Alternate falls. Duvall. 349 History of Modern England From the Tudors, institutional, political, economic, social, religious, and cultural aspects of the development of English life, and England’s contributions to the modern world .Alternate falls. Markus. 350 History of Modem France From the revolution of 1789 to the present, considering (1) the revolutionary tradition and its impact, and (2) the difficulties of France culturally, socially, and economi economically, cally, in making the adjustment to the 20th century. Alternate falls. Duvall. 351 Germany from Bismarck to Hitler The uniqueness of German civilization and Nazi Germany, the unification move movement, ment, the Hohenzollern Empire, the Weimar Republic, the Third Reich, World War II, and Germany since 1945.Alternate falls. Markus. 352 History of Modem Russia The uniqueness of Russian civilization, the Russian Revolution, and the Soviet Union. The emancipation period, revo revolutionary lutionary thought and action, the consti constitutional tutional monarchy, the 1917 revolutions and the establishment of the Soviet re regime, gime, the development of agriculture and industry, the evolution of the Communist party.Alternatesprings. Markus. 354 History of World War II Political, technological, diplomatic, in institutional, stitutional, cultural and military history of WWII with emphasis on the origins of the war and the impact of the war on world society and stability. Spring. Markus. 356 Greece and the Hellenistic World 0/2) The course will deal with Homeric Greece, early Sparta and Athens, the rise of Tyran Tyrannies nies and their fall to democratic forces at the time of the Peloponnesian War. Further, the course will deal briefly with the cultural ascendancy of Athens as reflected in its philosophy and theater, and the growing disillusionment in the decline of the 4th and 3rd centuries B.C. Lastly, the diffusion of Greek culture in the East fol following lowing the conquests of Alexander the Great. Fall. First half semester. Lucas. 357 Ancient Rome (1/2) Primitive Italy and the founding of Rome; its expansion, the Punic Wars, social dis discontent content and the Gracchi; the civil wars and the decline of the Republic; Julius Caesar and Octavian; the Juiio-Claudian dynasty; the Flavians; philosophies of resignation, religions of hope. Fall. Second half semes semester. ter. Lucas. 358 History of the Middle Ages. 358A Early Middle Ages; 358B High Middle Ages (1 /2 cr. each) Western Europe from the 11th through the 13th centuries, revival of economic and urban life, the Investiture Controversy, the 12th century renaissance, the Crusades, the rise of the feudal monarchies, Scho Scholasticism, lasticism, Gothic art and architecture, lit literature erature of the period, and the seculariza-37 tion of Europe in the 13th century. Spring. 353AFirst half semester; 358B Second half semester. Lucas. 359 The Renaissance and Reforma Reformation. tion. 359A The Renaissance; 359B The Reformation (112 cr. each) Western Europe between 1300 and 1648. The breakdown of the medieval order, the Italian microcosm, the Renaissance mon monarchies archies of the North, the cultural Renais Renaissance, sance, the Protestant and Catholic Refor Reformations, mations, and the ensuing religious wars. Spring. 359 A First half semester; 359B Sec Second ond half semester. Lucas. 396 Seminar in Historiography & Philosophy of History Major trends, assumptions and problems in the writing of European and American history as related to the changing intel intellectual lectual milieu from the Enlightenment to the present. Spring. Duvall. 420 Henry Adams and Historical Humanities Consciousness (1/2) In this reading colloquium an exploration will be made into the brilliant, eclectic mind of Henry Adams. Adams’ writings, including autobiography, novels, essays and historical works, will be examined in the light of his developing understanding of history in relation to other disciplines and societal needs. Through the study of Adams and his efforts to understand the past in relation to his own time, students will be challenged to examine the signifi significance cance of historical consciousness in the contemporary world. Prerequisite: Hist 341 or consent of the instructor. Spring. First half semester. McCowen. 421 Expatriates and the National Experience (1/2) A reading colloquium in the biography and writings of leading American expat expatriates, riates, such as Henry James, T.S. Eliot and Gertrude Stein, who sought to understand the American experience from the vantage point of Europe. Students will be chal challenged lenged to reflect on the value of removing themselves from a culture in order to view it better from a different vantage point. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Hist 341 or consent of instructor. Spring. Second half semester. McCowen. 490 Readings in Modem European History Intensive individual reading in the field of Modern European History, offering the in interested terested student the opportunity to probe beyond the advanced survey level of His History tory 345 and 346.Spring. Duvall. 499 Senior Tutorial Directed reading and research to enable senior history majors to pursue special interests or to fill gaps in their course work. Regular tutorial sessions with the instruc instructor. tor. Prerequisite: History major, senior standing. Fall and spring. Staff. The Humanities major is an interdisciplinary approach to the study of the main intellectual and cultural themes found through throughout out Western civilization. It offers students an ideal core major for a liberal arts education. A major in this area would provide a broad background for those whose post postgraduate graduate plans include specialized study in Art History, History, Literature, Philosophy or Theology or training in a professional school. The following courses within the Humanities major satisfy the general edu education cation requirement: Art 218 Survey of Art History, Gothic to Modern (Part A, Humanities) Engl 210 Foundation of Literature (Part A, Literature) Hist 215 Western Civilization to 1715 (Part A, Humanities) Hist 216 Western Civilization, 17th Cen Century tury to the Present (Part A, Humanities) Phil 110 Philosophical Problems (Part A, Humanities) Rel 110 Biblical Literature, History and Thought (Part A, Literature) Rel 112 History of Christianity (Part A, Humanities) Rel 113 Introduction to Old Testament Studies (Part A, Humanities) The Major in Humanities consists of the following: Art 218 Survey of Art History, Gothic to Modern and a choice of one advanced course in art history Engl 210 Foundations of Literature and a choice of one advanced course in litera literature ture Hist 215 Western Civilization to 1715; Hist 216 Western Civilization 17th Century to the Present; and a choice of either Hist 345, European Intellectual History of the 17th and 18th Centuries, or Hist 346, European Intellectual History of the 19th and 20th Centuries Phil 110 Philosophical Problems and a choice of one advanced course in philosophy Rel 112 History of Christianity and Rel 113 Introduction to Old Testament Studies or one other course in religion. Three addi additional tional credits in one of the following areas: Art History, English, History, Music History and Literature, Philosophy, Religion and Theatre History and Literature Senior Year Requirement consists of satisfactory completion of a Humanities Senior Seminar or of comprehensive writ written ten and oral examinations offered by an inter-departmental committee of three fa faculty, culty, including the student’s advisor and faculty from two other departments in involved volved in the Humanities program. For course descriptions see appropriate departmental statements. Faculty Roger Hull, Professor, Art, Director Contributing Faculty from the Humanities38 Integrative Studies Area (Non-major) The basic goal of the Integrative Studies Area is to foster courses which provide integrated perspectives and allow students to apply aspects of several disciplines to contemporary problems and issues. Training in multi-perspective thinking is valuable pre preparation paration for the assumption of civic responsibilities and for many careers which demand broadly based expertise and problem problemsolving solving aptitudes. The Integrative Studies Area provides a curricular home for freshman and senior seminars, for a variety of interdisciplinary courses, and for the cross disciplinary programs in American Studies, Interna International tional Studies and Religious Studies. (See their individual program descriptions for details.) Courses in the Integrative Studies Area that satisfy the General Education re requirement quirement are: ISA 110 Great Ideas of the Western World (Part A, Humanities) ISA 111 Human Creativity: The Fine Arts (Part A, Fine Arts) ISA 120 Science and Society (Part B) ISA 121 Seminar on Women and Art (Part B) ISA 122 Visual Thinking: An Approach to Problem Solving (Part B) ISA 125 Theories and Techniques of Human Interaction (Part B) ISA 220 Art and Society in Germany and Austria in the 20th Century (Part B) ISA 221 Ethnobotany: Plants and People (Part B) ISA 222 Environment and Behavior (Part B) ISA 223 Introduction to Global Perspec Perspectives tives (Part B) ISA 225 Field Studies in Hawaii (Part B) ISA 227 Human Sexuality (Part B) ISA 321 Studies in Florence (Part B) ISA 323 Agriculture, Energy, and World Equity (Part B) ISA 325 Contemporary Cultures of the Northwest (Part B) ISA 422 Modern Arts Seminar: Nature and Human Nature (Part B) ISA 429 Seminar: The Idea of Progress (Part B) The Integrative Studies Area also pre presents sents a thematic program within Part B of the General Education Program. This spe special cial Part B program offers several courses built around a central theme and presents such related co-curricular activities as films, special discussion groups, and speakers. Internship Program Primarily through the Integrative Studies area, the University offers an internship program, open to all students. Three types of internships are available: 1. Insight Internship Open to second semester freshmen and sophomores, the insight internship provides students with the opportunity to acquaint themselves with fields of career interest. Insight interns work in an office, agency, or in institution stitution for 6-8 hours weekly, and earn 1/2 credit. 2. Major Program Internship Major Program Internships are open to juniors and seniors, and are designed to widen the students’ knowledge of their major fields by working 10-12 hours a week in offices, agencies, and institutions related to the major, earning 1 to 2 credits, de depending pending on the time spent at the intern site. 3. Professional Internship For a li limited mited number of seniors, professional internships provide on-the-job experience with para-professional standing. Students work 15-18 hours a week, usually for two credits. Only well prepared and highly motivated students qualify for these in internships. ternships. All internships are supervised and evaluated by on-campus and off-campus supervisors and must be approved by the Associate Dean of the College of Liberal Arts. The Integrative Studies Area faculty is drawn from all departments of the College of Liberal Arts and varies from semester to semester depending on course offerings. Faculty James B. Bjorkquist, Associate Dean of Liberal Arts, Coordinator. Course Descriptions 100 Minorities Seminar (1/2) A recommended course for all minority students, the Minorities Seminar serves as an extensive orientation to a meaningful college education at Willamette University. Special attention is given to identity and adjustment problems of minority students at a predominantly white, middle class school located in an overwhelmingly white community. Supplementary read readings, ings, guest speakers, participation in campus cultural and intellectual life, dis discussion cussion of academic and professional goals and issues, and study of minority cultural roots are featured activities in the course. Prerequisite. New-student status recommended.Fall. Staff. 110 Great Ideas of the Western World An interdisciplinary freshman seminar to explore the intellectual heritage of West Western ern civilization. This inquiry will examine central ideas and values in classical, medieval, and modern thought as re reflected flected in great works of literature, philosophy and culture. The course seeks understanding of major past and present concerns regarding the human situation. Emphasis is placed upon achieving com competency petency to read perceptively, think logi logically, cally, write and speak clearly, and utilize the library effectively. Fall or Spring. Humanities Staff. 111 Human Creativity: The Fine Arts A course providing an aesthetic frame framework work for discussion of various perfor performances mances on and off campus during the course of the semester. The course will discuss principles of aesthetics and artis artistic tic philosuphy with relation to music, art, drama and some literary forms, and will serve to provide a basis for the observance of specific performances in each area. Will necessitate time outside class for the in involvement volvement of the student as a listener to certain performances selected by the in instructors. structors. Fall or Spring. Fine Arts Staff. 120 Science and Society This seminar will explore the development and undertakings of science as they relate to social change, cultural values and crea creative tive problem solving. Scientific methodol methodology ogy will be treated as a method of under understanding standing and controlling natural phenomena, as an exercise in creative thinking, and as an agent for social change. The course will deal with prob-40 lems of ethics and ambiguity arising from the applications of science. Technology will be explored in its roles of both curing and causing social problems. Fall or Spring. Social Science/Natural Science Staff. 121 Seminar on Women and Art (1/2) There will be discussion of selected 19th and 20th Century European, American, and Third World Women visual artists and writers. Their lives and their art work will be examined through slides, films, arti articles, cles, journals, texts, and guest speakers. Second half-semester. Every fall. Johns. 122 Visual Thinking: An Approach to Problem Solving An interdisciplinary freshman seminar to develop the fluent and flexible production of ideas in a context of problem-solving. Alternate models of thinking will be explored with special emphasis upon visual-thinking: seeing, imagining and drawing. Study and practice of explicit problem-solving strategies. Upperclassmen admitted with permission of instructors. Fall or Spring. Alternate years. Devery, litis. 125 Theories and Techniques of Human Interaction Interpersonal relating skills for listening to others, expressing oneself, clarifying val values, ues, solving problems, and changing in interaction teraction patterns. Intra-personal skills for resolving internal conflict, exploring new potential, seeing developmental stages, meeting individual needs, strengthening personality traits, and changing basic at attitudes. titudes. The course is practical in its ap approach, proach, although it is up to the student whether he or she chooses to apply the material to real life situations. Every semester. Canning. 220 Art and Society in Germany and Austria in the 20th Century The course will deal with art and society in Germany and Austria in the 20th Century. Topics included are: art at the turn of the century in Vienna; art and World War I; art and technology; aesthetic and political currents in the Twenties; the artist between individual creativity and social commit commitment; ment; the role of art in Hitler’s Germany; anti-facist art; German art after World War 11 in East and West Germany. Alternate falls. Fischer. 221 Ethnobotany: Plants and People An interdisciplinary course focusing on plants in relation to human needs and cultural practices; role of plants in shaping the development and course of civiliza civilizations; tions; uses of plants in modern societies; value of wild as well as cultivated plants for food and clothing, for medicinal pur purposes, poses, in artistry, as religious symbols, and as potential energy sources; optimal use of plant resources and the impact of present political policies and agricultural prac practices tices on future societies. Prerequisite: Biol 110. Alternate springs. Kephart. 222 Environment and Behavior An introduction to a broad range of in interactions teractions with social, built, and natural environments. Interpersonal and cross- cultural forces will be included in the analysis of problems, methods, and mod models els of man. Not open to freshmen. Alter Alternate nate falls. Kaestner. 223 Introduction to Global Perspectives This course integrates the perspectives of several disciplines—anthropology, foreign culture studies, economics, geog geography raphy and politics, among others—to examine world patterns of interaction. Emphasis on the global context and cross-cultural comparisons with the goal of increasing awareness of the diversity of our world and the trends toward increas increasing ing interdependence of nations and peoples. Spring. Gentzkow, Hanson, Shay. 225 Field Studies in Hawaii (1/2 or 1) A field course consisting of lectures and field trips which will touch on the follow following ing topics related to Hawaii: description of the Islands and the causes of the present appearance based upon geological, biological, sociological and cultural in information. formation. Special emphasis will be placed on the geological formation, biological aspects (present distributions and the origins of the flora and fauna), and present major activities (i.e., sugarcane and pineapple agriculture, impact of the tourist industry, astronomical research centers with major activities, environ environmental mental quality control, methods of pre preserving serving and maintaining original habitat and culture, etc.). Also, some aspects of the immediate marine environment will be investigated. Post-session. Breakey. 227 Human Sexuality This course is designed to provide stu students dents with a broad range of information and opportunity to explore their attitudes, values, and decisions about sexuality. The physical, psychological, and social factors that underlie human sexuality are explored through lecture-discussion ses sessions, sions, small group activities, and guest presentations. Alternate springs. Hawke, Williamson. 235 Introduction to Language and Linguistics An introduction to the scientific study of language. The course examines the nature of human and non-human language, dis discussing cussing particularly the distinguishing features of human language; the proces processes ses by which languages grow and change; the nature and scope of linguistic diversity; the interlocking relationships between sound, meaning and syntax. The course is intended to introduce the student to basic theories and methodologies for analyzing language. Fall. Linguistics staff. 240 Introduction to Management in Business and Government (1/2) An introduction to administrative func functions tions (finance, marketing, management, human resources) performed in business and government organizations, and to the impact of the social, political, legal and economic environment upon business and government. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above. Fall. Archer. 321 Studies in Florence A post-session seminar in Florence, city of fundamental importance in the history of great art and literature. On-site, interdis interdisciplinary ciplinary discussion of art and writing by Florentines or by foreigners in Italy about Florence. Prerequisite: one university level credit in art history or literature. Open to freshmen. Every third year, May-June post-session. Birnbaum, Hull. 323 Agriculture, Energy, and World Equity This class will survey several typical ag agricultural ricultural systems, note the resources needed for them, and examine some of the political, social, economic, and ecologi ecological cal factors which have made some groups and societies affluent and others poor. Possible solutions to problems of resource scarcity and inequality will be considered. Prerequisite: Junior standing and some background in sociology, political sci science, ence, environmental science, economics, or agriculture.Alternate springs. R. Ireson. 325 Contemporary Cultures of the Northwest A course designed to consider contem contemporary porary Northwest issues in a cultural perspective using methods from the Humanities and the Social Sciences. Stu Students dents will pursue individual research pro projects jects while studying the Northwest as a cultural region. History and literature of Oregon and the Northwest will be em emphasized phasized to provide a context for specula speculation tion about the present and future de development velopment of the region. Time and space dimensions of culture will be stressed to help students acquire a sense of the dynamic relationships between the human presence and the region’s biophysical environment. Prerequisite: English Proficiency Requirement. Fall. Berberet, Long. 331 The Continental Novel A study of representative European novels (in English), tracing the development of Romanticism, Realism, and Naturalism in in the 18th and 19th Centuries, and of the modern novel in the 20th Century. Novelists studied include Chekhov, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Flaubert, Zola, Goethe, Mann, Hesse, Unamuno, Camus, Robb-Grillet, and Solzhenitsyn. Prerequis Prerequisite: ite: English Proficiency Requirement. Al Alternate ternate Springs. Birnbaum. 341 Medieval Literature: Dante A close reading of Dante’s masterpiece, The Divine Comedy, and also Dante’s youthful spiritual autobiography, The NewLife. Lectures on medieval politics, relig religion, ion, philosophy, music and art. The goal is to bring to life for the student the thought and imagination of this important era of Western European culture. Prerequisite: English Proficiency Requirement. Alter Alternate nate falls. Birnbaum. 350 Statistics for the Behavioral Sci Sciences ences I: Descriptive (1/2) This is an introduction in Descriptive Statistics including the following topics: introduction to symbols; summation; number scales; frequency distributions and graphing; percentiles; measures of central tendency; measures of variability; the normal curve; correlation and regres regression. sion. Classroom time is devoted to lec lectures, tures, question/answer periods and quiz quizzes. zes. This course is a prerequisite for Statistics for Behavioral Sciences II: Infer Inferential. ential. Fall. First half semester. Kaestner. 351 Statistics for the Behavioral Sci Sciences ences II: Inferential (1/2) This is an introduction to Inferential Statistics including the following topics: introduction to probability; hypothesis testing and interval estimation; analysis of variance; statistical power analysis; chi- square contingency testing and other non-parametric methods. Classroom time is devoted to lectures, question/answer periods, and quizzes. Prerequisite: ISA 350. Fall. Second half semester. Kaestner. 422 Modem Arts Seminar An intensive study of concepts and techniques in the literature and arts of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Fall 1983: Nature and Human Nature: a study of changing concepts of nature and human nature, and of changing techniques and points of view in the landscape imagery of nineteenth and twentieth century painting and literature. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing; one literature and/or art history course. Every fall. Staff. 429 Seminar: The Idea of Progress This course will explore and challenge the idea of progress from a variety of perspec perspectives: tives: historic, philosophic, economic, and ecologic. It questions the specific re reductionist ductionist idea of economic growth as progress as well as certain assumptions underlying the broader world view of prog progress ress found in Western civilization. The student is confronted with the current val values ues issues of concern to our society, in including cluding the environmental crisis and the meaning of progress within the physical and social environments. Consent of the instructor. Every fall. Beaton, LaFreniere. 496 Seminar in American Studies An interdisciplinary course providing op opportunity portunity for American Studies majors to integrate material through reading com commentaries mentaries on American Life. Opportunities will be given for individual projects. Re Required quired for majors. Spring. American Studies Staff. 497 Humanities Senior Seminar A comparative study of the thought and ar artistry tistry of major writers selected on the basis of their contributions to the development of western culture within the context of a movement or historical period. Team- taught by faculty in humanities subject fields and designed to provide seniors or second-semester juniors majoring in these subjects with an opportunity to synthesize their liberal arts experience. Variable content. Seminar paper may also be ac accepted cepted as an alternative means of senior evaluation by the student’s major depart department. ment. Spring. Staff. 498 Alternative Futures Senior Seminar Integration and synthesis of content of di diverse verse undergraduate disciplinary course work within a future-based context. De Development velopment of societal and personal alter alternative native future scenarios in addressing widely perceived humanistic, social, political and environmental problems of the present. Each student will complete a research project related to an actual pro problem blem and its future implications, in addi addition tion to group consideration of implica implications tions for individual lives and values. Alter Alternate nate springs. Staff. Liberal Studies: 201 Intercultural Awareness (1/4) An experiential workshop on cross- cultural understanding and communica communication. tion. The course has two aims: to improve students’ abilities to observe and under understand stand their own behavior and that of others in intercultural situations and to learn about the social reality of peoples from different cultures. Lectures, guest speak speakers, ers, readings and films will supplement the structured exercises employed. Every semester. Staff. International Studies The International Studies major is offered through an interdisci interdisciplinary plinary program which integrates social, cultural, economic, political, geographic, and historical perspectives in the examina examination tion of the relationships among nations. It seeks to develop an awareness of the dramatic trends toward increased interdepen interdependence, dence, and the fact that many problems or issues which have been regarded as primarily domestic can no longer be under understood stood or resolved without consideration of the global context. The program also aims to provide majors with a recognition of the importance of cultural diversity through grounding in a specific foreign culture and language as an essential complement to the international courses in the curriculum. Each major must satisfy the foreign language require requirement ment for the Bachelor of Arts degree. To facilitate achieving these objectives, the curriculum is divided into three com complementary plementary components: a Global Con Context, text, a Regional Focus and a Cultural Em Emphasis. phasis. The International Studies major is pre prepared pared to enter graduate training in various fields of international relations and area specialization. Careers in international business and government are often sought as well as careers in teaching, journalism and related fields. The major is good prep preparation aration for entry into law school. All majors take the five core courses comprising the Global Context. Each major then selects a Regional Focus: Western Europe, Eastern Europe, His Hispanic, panic, or East Asia. Knowledge at the reg regional ional level will develop through three re-42 quired courses which deal with the poli politics, tics, economics and history of the selected area. Majors will also develop grounding in a specific foreign language and culture within their region. It is possible for a major, building upon the core courses, to design a thematic or global special em emphasis, phasis, substituting appropriate courses at either the regional or cultural level or both. Student proposals for a special emphasis must be prepared before the end of the sophomore year, have a supervising com committee mittee of at least three faculty members, and be approved by the International Studies Program faculty. The Senior Year Experience requirement will be met by successful completion of the Seminar in International Relations (Poli 421) and the Senior Oral Examina Examinations tions in International Studies. Faculty Suresht Bald, Assistant Professor, Political Science Adele Birnbaum, Associate Professor, English James Bjorkquist, Associate Professor, Sociology Paule Drayton, Professor, French William Duvall, Associate Professor, His History tory Peter Eilers, Assistant Professor, Earth Science Ludwig Fischer, Assistant Professor, Ger German man Christine Gentzkow, Assistant Professor, German Francoise Goeury-Richardson, Associate Professor, French James Hanson, Professor, Economics Thomas Hibbard, Professor, Economics Carol Long, Associate Professor, English Barbara Mahoney, Instructor, History Francis Kent Markus, Associate Professor, History Kenneth Nolley, Professor, English Magda Schay, Instructor, Russian Theodore Shay, Professor, Political Sci Science ence John Uggen, Assistant Professor, Spanish Marta Velez, Assistant Professor, Spanish Majors are required to take the following courses: Core Courses ISA 223 Introduction to Global Perspec Perspectives tives Poli 232 Introduction to International Politics (Prerequisite: one survey course, POLI 111-114) Erth 230 World Geography Econ 353 International Economics (Pre (Prerequisite: requisite: ECON 130 Principles of Economics) Poli 421 Seminar in International Rela Relations tions Regional Focus Alternatives Western Europe Poli 231 Western European Political Systems Econ 351 Comparative Economic Sys Systems tems Hist 116 History of Western Civilization: 17th Century to the Present Eastern Europe Poli 342 Communist Political Systems Econ 351 Comparative Economic Sys Systems tems Hist 116 History of Western Civilization: 17th Century to the Present Hispanic Poli 324 Political Systems of Developing Countries Econ 352 Economics of Developing Countries Hist 116 History of Western Civilizations: 17th Century to the Present East Asia Poli 340 Asia and the International Sys System tem Poli 324 Political Systems of Developing Countries or Poli 342 Communist Political Systems Econ 351 Comparative Economic Sys Systems tems or Econ 352 The Economics of Developing Countries Within the Regional Focus, each student is to select a cultural emphasis. The West Western ern Europe focus has three possible cul cultural tural specialties: Britain Engl 250 Introduction to Structural and Transformational Grammar (1 /2 cr.) Engl 251 History of the English Lan Language guage (1/2 cr.) Engl 214 Survey of British Literature II Engl 348 Modern British Literature Hist 349 History of Modern England France Fren 331 French Composition and Dis Discussion cussion Fren 333 History of French Civilization Fren 430 History of French Thought Hist 350 History of Modern France Germany Germ 331 German Composition and Discussion Germ 333 Contemporary German Cul Culture ture Germ 430 History of German Thought Hist 351 Germany: From Bismarck to Hitler The Hispanic focus has the following cultural specialty courses: Hispanic Span 331 Spanish Composition and Discussion Span 430 History of Hispanic Thought Span 333 Hispanic Civilization Hist 332 Latin America From Indepen Independence dence to Recent Times The Eastern Europe focus has the fol following lowing cultural specialty courses: Soviet Russ 331 Russian Composition and Dis Discussion cussion Russ 333 Russian Civilization and Cul Culture ture Russ 431 Russian Literature: Modernism and Revolution Hist 352 History of Modern Russia The East Asia focus has the following cultural specialty courses: Asian Jap 314 Japanese Literature in Transla Translation tion Jap 331 Seminar in Japanese Language Hist 250 History of Modern China or Hist 335 A Cultural History of Japan Rel 231 Religion in Japan International Studies majors are encour encouraged aged to participate in appropriate foreign study experiences, and courses taken abroad may often be substituted for re required quired courses in the program. Students are reminded of the option of designing their own emphasis described earlier. Facilities are those provided by depart departments ments from which the International Studies courses are selected. For course descriptions, see appropriate departmental statements.Mathematics A phenomenon of the second half of the 20th Century has been the increasing mathematization of many fields of human en endeavor. deavor. In addition to the natural sciences and engineering, the social sciences and humanities are now being examined quantita quantitatively tively and are making significant use of mathematics. The liberally educated mathematical scientist is needed to meet the challenges presented by today’s problems. Courses serve those who wish to make mathematics a part of a liberal education, those who desire a mathematics background for other disciplines, those who wish to minor in mathematics, and those who wish to major either in Mathematics or in Computer Science/ Mathematics. Mathematics majors choose careers as teachers, statisticians, industrial mathematicians, research workers in the biological, management, or social sci sciences, ences, computer programmers or analysts, and actuaries. Their training can also serve as a stepping stone to profes professional sional training or graduate work in a vari variety ety of fields. A Mathematics major requires eight cre credits dits in mathematics courses numbered 241 or above and must include Seminar in Mathematics. The seminar serves as the senior year experience and involves oral presentation of research and reading to topics. pics. Computer Science/Mathematics majors can choose careers associated with mathematically or scientifically oriented computer systems. As for Mathematics majors, their study can also lead to profes professional sional training or graduate work in com computer puter science. A major in Computer Science/ Mathematics requires the following courses: six approved course in mathematics including Math 241, Math 242, and Math 243; five approved courses in computer science including CS 231, CS 232, CS 341, and CS 342; three approved courses in a supporting area, a subject field in which computer science and mathematics find application; and the course, Senior Project in Mathematics and Computer Science, which serves as the senior year experience. A minor in Mathematics requires five approved courses in mathematics num numbered bered 241 or above and Introduction to Computer Science I (CS 231). The Mathematics Department has two Apple microcomputers for classroom use in addition to the campus-wide PRIME system. Faculty Richard litis, Professor, Chair Jack H. Hafferkamp, Associate Professor Richard Samuel Hall, Jr., Professor Stephen K. Prothero, Associate Professor Junpei Sekino, Assistant Professor Henry Lennstrom, Instructor, Part-time Course Descriptions 010 Intermediate Algebra (1/2) A review of basic Algebra followed by a treatment of such topics as: polynomials, fractions, radicals and exponents, graph graphing, ing, and the solution of systems of linear equations. Fall and Spring. Staff. 109 Techniques of Mathematics A course to provide students with the necessary mathematical skills to interpret and use the mathematics they will be faced with in everyday life. Topics include: Practical Arithmetic, Elementary Algebra, Applied Geometry, Computer Literacy, Practical Statistics. Fall and Spring. Staff. 131 Trigonometry (1/2) A treatment of the circular functions. De Development velopment of techniques for the solution of triangles, conditional equations and identities. Fall and Spring. Staff. 135 Elementary Functions A study of the properties and graphs of elementary functions. Topics include: graphs of equations, conic sections, polynomial functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, trigonometry. Fall. Staff. 137 Introduction to Finite Mathematics (1 /2) An elementary treatment of the following topics: counting, probability, vectors and matrices, linear programming, and game theory. Fall. Staff. 138 Elementary Statistics Methods of describing and analyzing data; application of statistics to examples drawn from the behavioral and natural sciences. Spring. Staff. 230 Elements of Calculus A non-rigorous development of calculus stressing applications from areas outside the physical sciences. Not intended for the student who plans to take more mathema mathematics. tics. Fall and Spring. Staff. 241-242 Analytic Geometry and Cal Calculus culus 1 & II (241 counts for only 1/2 credit if student has completed Math 230) Analytic geometry in rectangular and polar coordinates; differential and integral cal calculus culus of a single variable; infinite series; and applications. Fall and Spring. Staff. 243 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III Three-dimensional analytic geometry; partial differentiation; vector calculus; multiple integration; line integrals; and applications. Fall and Spring. Staff. 253 Linear Algebra Vector spaces; linear transformations, matrices, and systems of equations. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Math 242. Spring. Staff. 263 Discrete Mathematics Introduction to basic techniques and modes of reasoning of combinatorial problem solving. Topics will be chosen from: graph theory, combinatorics, applied algebra. Prerequisite: Math 242 or consent of the instructor. Fall. Staff. 333 Probability and Statistics Mathematical foundations of probability and statistical theory; application of de derived rived formulae to the interpretation of data. Prerequisite; Math 243. Twice every three years in rotation with Math 346,354, and 434. Staff. 344 Differential Equations Elementary differential equations; linear equations of second order; Laplace trans transformations; formations; infinite series solutions. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Math 243. Fall. Staff. 346 Advanced Calculus A study of the concepts of calculus from an advanced standpoint. Includes the real numbers, real valued functions, differenti differentiation ation and integration, vector valued func functions, tions, line and surface integrals, se sequences quences and series. Twice every three years in rotation with Math 333,354, and 434. Staff.44 354 Modem Algebra Number systems, groups, rings, fields, properties of polynomials, matrices, ap applications. plications. Prerequisite: Math 243. Twice every three years in rotation with Math 333,346, and 434. Staff. 434 Applied Mathematics: Optimiza Optimization tion Formulation of problems in mathematical terms, solution of the problems, interpre interpretation tation and evaluation of the solutions. To Topics pics will be chosen from among the fol following: lowing: inventory problems, growth and survival models, programming, schedul scheduling, ing, Markov chains, games, queuing problems. Prerequisite: Math 253 or con consent sent of instructor. Twice every three years in rotation with Math 333,346, and 354. Staff. 444 Complex Variables Complex numbers, limits, differentiation, analytic functions, integration, conformal mapping, Riemann surfaces, applications. Prerequisite: Math 243.Alternateyears. Staff. 445 Numerical Analysis Application of numerical methods to the solution of mathematical problems. Num Numerical erical differentiation and integration and solutions of differential equations. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Math 243. Co-requisite: Com Computer puter Programming. Alternate years. Staff. 455 Topology Fundamentals of set theory and topologi topological cal spaces, especially metric spaces and the properties of connectedness and compactness; continuous functions and homeomorphisms. Prerequisite: Math 243 and consent of instructor. Alternate years. Staff. 490 Independent Research (1/2) Directed research to investigate topics of special interest under the guidance of a fa faculty culty member. Topics chosen on the basis of the background and interests of the in individual dividual student. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. On demand. Staff. 491 Advanced Independent Study (1/2) A course of directed research designed to enable the exceptional student to continue the investigation of topics of special inter interest est under the guidance of a faculty member. Prerequisite: Consent of in instructor. structor. On demand. Staff. 499 Seminar in Mathematics (1/2) Independent study selected in consulta consultation tion with the mathematics faculty and pre presented sented to the class. Required for mathematics majors. Prerequisite: Senior standing and consent of instructor. Spring. Staff. Music The purpose of the Willamette University Music Department is to educate students for careers of musical leadership in music edu education, cation, musical performance and music therapy within the broad spectrum of a liberal arts education. It also affords the general student an opportunity to study the literature of music ap approached proached in a way designed to develop basic musicianship, the ability to perform the literature well, and develop a set of princi principles ples and terms that lead to a fuller intellectual grasp of the art. Courses in the Music Department that meet the General Education requirement are: Music 112 Introduction to Music and Practicum (Part A, Fine Arts) Music 113 Spectrum of Music (Part A, Fine Arts) Music 114 Musica Viva (Part A, Fine Arts) Music 116 Understanding Opera (Part A, Fine Arts) Music 210 The Music of America (Part A, Fine Arts) Music 220 The Age of Beethoven (Part B) A music handbook, in which policies are spelled out in a detailed manner, is dis distributed tributed to all music students every year. Any student contemplating a major in music is strongly urged to read this hand handbook book thoroughly. For music majors the following degree programs are available: Bachelor of Music in Performance The Bachelor of Music in Performance is a professional program for those students who are preparing for careers as perfor performers, mers, scholars, private teachers, and as teachers at the college level. Majors are offered invoice, piano, organ, strings, woodwinds, brass and percussion instru instruments. ments. Bachelor of Music Education The Bachelor of Music Education is the basic professional program for students who plan to teach music at the elementary or secondary level. This degree satisfies all the requirements for teacher certification with the Basic Norm in Music for the State of Oregon. Willamette has had a tradition of excellence in Music Education and many Willamette graduates hold distin distinguished guished posts in music education throughout the Pacific Northwest, Califor California nia and Canada. Bachelor of Music in Music Therapy Willamette University is one of three schools on the West Coast which has an accredited music therapy program. The campus is near the many state institutions and other community agencies which can benefit from the services provided by music therapy students. These facilities include Oregon State Hospital, Fairview Home for the Developmentally Disabled, State Schools for the Blind and the Deaf, three correctional institutions, nursing homes, a community mental health day treatment center, special education class classrooms, rooms, and many group homes. Beginning in the freshman year, students have an op opportunity portunity to gain field experience in many of these facilities. Admission, Scholarships and Finan Financial cial Aid Music students applying for admission are required to audition before members of the music faculty. If an applicant is un unable able to appear personally, a performance tape may be sent in lieu of the personal audition and interview. The audition and interview maybe arranged at one of the re regional gional audition centers. In order to be con considered sidered “Music Majors" all entering stu students dents must complete an audition. A number of music scholarships, as well as institutional financial aid, are awarded to entering students. Student employmentopportunities under the Federal Work- Study program also are available to music students; these include accompanying, work in the Music Library, and various sec secretarial retarial and clerical jobs. Information re regarding garding employment may be obtained from the Music Department Chair or the Director of Student Financial Aid. Facilities The Fine Arts Building houses the Music Library, the band, orchestra and choir re rehearsal hearsal rooms, faculty studio-offices, 16 practice rooms, and the 1,250-seat G. Her Herbert bert Smith Auditorium. The Music Library, located in the West Wing of the Fine Arts Building, contains a comprehensive and up-to-date collection of musical scores, books, microfilm and recordings. A col collection lection of orchestra and band instruments is available to music students. Concerts and Recitals The Music Department presents a regular series of concerts and recitals by university ensembles, students and fa faculty. culty. It also offers a Distinguished Artists Series whereby visiting guest artists per perform form and present master classes on cam campus. pus. These are open to the public and music majors are required to attend. In addition, the Music Department sponsors a weekly student recital, to provide stu students dents with the opportunity to play before an audience of their peers and to experi experience ence the repertoire of the various media. All music majors are encouraged to perform in these recitals and all perfor performance mance majors are required to do so at least once each semester except for the first semester. Music students and faculty en engage gage in extensive concert activities both on and off campus. The major performing ensembles of the Department tour regu regularly larly throughout the Northwest, California and Canada. Music Ensembles Willamette music ensembles, which are open by audition to all students in the Uni University versity regardless of major, include: Willamette Chamber Orchestra Willamette Choir Willamette Symphonic Band Willamette Singers Willamette Opera Theatre Chamber Music Ensembles University Jazz Ensemble Music majors are required to participate in at least one large ensemble (orchestra, band or choir) every semester. Voice per performance formance majors may count major roles in the Opera Theatre toward fulfilling four semesters of their ensemble requirement. Instrumental Proficiency Require Requirement ment for Music Majors No later than the first semester of the senior year all candidates for music de degrees grees must demonstrate on some instru instrument, ment, or invoice, a skill level equivalent to that normally expected after three or four years of private study, depending upon the degree sought. A minimum of one year of college-level study on that instrument must precede the satisfaction of this re requirement. quirement. (Performance majors see Sophomore Evaluation section for perfor performance mance requirement.) The instrumental Proficiency requirement is satisfied by an audition before a faculty jury. The reper repertoire toire for this audition must include at least one piece from each of the applicable major periods. One composition must be memorized; for singers, all pieces must be memorized. Senior Projects and Senior Recitals During the senior year, each music major must either satisfactorily complete a Senior Project, a Senior Evaluation, or pre present sent a Senior Recital, depending upon the degree sought. The various majors satisfy this require requirement ment as follows: Performance Majors —A Senior Recital; Music Therapy Majors — a Senior Project; Music Education Majors — a Senior Evaluation. Each stu student dent majoring in Music under the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science programs will be involved in the course Muse 490- Independent Project (1/2-1 credit). (Pro (Projected jected is a senior seminar course when a larger number of B.A. or B.S. candidates will make it viable.) Curricula All music majors must satisfy a set of basic music requirements, as well as an additional set of requirements specific to each degree program. In addition, profes professional sional degree candidates must also satisfy the University’s 7-credit General Education Program (see p. ) and the proficiency requirements in English and Mathematics (seep. ). Basic Music Requirements for all Professional Degree Music Programs Fundamentals of Music (determined by placement exam) entry level 1 cr. Introduction to Music Literature entry level 1/2 cr. Ear Training 1,11, HI, IV 2 cr. Music Theory 1,11, III, IV 2 cr. Music History 2 cr. Applied Instruction 1-1/2 cr. Ensembles 2 cr. 9-1/2-11 cr. Additional Requirements B.M. in Performance (instrument other than voice) 1 credit from: Style Analysis, Counterpoint 1 cr. Music History Period Course 1 cr. Applied Instruction 6-1/2 cr. Senior Recital 112 cr. 9 cr. B.M. in Performance (voice) 1 credit from: Style Analysis, Counterpoint 1 cr. Music History Period Course 1 cr. Applied Instruction 6-1/2 cr. Diction for Singers 1 and II 1 cr. German, French (one year each) 2-4 cr. Senior Recital 1/2 cr. 12-14 cr. Bachelor of Music Education Addi Additional tional Music Requirements Basic Conducting 1 /2 cr. Secondary Applied Classes 1-1/2 cr. 2 cr. Education Course Requirements Introduction to Teaching The School, Teacher and Stu- 1/2 cr. dent 1/2 cr. Teaching of Reading Public School Music Methods — Elementary, 1/2 cr. Classroom, Vocal and In Instrumental strumental 1-1/2 cr. Psychological Foundations of Education 1 cr. Principles of Teaching 1 cr. Supervised Teaching 1-1/2 cr. 6-1/2 cr. B.M. in Music Therapy Basic Conducting 1/2 cr. Secondary Applied Classes 1-1/2 cr. Applied Instruction Music Therapy Principles 1,11, 3 cr. III, IV 2 cr. Recreational Music 1/2 cr. Psychology of Music I, II Music Therapy Practicum 1, 1 cr. II, III, IV 2 cr. 10-1/2 cr. Therapy majors must include 4 cre credits dits of Psychology and 1 credit of Anatomy in their programs. A six-month internship in an accredited Music Therapy Clinical program is re- quired following graduation, and prior to registration with the National Association for Music Therapy. Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science in Music Music majors who are candidates for Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degrees should see the catalog section concerning the requirements and guidelines for the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees (see page 2-3). Required Courses: Ear Training 1, II, III, IV 2 cr. Music Theory 2 cr. Music History 2 cr. Applied Instruction 1-1/2 cr. Ensembles 1-1/2 cr. Style Analysis or Counter Counterpoint point 1 cr.46 Music History Period Course 1 cr. Based on placement exams, students may also be required to take: Fundamentals of Music 1 cr. 11-12 cr. Note: Variable credit is given for Music 170,270, 370 and 470: Applied Instru Instrumental mental and Vocal Instruction I, II, III and IV. Performance majors, who take one- hour lessons each week and are expected to practice a number of hours weekly, earn one credit. Non-performance majors who take one-hour lessons each week earn 1/2 credit. Those who take one-half hour lessons each week earn 1/4 credit. The minor program in Music consists of five credits in Music chosen from the fol following lowing courses in consultation with the Music Department. A. 2-3 credits in Music Theory chosen from the following: Muse 131,132,133,134, 231, and 232. B. 1- 1-1/2 credits in Music History chosen from the following: Muse 112,341,342, 441, and 442. C. 1-1-112 credits in Applied Music and/or Ensembles chosen from the following: Muse 170, 030X, 031X, 032X, 033X, 034X, and 036X. In addition, the music minor will choose two related credits, one each from Theatre and Art. Faculty James Cook, Professor (Piano), Chair Amy Barlowe, Associate Professor (Vio (Violin) lin) Martin Behnke, Associate Professor (Bands) Donna Douglass, Associate Professor (Music Therapy) Anita King, Assistant Professor (Piano, Music Theory) Wallace Long, Assistant Professor (Choral Music) Bruce McIntosh, Associate Professor (Cello) Richard H. Stewart, Professor (Music Education) Julio Viamonte, Associate Professor (Voice) Maurice Brennen, Instructor part-time (Tuba) David Crane, Instructor part-time (Horn) John Doan, Instructor part-time (Guitar) Laura Thomas Groves, Music Librarian Marcia Hauff, Instructor part-time (Organ, Piano, Harpsichord) Jeanne Johnson, Instructor part-time (Flute) Mary Lott, Instructor part-time (Oboe) Valerie McIntosh, Instructor part-time (Voice) Ann Obenour, Instructor part-time (Bas (Bassoon) soon) Terry Ostergaard, Instructor part-time (Percussion) Catherine Schnelker, Instructor part-time (Piano) Carol Smith, Instructor part-time (Trum (Trumpet) pet) Donald Uhl, Instructor part-time (Jazz Studies) Course Descriptions Theory and Musicianship: 110A-110B Fundamentals of Music 1 & II (1/2 cr. each) Basic techniques and skills in intervals, scales, rhythm, triads and notation will be covered. The ear training aspect of the course will cover intervals, scales and the dictation of short motives. No previous ex experience perience in music is necessary. Fall. Bar- lowe. 131 Theory I (1/2) The course will include the basic techniques of melodic analysis and the fundamental principles of 18th and 19th diatonic harmony. Secondary dominants are introduced. Prerequisite: Music 130 or consent of instructor. Fall. McIntosh. 132 Ear Training I (1 /2) The course will closely parallel Theory I. Aural training, keyboard harmony and sightsinging will concentrate on one and two voice melodies and short diatonic progressions. Prerequisite: Music 130 or consent of instructor.Fall. McIntosh. 133 Theory II (1/2) The course will provide the student with the study of modulations, seventh and chromatic chords. Formal analysis will in include clude rondos, variations, binary and ter ternary nary form. Prerequisite: Music 131 or con consent sent of instructor.Spring. McIntosh. 134 Ear Training II (1/2) The ear training, keyboard harmony and sightsinging aspects will concentrate on progressions and melodies with secon secondary dary dominants and seventh chords. Aural analysis of form is introduced. Prerequisite: Music 132 or consent of in instructor. structor. Spring. McIntosh. 190 Independent Study (1/2 or 1) Independent study in a course of one’s choice. To be used at the discretion of an individual professor in order to fulfill a student’s graduation requirements. Such option will usually be open only to seniors. Every Semester. Staff. 231 Theory III (1/2) The course will provide the student with the study of theoretical techniques of 19th Century chromaticism. Formal analysis will include fugues, sonatas and sonata- rondos. Prerequisite: Music 133 or consent of instructor. Fall. King. 232 Ear Training III (1/2) The course will continue Ear Training 11 in aural skills, keyboard harmony and sight sightsinging singing with the addition of neopolitan and augmented sixth chords. Formal analysis will include fugues, sonatas, and sonata-rondos. Prerequisite: Music 134 or consent of instructor. Fait King. 233 Theory IV (1/2) The course will provide the student with the study of Impressionism and 20th Cen Century tury techniques. Styles of Debussy, Bartok, Stravinsky, Schoenberg and Hindemith are studied in detail. Prerequisite: Music 231 or consent of instructor. Spring. King. 234 Ear Training IV (1/2) The ear training aspect of course will in introduce troduce impressionistic techniques. This course will continue Ear Training III in keyboard harmony, sightsinging, melodic and harmonic dictation. Prerequisite: Music 232.Spring. King. 255 Basic Conducting (1/2) Basic techniques of choral and instru instrumental mental conducting taught by specialists in each field. Techniques needed by music education majors and to enhance any musician’s participation in a baton- conducted ensemble. Emphasis on prac practical tical problems to gain experience. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Music 131 .Spring. Behnke. 331 Style Analysis I (1/2) Fluent analytical techniques; application to selected scores. Analysis of all stylistic elements, with stress on form. Musical form in relation to the other stylistic ele elements ments and the historical style periods. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Music 233.Alternateyears. King. 332 Style Analysis II (1/2) Complementing Style Analysis I with rep repertoire ertoire performed in the semester. Other compositions from periods not covered in Style Analysis I. Prerequisite: Music 233. Alternate years. King. 333 & 334 Counterpoint I and II (1/2) Literature, styles, forms and techniques of contrapuntal writing from the 16th through the 20th Centuries. Prerequisite: Music 231 .Alternateyears. King. 335 Instrumentation (1/2) Instrumentation is the study of the various families of instruments: strings, wood woodwinds, winds, brass, and percussion. Ranges and idiomatic scoring problems of each in instrument strument will be learned. Scoring for like and unlike instrumental combinations and scoring for small groups of instru instruments ments will be emphasized. Fall. Stewart. 431 Band Arranging/Orchestration (1/2) Scoring for large groups: band and/or or orchestra. chestra. Knowledge of score and part writing will be demonstrated and perfor performance mance of student scores will be done by the Willamette Symphonic Band and the Chamber Orchestra. Spring. Stewart. Music History and Literature: 105 Audio Synthesis and Recording (1/2) Audio Synthesis and Recording offers both practice and theory. The theoretical aspect is a study of acoustics, especially as it re-47 lates to “music sound” and a study of that area of electronics that relates to the trans transduction duction and modification of audio/ electronic signals. The theory then be becomes comes practice as the student applies the theory to experiments in audio synthesis and recording. Spring. McIntosh. 112 Introduction to Music Literature and Practicum Introduction to Music is being offered as 1/2 credit. The other 1/2 credit will be ful fulfilled filled by the student’s involvement in the practical performing side of music through the study of an instrument in private les lessons sons or through participation in choir, band, orchestra or opera theatre. Thus we are including a survey of the development of music literature in a general way with emphasis on the main styles and compos composers, ers, including reading, projects and di directed rected listening with an overview of music against its social background, as well as some information about the other arts and their relationship to music and the practi practically cally oriented problem of making music happen in an individual, personal manner. Fall. Staff. 113 Spectrum of Music A team-taught course in music designed for the non-music major interested in ac acquiring quiring an introduction to and an appreci appreciation ation for all types of music. Includes readings about music of all eras set against a general cultural background. Illustra Illustrations tions are presented through in-class per performances formances and guided listening to re recordings. cordings. The class is oriented through its staffing to three broad areas: A general historical survey of music and musical style, a specific orientation to the world of opera and a specific orientation to the re relationship lationship of jazz to American life. Spring. Barlowe, Behnke, Viamonte. 114 MusicaViva This course is offered every other year. People with little or no experience in music can learn through this course to ex express press themselves in a musical language. To attain this, the student will study musi musical cal aesthetics, music theory and history of the 20th Century. The class will be divided into three parts: lectures, discussions and performances of works that the students compose. Fall. McIntosh. 116 Understanding Opera A comprehensive survey of the develop development ment of opera through all major musical periods. Understanding of opera as a musico-dramatic art form. Comparative study of operas set against historical events, within the framework of art in gen general. eral. Designed primarily for non-music majors. Alternate semesters. Viamonte. 210 The Music of America The course will provide a historic and stylistic overview of the music of America, including sacred, secular, “serious,” jazz, pop, folk and “show” music. American music wil serve as the basis for discussion of style in music generally, as well as dis discussions cussions of music in this and other societies.Fall. Behnke. 220 The Age of Beethoven Major works of Beethoven, placed in his historical torical perspective through a study of compositional styles before and after Beethoven to attempt to determine how his musical style reflects the Classic- Romantic spectrum of musical thought. Exploration of social change, artistic and philosophic thought from 1770 to 1830, with Beethoven’s works interpreted in the light of the times of the French Revolution. Alternate years. Cook. 341 Music History: Ancient to 1700 The changes in Western music history from Gregorian Chant through the begin beginning ning of polyphony, French and Italian music of the 14th Century, English and Burgundian music at the close of the Mid Middle dle Ages and Renaissance music. Illustra Illustrations tions by means of class performances, score analysis and recordings. Readings in corollary cultural history. Prerequisite: Music 233 or consent of instructor. Fall. Cook. 342 Music History: 1700 to Present The changes in Western Music History from the early Baroque period through the Classic, Romantic and Modern periods. Illustrations by means of class perfor performances, mances, score analysis and recordings. Readings in corollary cultural history. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Music 233. Spring. Cook. 441 Music of the Baroque Era Vocal and instrumental literature of the Baroque era, from 1580 to 1730. Designed to provide a background for the under understanding standing and appreciation of the modern revival of Baroque music. Emphasis on lit literature erature of practical value to school and amateur community groups as well as masterworks from the period. Attention given to performance practices. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Sophomore standing or above. Alternate years. Barlowe. 442 Introduction to Contemporary Music An analytical, historical and aural exami examination nation of the various musical idioms of the 20th Century, geared to provide the unin uninitiated itiated listener with aural and intellectual bases for their perception. Designed primarily for Liberal Arts Majors. Alternate years. McIntosh. 443 Music Literature of the Romantic Era A class designed to study the music of the 19th Century from late Beethoven to Wagner. Includes a discussion of style, forms and general history of the period with outside listening required and in- depth analysis of the works. Designed primarily for music majors. Alternate years. Cook. Applied Music: 154 Brass Class (1/2) Applied study at the beginning level. Class instruction. Alternate years. Behnke. 155 Percussions Class (1/2) Applied study at the beginning level. Class instruction. Alternate years. Behnke. 156 String Class(l/2) Applied study at the beginning level. Class instruction. Alternate years. Barlowe. 157 Voice Class (1/2) Applied study at the beginning level. Class instruction. Every semester. V. McIntosh. 158 Woodwind Class (1/2) Applied study at the beginning level. Class instruction. Alternate years. Stewart. 159 Class Guitar(1/4) Development of applied guitar skills at the beginning level. Emphasis on techniques which can be applied in music therapy or music education. Preference given to music therapy and music education stu students. dents. Every semester. Doan. 161 Keyboard Skills 1(1/4) Teaches (a) reading skills, (b) simple tonic, subdominant and dominant seventh harmonizations of tunes, (c) improvisa improvisation, tion, (d) transposition, (e) sight reading, (f) major and minor scales in all keys and (g) beginning piano literature from all periods. Fall. King. 162 Keyboard Skills 11(1/4) Continues study started in Keyboard Skills I. Spring. King. 170 Applied Instrumental and Vocal Instruction 1(1/4-1/21) First Year. Development of applied instru instrumental mental and vocal skills, starting with stu student’s dent’s level of attainment. (Before private study, piano students must be able to play all scales and music of the difficulty of Bach’s two-part Inventions, and have per permission mission of the instructor.) Every semester. Staff. 260 Seminar in the Art of Piano Ac Accompanying companying (1/4) The study of the art of piano accompany accompanying. ing. Emphasis on sightreading and the de development velopment of the listening skills necessary for successful ensemble performance. Weekly seminar which includes live per performances formances by students, lectures, discus discussions, sions, and assigned listening. Fall. King. 261 Keyboard Skills 111(1/4) Continues study started in Keyboard Skills II with (a) more complicated chords for tune harmonizations, (b) more advanced improvisations, (c) more advanced trans transposition, position, and (d) more advanced piano literature. Develops skills in (a) hymn playing and (b) open score reading. Fall. King. 262 Keyboard Skills IV(l/4) Concludes study started in Keyboard Skills III .Spring. King. 266 Diction for Singers I: English and Italian(1/2) Principles of phonetics for singing in En English, glish, Italian and Latin, including differ-ences in pronunciation between spoken and sung vowels and consonants. Appli Application cation of the International Phonetic Al Alphabet. phabet. Fall. Viamonte. 267 Diction for Singers II: French and German(l/2) Principles of phonetics for singing in Ger German man and French. Including differences in pronunciation between spoken and sung vowels and consonants. Use will be made of the International Phonetic Alphabet. Fall. Viamonte. 270 Applied Instrumental and Vocal Instruction 11(1/4-1/2-1) Second year. Continuation of Music 170. May be repeated for credit. Every semester. Staff. 370 Applied Instrumental and Vocal Instruction 111(1/4-1/2-1) Third Year. Entrance to this course follows Music 270 and the satisfactory completion of the Instrumental Proficiency require requirement. ment. Every semester. Staff. 470 Applied Instrumental and Vocal Instruction IV0/4-1/2-1) Fourth year. Continuation of Music 370. Every semester. Staff. 496 Senior Recital(l/2) Preparation by all Bachelor of Music can candidates didates in Performance, and by other suit suitable able candidates, of representative works from all appropriate major stylistic periods. Preceded by a preview; per performed formed before a faculty jury. Required of all Performance Majors. Spring. Staff. Music Therapy: 150 Therapy Practicum 1(1/4) For first year music therapy students. Field experience in local agency as a volunteer. Course acquaints student, through obser observation vation and assistance with group ac activities, tivities, with some of the special popula populations tions a music therapist will encounter. Evaluation of student by university in instructor structor and agency personnel. Weekly seminars with instructor on campus. May be repeated once for credit. Every semes semester. ter. Staff. 151 Music Therapy Principles 1(112) An overview of Music Therapy for first year students to acquaint them with the many aspects of the field and to help students determine the validity of their proposed interest. Includes field trips to several in institutions. stitutions. Fall. Douglass. 250 Therapy Practicum 11(1/4) For second year music therapy students. Field experience in local agency with as- signmentto assist in group activities. Evaluation of student by university in instructor structor and agency personnel. Weekly seminars with instructor on campus. May be repeated once for credit. Every semes semester. ter. Douglass. 251 Music Therapy Principles 11(1/2) Area of study which emphasizes prepara preparation tion of student for clinical work. Skills to be developed include medical charting, task analysis, writing behavioral and per performance formance objectives and assessment. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Music 151.Spring. Douglass. 253 Recreational Music(l/2) Recreational use of music in agencies for normal and special populations with em emphasis phasis on developing creativity in stu students. dents. Study includes eurhythmies, danc dancing, ing, recreational instruments, musical games and variety show production. Course valuable for all students involved in music therapy, physical education and general education. Spring. Douglass. 350 Therapy Practicum 111(1/4) For third year music therapy students. Field experience in local agency with as assigned signed responsibilities to develop and lead group activities. Evaluation by univer university sity instructor and agency personnel. Weekly seminars with instructor on cam campus. pus. May be repeated once for credit. Every semester. Douglass. 351 Music Therapy Principles 111(112 Study of psychological and physiological effects of music as applied to various handicapping conditions. Survey of re research search in Music Therapy through journal readings. Prequisite: Music 251. Fall. Douglass. 450 Therapy Practicum IV(l/4) For fourth year music therapy students. Field experience in local agency as group leader of music activities. Evaluation by university instructor and agency person personnel. nel. Weekly seminars with instructor on campus which include preparation of stu student dent for internship. May be repeated once for credit. Every semester. Douglass. 451 Music Therapy Principles IV(l/2) Study of music in special education, with emphasis on Public Law 94-142 and how it effects music educators/therapists in the public schools. Overview of all handicap handicapping ping conditions covered by the law, plus an introduction to the gifted child. Student presentations of various methods which can be applied to clinical and school set settings. tings. Prerequisite: Music 351. Spring. Douglass. 454 Psychology of Music 1(112) The study of the psychological aspects of music with emphasis upon problems of perception, psycho-acoustics and ex experimental perimental aesthetics. Preparation of Senior Research Project. For senior music therapy majors or permission of instructor. Fall. Stewart and Douglass. 455 Psychology of Music II (1/2) Continuation of the study of research in Music Therapy and areas covered in Psychology of Music I. Includes study of Senior Research Project. Prerequisite: Music 454.Spring. Douglass. Music Education: 258 Public School Music Methods— Elementary Classroom (1/2) Principles, procedures and objectives in school music on the elementary school level. Learning processes, maturation and materials are considered in adapting music study to the child. Class proce procedures; dures; ensembles, programming and performance; general administration. Di Directed rected observation of elementary class classroom room music practice. Prerequisite: Music 133.Spring. Stewart. 358 Public School Music Methods— Instrumental (1/2) Principles, procedures and objectives in school instrumental music on the elementary and secondary levels. Learning processes, maturation and materials are considered in adapting music study to the student. Class procedures; ensembles, programming and performance; general administration. Directed observation of instrumental public school music prac practice. tice. Prerequisite: Music 133.Spring. Stewart. 458 Public School Music Methods— Vocal (1/2) Principles, procedures and objectives in school vocal music on the elementary and secondary school levels. Learning proces processes, ses, maturation and materials are consid considered ered in adapting music study to the stu student. dent. Class procedures, ensembles, pro programming gramming and performance; general ad administration. ministration. Directed observation of vocal public school music practice. Fall. Frame. Music Ensembles 030X Chamber Orchestra (1/4) The Chamber Orchestra performs works written for a small orchestra. In addition, the Chamber Orchestra occasionally ac accompanies companies the Opera or a choral organi organization. zation. May be repeated for credit. Every Semester. McIntosh. 031X Jazz Ensemble (1/4) Music in various modern ensemble styles will be studied through rehearsal and performance. Opportunities will be avail available able for students to score for the group and to rehearse the group. May be repeated for credit. Co-requisite: Music 032X. Every Semester Behnke. 032X Symphonic Band (1/4) Exploration of a wide variety of significant literature for band, representing all styles and periods. A considerable amount of sight reading will be included, and a number of concerts of widely varied ap appeal peal will be presented. In some years a concert tour is taken. The entire band also plays for all home football games. May be repeated for credit. Every semester. Behnke. 033X University Choir (114) Exploration of a wide variety of significant literature, representing all styles and periods, and including both unaccom unaccompanied panied and instrumentally-accompanied works. In some years a concert tour is' taken; (each year a work is performed with the Salem Symphony). By audition. Maybe repeated for credit. Every semester. Long. 034X Opera Theatre (1/2) A practical course in operatic singing and acting. An operatic production with full orchestra is presented every year. A stu student dent having a major role signs up for this course and also course 035X upon advice from the instructor. Every semester. Viamonte. 035X Opera Practicum (1/4) A practical course in operatic singing and acting. An operatic production with full orchestra is presented every year. Intended for students singing in a minor role or in the chorus. Every semester. Viamonte. 036X Chamber Music (1/4) The coaching and performing of major works from the chamber music literature, with emphasis on rehearsal technique and small ensemble skills. May be repeated for credit. Every semester. Staff. 037X Willamette Madrigal Singers (1/4) Exploration of choral literature for small groups, representing all styles and periods. Performs with the University Choir, from which its membership is drawn and occasionally takes concert tours with other organizations, as well as performing by itself both on and off cam campus. pus. May be repeated for credit. Every semester. Long. Philosophy Philosophy at Willamette is primarily a disciplined study of tradi traditional tional philosophical problems embedded in Western civilization, including some concepts that are of crucial importance for con contemporary temporary culture. Proficiency in reasoning and clarity in expres expression sion are stressed. Each of the faculty members offers a unique ap approach proach to the discipline, and the department offers a practical and personal orientation toward the study of philosophy, as well as a technical and academic one. The Philosophy major provides excep exceptional tional preparation for any professional school stressing a liberal arts background. Most majors continue in graduate study in philosophy, or enter law school or semi seminary. nary. Teaching in the field is limited to those having an unusual aptitude. The courses in the Philosophy Depart Department ment that satisfy the General Education re requirement quirement are: Phil 110 Philosophical Problems (Part A, Humanities) Phil 210 Philosophy of Religion (Part A, Humanities) The Philosophy major requires seven credits: Philosophical Problems (Phil 110), Symbolic Logic (Phil 140), History of Philosophy: Ancient and Medieval (Phil 230) , History of Philosophy: Modern (Phil 231) , History of Philosophy: Contemporary (Phil 232), Philosophical Ethics (Phil 235), and one Seminar in Philosophy (Phil 496, 497,498 or 499). The Philosophy minor requires five cre credits: dits: Philosophical Problems (Phil 110), Introduction to Logic (Phil 131) or Sym Symbolic bolic Logic (Phil 140), Philosophical Ethics (Phil 235), and two non- introductory courses in philosophy cho chosen sen in consultation with a department member to meet student needs and inter interests. ests. The Senior Year Experience in j« Philosophy requires the successful de- fense of a substantial seminar paper writ ten in connection with any of the Seminars in Philosophy (Phil 496-499) that the stu student dent has taken. Faculty Jerry Canning, Professor, Chair Sally Markowitz, Assistant Professor Thomas Talbott, Associate Professor Course Descriptions 110 Philosophical Problems A general introduction to the problems and methods of philosophy with an em emphasis phasis on involving the student in actually doing philosophy, rather than in simply learning about it. Areas covered will in include clude metaphysics (What is the nature of ultimate reality?), epistemology (How do I know what’s really true?), ethics (What makes an action right or wrong?), logic (What makes an argument worth accept accepting?), ing?), and the philosophy of religion (Is it possible to prove the existence of God?). Orientation of individual faculty members teaching this course wijl range from tech technical nical analysis to personal relevance, with the critical evaluation of philosophical ideas being common to all approaches. Every semester. Staff. 120 Philosophy, Science and Science Fiction This course approaches traditional philosophical problems using recent sci science ence fiction, and examines conceptual problems made more urgent by recent and anticipated scientific advances. Topics to be considered may include: the existence of extraterrestrial life; the nature of life; in intelligence telligence and machines; the nature of persons and their moral standing; know knowledge ledge of one’s own mind and of the exter external nal world; extra-sensory perception; time travel; divine persons. Open to freshmen. Alternate years. Staff. 121 Applied Philosophy A critical analysis of the philosophies that the members of the class actually live by. Careful attention is given to the distinction between philosophical principles intel intellectually lectually believed in, and those in fact acted upon. The content of the course in includes cludes methods for uncovering such prin principles, ciples, criteria for evaluating them, and techniques for responsibly experimenting with alternatives to them. Changing one’s philosophy of life is in no way required; becoming aware of it is. The course is practical and personal in its orientation, and experiential as well as didactic in its methodology. It is restricted to 10 members only and requires consent of the instructor after a personal interview conducted sometime before registration. Every semester. Canning. 131 Introduction to Logic An introduction to the anlytical tools necessary for the critical evaluationi of ar argument. gument. Semantic tools for the clarifica clarification tion of meaning, logical tools for the de determination termination of sound reasoning (inductive50 as well as deductive), and scientific tools for establishing of good evidence. Formal and informal fallacies, as well as various propaganda techniques are also consi considered. dered. All applications of the material will be to practical, everyday examples. Every semester. Canning. 140 Symbolic Logic The construction of a formal system in including cluding a truthfunctional and a predicate calculus. Rigorous reasoning about the properties of such a formal system. A dis discussion cussion of some of the philosophical problems which arise from a considera consideration tion of this system. Every semester. Talbott. 210 Philosophy of Religion Problems of the philosophy of the Chris Christian tian religion emphasizing religious lan language guage and knowledge claims. Certain basic problems of historical and philosophical interest such as the grounds for belief in God. Alternate years. Staff. 230 History of Philosophy: Ancient and Medieval Ancient and medieval philosophy from Thales through St. Thomas. The important ideas of leading philosophers and the movements they influenced. Emphasis is upon metaphysics and the problems of knowledge. Prerequisite: Phil WO. Alter Alternate nate years. Staff. 231 History of Philosophy: Modern Late medieval, renaissance, and modern philosophy through Kant; emphasis upon metaphysics and the problems of know knowledge. ledge. Major thinkers and influence on schools of thought such as rationalism and empiricism stressed. The impact of developments in science is studied, but considerations of ethics and social philosophy are not. Prerequisite: Phil 110. Alternate years. Staff. 232 History of Philosophy: Contem Contemporary porary Post-Kantian and contemporary western philosophy. Major philosophers and movements of the 20th Century, including American. Metaphysics is stressed, rather than ethics or social philosophy. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Phil. 110.Alternateyears. Staff. 235 Philosophical Ethics Problems of moral judgement and general value theory. Representative theories of major moral philosophers; emphasis on contemporary ethical theory. Prerequisite: Phil 110.Alternateyears. Talbott. 496-499 Seminar I-IV Specific philosophical problem areas or interdepartmental projects with reference to the philosophies of important philosophers or philosophical move movements. ments. Presentation and defense of pap papers. ers. Prerequisite: Three courses in the Philosophy Department or consent of the staff. One per year. Staff. Physical Education The Physical Education Department performs several roles within the University, with basic concerns for human movement and health. The Physical Education major is designed to provide stu students dents with the essential knowledge and training to become effec effective tive teachers of physical education or to explore non-teaching tracks. A Physical Education minor is offered with options in Health Fitness, Coaching, or Sports Medicine. The focus of the service program is to promote the total development of Wil Willamette lamette students through activities which accommodate a changing life style and increase the potential for personal fulfill fulfillment. ment. Recent graduates in Physical Education find careers in public and private educa education, tion, as well as in recreational agencies, sports clubs, and as physical therapists. A significant number of majors also go on to graduate school. Depending on their interests, Physical Education majors follow either a teaching certification track or a non-teaching track. All majors are required to take these core courses: Biology 110: Principles of Biol Biology; ogy; Biology 246: Human Anatomy; PE 135: History and Principles; PE 254: Physiology of Human Movement; PE 356: Tests and Measurements; PE 357: Motor Develop Development; ment; PE 447: Kinesiology; PE 241,242, 243 (one only); one of 244 or 246. All majors are encouraged to take SP COM 150: Public Speaking and PSYCH 110: In Introduction troduction to Psychology. Education track majors are also required to take: Sociology 131 or 334; PE 151; PE 340; PE 448; and PE Activity Labs 241, 242, 243 and either 244 or 247. They must also meet the teaching certification require requirements: ments: ED 205,335,340,445,455, and 495 (See Education Department, p. 25). In the non-education track, students in indicating dicating a career interest in such areas as Physical Therapy or Health Fitness are ad advised vised to take courses in other disciplines which are appropriate to their needs. During the senior year, each major must satisfactorily complete a Senior Year Ex Experience perience (ED 495 or PE 496). The minor program in Physical Educa Education tion consists of five credits in Physical Education to be selected from the follow following ing courses in consultation with the de department. partment. Students wi 11 select the option of Coaching, Sports Medicine or Health Fit Fitness. ness. I. All students minoring in Physical Edu Education cation with an option in Coaching, Sports Medicine or Health Fitness will take: BIOL 110 and 246; PE 340,356, and 447. II. All students minoring in Physical Education will choose one of the follow following ing options: A. Coaching: PSYCH 110 or SP COM 241, PE 151,357,494, and one of PE 230, 231,242,244,245, or 246. B. Sports Medicine: CHEM 115, PE 345, 350, and 494. C. Health Fitness: SP COM 341, PE 350, 494, and one of 242,245, or 247. Individual programs and field experi experiences ences can be developed for those students interested in working with recreational agencies, or private sports clubs, or in at-tending graduate school in physical therapy. Intern opportunities exist for majors to gain additional experience in a variety of related areas. The department is housed in the 72,000 square foot Lestle J. Sparks Physical Edu Education cation and Recreation Center, which in includes cludes field house, gymnasium, swim swimming ming pool, handball/raquetball courts, weight room and other exercise and recre recreation ation facilities in the area. The University also has a football stadium, all-weather track, spacious baseball field, tennis courts and other playing fields. Faculty William G. Trenbeath, Assistant Professor, Chair Charles Bowles, Professor James P. Brik, Assistant Professor H. Joseph Broeker, Associate Professor Cheryl Brown, Instructor Jane Ellis, Instructor Richard Glas, Assistant Professor Frances A. Howard, Associate Professor Richard A. Kaiser, Assistant Professor Cheryle Lawrence, Instructor Course Descriptions 020X-099X Activity Classes (1/4 cr. each) Are listed separately on the class schedule for each semester. These include aerobic dance, archery, badminton, basketball, canoeing, cross country, cycling, fencing, field hockey, folk dance, football, golf, la lacrosse, crosse, lifesaving, pentathalon, racquet- ball, racquet games, scuba, soccer, softball, springboard diving, square dance, swimming, tennis, track and field, volleyball, water safety instruction, wrestling, yoga, and team sports. 135 History and Principles of Physical Education Historical, scientific, psychological and sociological studies related to Physical Education. Principles of teaching, learn learning, ing, curriculum and evaluation. The basic development of each individual’s philosophy of physical education. Fall. Howard. 151 Organization and Administration of Physical Education The elementary and secondary school programs including basic physical edu education, cation, intramurals and inter-school ath athletics. letics. A special emphasis on curriculum development, personnel policies and budgeting practices. Spring. Broeker. 230 Methods of Coaching — Football 0/2) A course designed to give the student a varied background of philosophies, methods, techniques, organization and strategies of coaching football. Fall. Broeker. 231 Methods of Coaching — Basketball (1/2) A lecture/on-floor format which takes a comprehensive look at both offensive and defensive skills. Other areas of concentra concentration tion include coaching philosophy, player motivation, player-coach relations, prac practice tice planning, scouting and game man managements. agements. Fall. Glas. 241-247 Physical Education Activity Lab (1/4 or 1/2) Principles and analysis of movement skills for various sports activities with teaching and evaluation methods. One every semester. Staff. 254 Physiology of Human Movement Physiological systems of the human body as affected by different levels of exercise with emphasis on the inter-relationships of the skeletal, muscular, nervous, respira respiratory, tory, circulatory and digestive systems. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Biol 246.Spring. Bowles. 333 Personal Fitness (1/2) A course designed to teach the role per personal sonal fitness plays in a productive lifestyle. Includes lectures (one/week) on the val values ues and components of fitness, human physiology as it relates to exercise, fitness programs, weight control, nutrition, coro coronary nary risk awareness and other topics as associated sociated with exercise and health. Every semester. Bowles. 339 First Aid/Cardiopulmonary Re Resuscitation suscitation (1/2) Evaluation, diagnosis, treatment and pre prevention vention of specific traumatic conditions incurred by the human body. Course ex experiences periences lead to certification in First Aid and CPR by American National Red Cross. Fall. Second half semester. Lawrence. 340 Care and Prevention Presents the essential information related to vigorous activity (i.e. nutrition, condi conditioning, tioning, warm-up). Also includes practical experience in recognition, evaluation, care and rehabilitation procedures for sports. Prerequisite: Biol 246.Fall. Lawrence. 345 Advanced Techniques of Sports Medicine Methods taught on advanced level to stu students dents with high interest in coaching ath athletics letics and teaching Physical Education. Topics include: pharmacology, anatomy, kinesiology, legal considerations in ath athletics letics and advanced first aid. Extensive treatment of specific injuries. Prerequis Prerequisite: ite: PE340.Everyyear. Lawrence. 350 Personal Health A course using a concept/value approach to a variety of factors influencing health. Topics include: human sexuality, nutrition, death and dying, specifics in Men’s and Women’s health, parenting, fitness, licit and illicit pharmaceuticals, and aging. Every semester. Kaiser. 356 Tests and Measurements in Physical Education (1/2) Principles and techniques for construc construction, tion, organization, administration, in terpretation and evaluation of measuring devices used on physical education and athletic programs. Fall. Brik. 357 Motor Development (1/2) A course designed to aid students in be becoming coming more knowledgeable about the processes by which individuals acquire motor skills. The class will examine a major portion of the research in several aspects of motor learning and will be re related lated to the application of teaching skills, motor activities and coaching progres progressions. sions. Fall. Brik. 447 Kinesiology (1/2) The structural and mechanical principles of human movement as applied to the teaching of skills in physical education and athletics with special emphasis on analysis and prescription. Prerequisite: Biol 246.Spring. Trenbeath. 448 Special Physical Education (1/2) Organization and administration of physi physical cal education programs designed to serve the exceptional student. Spring. Ellis. 496 Senior Seminar in Physical Edu Education cation (1/2) A seminar course required of all non nonteaching teaching majors in Physical Education during the senior year. Independent study selected in consultation with the physical education faculty. Results of study to be included in paper and presented orally in open meeting format. Spring. Staff.■ f pi \ wPsr 53p?pifafflSsi53 Physics Physics deals with the interactions between matter and energy, and the physics curriculum responds to four groups of students interested in those interactions: those seeking knowledge as part of their general education; those preparing themselves to teach in secondary schools; those planning post graduate study in physics, astronomy, or allied fields; and those seeking engineering degrees under the three-two or four-two combined degree prog programs. rams. Many careers are open to those who un understand derstand some physics. Our graduates work as astronomers, engineers, and physicists in government, industry, and universities as well as in geophysics, oceanography, computer science, medi medical cal and health physics, and in patent law. Physics courses that satisfy the General Education Requirement are: Physics 210 Astronomy (Part A, Natural Science) Physics 213 Light and Color (Part A, Natural Science) Physics 215 Introductory Physics 1 (Part A, Natural Science) All physics majors must successfully complete eight credits in physics includ including ing the equivalent of the following basic courses: Physics 215, Introductory Physics 1; Physics 236, Introductory Physics II; Physics 331, Modern Physics; Physics 335, Thermal Physics; and Physics 339, Mechanics. Majors must also successfully complete a study of calculus through differential equations and one course in computer science. Students intending to do graduate study in physics also take: Physics 342, Wave Phenomena; Physics 345, Electro Electromagnetism; magnetism; and Physics 453, Quantum Mechanics. Students preparing for careers in en engineering gineering or applied science should also take Wave Phenomena and Electromag Electromagnetism netism plus one other course beyond the basic five. Students with other goals in mind may choose their additional three courses from among any of the other physics courses outside the basic five. In addition, all resident senior Physics majors must complete Physics 496: Re Research search Seminar as their Senior Year Ex Experience. perience. A minor in physics must successfully complete Physics 215, Introductory Physics 1; Physics 236, Introductory Physics II; and three other physics courses numbered above 300. The physics department occupies the entire third floor of Collins Hall plus addi additional tional space on two other floors. Advanced laboratories are equipped with a wide variety of instrumentation. Individual re research search space is available. The department has a particularly wide range of spectro spectroscopic scopic equipment. There is a well-equip well-equipped ped photography laboratory and an ob observing serving deck on the roof. Faculty Maurice B. Stewart, Professor, Chair Daniel G. Montague, Professor Robert L. Purbrick, Professor Course Descriptions 210 Astronomy Descriptive astronomy of the celestial sphere. Megalithic astronomy. Astronomy of classical antiquity. The Copernican rev revolution. olution. Brahe, Kepler, Galileo, and New Newton. ton. Spectroscopic methods of astronomy. Stellar physics and stellar evolution. The interstellar medium, star clusters and our galaxy. Other galaxies, the expanding uni universe, verse, quasars, and cosmology. Fall. Stewart. 213 Light and Color The physical basis of visual experience il illustrated lustrated by the application of theories of reflection, refraction, interference, diffrac diffraction, tion, polarization, and scattering to every everyday day phenomena such as rainbows, reflec reflections tions in water, sun dogs, and mirages. Stu Student dent photography of phenomena. Alter Alternate nate springs. Stewart. 215 Introductory Physics I Acceleration, mass, force, work, energy, momentum, angular momentum, temper temperature, ature, and heat, as applied to the Newton Newtonian ian kinematics and dynamics of a particle and of the plane motion of a rigid body, and to thermodynamics. Offered in two sections, one with calculus prerequisite, the other with pre-calculus mathematics prerequisite. Every semester. Staff. 230 Contemporary Physics A largely non-mathematical treatment of physics. For example, light, motion, forces, energy and waves. Relativity, atoms, nuclei and elementary particles, energy sources and radioactivity. Not in intended tended for physics or pre-engineering majors. Alternate falls. Montague. 236 Introductory Physics II The electric field. Coulomb’s Law. Gauss’ Law. Electric potential. Capacitance. Elec Electric tric current. Electromotive Force. Kir- choff’s rules. The magnetic field. Ampere’s Law. Faraday’s Law. Inductance. Alternat Alternating ing Current. Electromagnetic waves. Light. Reflection and refraction. Lenses. Huyghen’s principle. Interference, diffrac diffraction tion and polarization. Offered in two sec sections, tions, one with calculus prerequisite, the other with pre-calculus mathematics pre prerequisite. requisite. Every semester. Staff. 240 The Photographic Process The science of photography, theory and laboratory of black-white and color photo photography. graphy. History of the photographic pro process, cess, photographic emulsions, exposure and development, sensitometry, photo photographic graphic optics, negative and prints, and holography. Prerequisite: A course in physics or chemistry or consent of in instructor.-4/temate structor.-4/temate springs. Purbrick. 331 Modern Physics Theory of special relativity, quantum effects, atomic structure and spectra, molecular structure and spectra, x-rays, solid state physics, nuclear physics, elementary particles. Prerequisite: Phys 236 and calculus. Spring. Purbrick. 335 Thermal Physics Temperature and its measurement, simple thermodynamic systems, heat, conductiv conductivity, ity, convection, radiation, ideal gases, kinetic theory, entropy, enthalpy, Helm Helmholtz holtz and Gibbs functions, Maxwell's equa equations, tions, statistical mechanics, low temper temperature ature physics, superfluidity, superconduc superconductivity, tivity, and applications of heat and ther thermodynamics modynamics to other areas of physics and engineering. Prerequisite: Phys 215 and54 calculus. Alternate falls. Montague. 339 Mechanics Vector kinematics of plane motion in cartesian and polar form. Newtonian par particle ticle mechanics. Projectile motion in re resisting sisting media. Work, energy, and conser conservative vative forces. The force of gravity, Kepler’s Laws, and planetary motion. Free and forced harmonic oscillations. Lagrange’s equations. Prerequisite: Phys 215 and two courses in calculus. Alternate falls. Stewart. 342 Wave Phenomena Superposition, reflection, refraction, in interference, terference, diffraction, and polarization of waves, illustrated with physical optics. Prerequisite: Phys 236 and two courses in calculus. Alternate springs. Stewart. 345 Electromagnetism Classical electricity and magnetism in including cluding electric and magnetic fields, capacitance, inductance, dielectrics, in induced duced electromotive force, and the de development velopment of Maxwell’s equations and electromagnetic waves. Prerequisite: Phys 236 and calculus. Alternate springs. Pur- brick. 348 Electronics DC and AC circuits, electron emission from metals, electrons in solids, vacuum tubes, transistors, power supplies, voltage and power amplifiers, oscillators, cathode ray tubes, integrated circuits, and applica application tion of electronics. Prerequisites: Phys 236 and calculus. A/temate falls. Purbrick. 439 Nuclear and Particle Physics Quantum effects, atomic structure, relativ relativity, ity, x-rays, nuclear physics and elementary particles. Prerequisites: Phys 331 and cal calculus. culus. Alternate falls. Montague. 442 Condensed Matter Physics Treatment of crystal structure on an atomic scale including bulk, thermal, electric, magnetic, semi-conducting and super superconducting conducting properties of matter. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Phys 331 and calculus.Alternate springs. Montague. 445 Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy A study of atomic spectra, molecular spectra and structure, and special related topics such as magnetic resonance spec spectroscopy troscopy and atomic and molecular Las Lasers. ers. Alternate falls. Purbrick. 453 Quantum Mechanics Mathematical development and applica applications. tions. Methods of Schroedinger and Heisenberg, operators and matrices, ap approximation proximation methods, perturbation theory, applications to atomic, molecular and solid state physics, Prerequisite: Phys 331 and Math 344. Alternate springs. Mon Montague. tague. 490 Independent Study (1/4,1/2, or 1) Individual programs of independent study of topics selected in consultation with fa faculty. culty. Every semester. Staff. 496 Research Seminar Required senior-year experience for all re resident sident physics majors. The seminar por portion tion deals with planning of and reporting on individual research projects selected by each student and directed by a de departmental partmental faculty member. Fall. Staff. Political Science Political Science courses are designed to give students oppor opportunities tunities to develop both practical and theoretical understandings of the political world. Students are encouraged to develop the ra rational tional skills — both analytical and evaluative — that will enable them to investigate and understand political phenomena. Each student is encouraged to acquire knowledge and motivation for responsible participation in the political process as a citizen or public official. Opportunities for interning in government and politics at the local, state, or national levels frequently are availa available ble for qualified students with required academic preparation. Political Science majors find career op opportunities portunities in law, politics, public ad administration, ministration, planning, management, journalism, teaching, social service, busi business ness and government. Political Science courses that fulfill the general education course requirement are: Poll 110 American Politics (Part A, So Social cial Science) Poll 111 Survey of Politics: Freedom and Authority (Part A, Social Science) Poll 112 Survey of Politics: Challenge of Scarcity (Part A, Social Science) Poll 113 Survey of Politics: Political Philosophy (Part A, Social Science) Poll 114 Survey of Politics: War and Peace (Part A, Social Science) Poll 320 Politics, Economics, and Plan Planning ning (Part B) Poli 324 Political Systems of Developing Countries (Part B) Poli 421 Seminar in International Rela Relations tions (Part B) A Political Science major consists of eight credits in Political Science plus an introductory course in economics. At least four of the credits required for the major must be completed at Willamette. The eight credits for the major must include (1) Poli 110, and (2) one of the following entry level courses: Poli 111 or Poli 112 or Poli 113 or Poli 114, plus six Political Science cre credits dits selected by student and advisor. The requirements of the senior year ex experience perience can be met by completing one of the five following courses during the senior year: Poli 421, 432,484,496, or 498. The minor program in Political Science will be made up of the following courses to be selected in consultation with the Politi Political cal Science Department. I. Each option will require two intro introductory ductory courses in Political Science: Poli 110 and one of Poli 111, 112,113, or 114 and one introductory course in Economics: Econ 110 or 130. II. Each option will require three Politi Political cal Science courses beyond the intro introductory ductory level. A. Public Law: Poli 334,432, and 433. B. International Relations: Poli 232,332, and 421. C. Comparative Politics: Three courses chosen from the following: Poli 231, 324,340, and 342. D. Planning and Public Administration: Poli 320,331, and 361.E. American Politics: Poli 331, 332, and 334. Faculty Suresht R. Bald, Assistant Professor, Chair Robert E. Hawkinson, Assistant Professor Susan M. Leeson, Professor Theodore L. Shay, Professor Edwin J. Stillings, Professor Course Descriptions 061X Model United Nations (1/4) Experience in research, preparation for, and participation in Model United Nations. Spring. Bald. 110 American Politics Review of elements of American govern government ment in light of contemporary political is issues. sues. Analysis of political processes through which public concerns are trans translated lated into public policies. Development of analytical tools to examine American politics in its economic and social con context. text. Every semester. Leeson, Hawkinson, Shay. 111 Survey of Politics: Freedom and Authority Introduction to the major concepts of gov governance ernance within a political system: free freedom, dom, authority, law, legitimacy, commun community, ity, and responsibility. Examination of basic concepts in the context of the history of political ideas as well as in the contem contemporary porary context. Only one of Poli 111, 112, 113, or 114 may be counted toward the major. Fall. Shay. 112 Survey of Politics: Challenge of Scarcity Political implications of the contrasting views of human nature reflected in classi classical cal political thought, modern social con contract tract theory, and Marxism. Major focus on contemporary social problems arising out of the increasing demands for energy and resources. Only one of Poli 111, 112,113, or 114 may be counted towards the major. Fall. Stillings. 113 Survey of Politics: Political Philosophy Survey of political-philosophic tradition from Plato through Freud. Focus on care careful ful reading, analysis and synthesis of major philosophic works. Works (or lengthy excerpts) are read in English translations of the originals. Consideration of major differences between the classical and modern traditions in political philosophy and their impacts on modern constitutionalism, politics, and political behavior. Only one of Poli 111, 112,113, or 114 may be counted towards the major. Fall. Leeson. 114 Survey of Politics: War and Peace Introduction to major concepts of politics as reflected in international relations. Examination of substantive issues in the contemporary international system with emphasis on conflict and conflict resolu tion. Readings from classical political theory and contemporary works. Only one of Poli 111, 112,113, or 114 maybe counted toward the major.Spring. Bald. 231 Western European Political Sys Systems tems Introduction to the structure and historical development of political institutions and the nature of political culture with special emphasis on the United Kingdom, France, and West Germany. Prerequisite: one sur survey vey course (Poli 111-114). Fall. Bald. 232 Introduction to International Politics Ideology, political institutions, military and economic factors involved in the systema systematic tic attempt to achieve order in interna international tional relations. Comparison of schools of thought and theories in international poli politics. tics. Prerequisite: one survey course (Poli 111-114).Spring. Bald. 320 Politics, Economics, and Plan Planning ning Focus on the challenge of planning in light of threatened resource and energy shor shortages. tages. Definition of problems in relation to their political, economic, and technical dimensions. Rational calculation as a so social cial process for considering and evaluat evaluating ing policy alternatives. Nature and use of guidance systems — including market and governmental strategies — to implement policies. Prerequisites: Poli 110 and one entry level Poli course or Econ 130 or Envr 220.Fall. Stillings. 324 Political Systems of Developing Countries Comparative examination of the political processes, systems, and problems of new and developing nations in light of histori historical, cal, cultural, economic, and national de development velopment factors. Research topics related to Latin America, Africa, and Asia. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: one survey course (Poli 111-114). Fall. Shay. 331 State and Urban Politics Problems, issues, and processes involved in governing America at the state and local level. Prerequisites: Poli 110 and one entry level Poli course.Spring. Hawkinson. 332 American Foreign Policy Analysis of the foreign dimension of the policy process and its relation to American political thought. Central focus on post- World War II policy, executive and legisla legislative tive functions, roles of Defense and State Departments in foreign policy formation. Concepts of community, interdepen interdependence, dence, national interest, economic de development velopment analyzed. Prerequisites: Poli 110 and one entry level Poli course. Fall. Bald. 334 Law and Public Policy Examination of law in its social context and the extent to which law reflects social philosophy and public policy. Analysis of law in its formal setting—opinions, prec precedents edents and rules—and its informal settings—police discretion and the politi political cal nature of juries and prisons. Consider Consideration ation of the impact of legal education on values and social responsibility. Pre Prerequisites: requisites: Poli 110 and one entry level Poli course. Spring. Leeson. 335 American Political Thought Survey of American political thought from the revolutionary period to present. Em Emphasis phasis on the Constitutional era and the impact of that thought on contemporary thought and institutions. Heavy reliance on primary sources. Prerequisites: Poli 110 and one entry level Poli course. Fall. Leeson. 336 Political Theory and the 21st Century Examination of the adequacy of the Lock Lockean ean model of human nature as mankind moves into an era of threatened scarcity and environmental devastation. Political and economic consequences of the Sec Second ond Law of Thermodynamics as a limit on our relationship with physical nature. Rel Relevance evance of the transcendent dimension of human nature as a limit on our relation relationship ship with one another as we seek new political and economic structures to gov govern ern our relationships with the physical en environment. vironment. Prerequisites: Poli 110 and one entry level Poli course.Fall. Stillings. 340 Asia and the International Sys System tem This course identifies the constant and variable factors that shape and influence the politics of selected Asian nations (India, China, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Nepal), and which color these countries’ foreign policy choices and international postures within the region and the international system. Intraregional interaction, and superpower involvement in the region will be examined within national, regional, and global perspectives.Spring. Bald. 342 Communist Political Systems Theory and practice of communism as it relates to the operation of the political system in the Soviet Union with compara comparative tive reference to Eastern European coun countries tries and the People’s Republic of China. Structure and function of the Communist Party and its relation to state and society. Analysis of the operations of foreign policies. Prerequisite: one survey course (Poli 111-114). Spring. Shay. 361 Introduction to Public Administ Administration ration Organizational and administrative theory. Problems, techniques, and tools of man managing aging public organizations. Prerequisites: Poli 110 and one entry level Poli course. Spring. Stillings. 421 Seminar in International Rela Relations tions Intensive examination of the principles of international relations and their applica application tion to contemporary politics and56 economic and cultural issues. Prerequis Prerequisites: ites: Senior standing, Poli 110, one entry level Poli course, and Poli 232 or Poli 332 (both are desirable)./^a//. Bald. 432 Constitutional Law Development of the Constitution from the perspective of Supreme Court decisions: separation of powers, federalism, com commerce merce clause, and selected procedural is issues. sues. Analysis of the relationship between the Court and the other branches of gov government. ernment. Review of economic and politi political cal doctrines that have shaped American constitutional history. Consideration of the purpose, nature and function of judicial review in a political system based on popular sovereignty. Prerequisites: Senior standing, Poli 110 and one entry level Poli course. Fall. Leeson. 433 Civil Liberties Continuation of Constitutional Law. Focus on the Bill of Rights, the 14th and other selected Amendments as vehicles for protecting basic civil rights and liberties in America. Historical analysis of the evolu evolution tion of rights and liberties. Case studies of differences in approach and result bet between ween the Warren and Burger Courts in the area of civil rights and liberties. Prerequis Prerequisites: ites: Poli 110, one entry level Poli course and Poli 432.Spring. Leeson. 483 Seminar in Systematic Political Analysis Examination of the literature in Political Science emphasizing current theories and research techniques, construction of models, use of analytical techniques, and the development of research design. Pre Prerequisites: requisites: Junior or Senior standing, Poli 110 and one entry level Poli course. Fall. Shay. 484 Research Seminar A research project of major proportions is designed, researched, and defended. Applicable theories, approaches and methodologies are studied as they apply to the research undertakings. The interrela interrelationships tionships between policy issues and social and economic concerns are stressed as well as the value implications of auth authoritative oritative allocations through the political process. Prerequisites: Political science major, Poli 110, one entry level Poli course, completion of at least two other political science courses, and consent of instructor. Spring. Shay. 496 Internships in Government and Politics I Supervised internships in state and local government. Interns are placed only in positions which provide academic learn learning ing opportunities and the availability of such positions may be limited. Astudent is accepted for an internship at the discre discretion tion of the instructor on the basis of dem demonstrated onstrated capabilities including research and writing skills. Minimum preparation for an internship includes Poli 110, one survey course (Poli 111-114), and Poli 331. Poli 361 and Econ 347 are recom recommended. mended. Each semester except Spring of odd numbered years. Hawkinson. 497 Internship in Government and Politics II A continutation of Poli 496 to enable a stu student dent to intern for two credits in a single semester, to continue a single credit in internship ternship for a second semester, or to have two single credit intern experiences. Each semester except for spring of odd num numbered bered years. Hawkinson. 498 Legislative Interships (2 cr.) Supervised internships in the Oregon State Legislature. Interns are placed only in positions which provide academic learn learning ing opportunities and the availability of such positions may be limited. Students are admitted to the course by consent of the instructor and are selected on the basis of their demonstrated capabilities includ including ing research and writing skills. Interns are expected to work at least 20 hours a week and meet periodically with the instructor. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing, Poli 110, and Poli 331 (or be taking it con concurrently currently with the internship). In unusual circumstances where a student has equi equivalent valent background the instructor may at his discretion waive course prerequisites. Spring of odd numbered years. Hawkin Hawkinson. son. Psychology The primary goal of the Psychology Department is to provide a rich diversity of learning experiences that are responsive to the special needs, interests, and talents of individual students. This emphasis is reflected in psychology class offerings and especially in the unlimited field research and internship opportunities avail available able in the many government and private agencies located in Salem. The student has access to a real-world laboratory that in includes cludes clinical, educational, and research programs at the Oregon State Hospital, the Fairview School, and many other public and private service agencies. Comparable practicum and internship programs typically are available only at the graduate level of study. These oppor opportunities tunities exist throughout the psychology major’s undergraduate years and culmi culminate nate in a major internship (or its equiva equivalent) lent) in the fall semester of the senior year. Majoring in psychology within the con context text of a general liberal arts education ef fectively prepares students for future careers in human services, law, medicine, business, teaching, and government. Suc Successful cessful completion of courses offered by the department, along with participation in the practicum/internship program, result in the psychology major being a strong candidate both for admission to graduate school and for entry level positions in clinical and human service settings. Courses in the Psychology Department that satisfy the General Education Program requirement are: Psychology 110 Introduction to Psychology (Part A, Social Science) Psychology 210 General Experimental Psychology (Part A, Natural Science)Psychology 225 Adaptive Life Styles (Part B) The major program requires: Psych 210, General Experimental Psychology; ISA 350-351, Statistics for the Behavioral Sci Sciences; ences; Psych 300, Pre-Internship Orienta Orientation tion (1/4 credit); six additional credits in Psychology (Psych 110, Introduction to Psychology, maybe included in these six credits although this is not recom recommended); mended); and Senior Year Experience: 1 credit in Major Program Internship (ISA 394), Thesis (Psych 490), or Practicum (Psych 491). Prerequisites for the Senior Year Experience are Psych 210 (normally taken by sophomore year), ISA 350-351 (normally taken in junior year), and Psych 300 (to be taken in spring semester of junior year). The minor program in psychology will be made up of the following courses to be selected in consultation with the Psychol Psychology ogy Department. I. Each option will require two intro introductory ductory courses in Psychology: Psychol Psychology ogy 110 and Psychology 210. II. In addition, each option will require courses as indicated: A. Option One: Experimental Psychology. Any three of the following courses: Psychology 331,340,344, and 345. B. Option Two: Clinical Psychology. Psychology 332,335, and anyone of the following courses: Psychology 345, 433,435, or 440. C. Option Three: Developmental Psychol Psychology. ogy. Psychology 330,332, and 334. D. Option Four: Applied/Organizational Psychology. Psychology 336, 341, and 225 or 433. The department has ample laboratory space and equipment, including elaborate apparatus in animal research, elec- trophysiological measurement, and sen sensory sory psychology. The computer terminal and minicomputers housed in the de department partment allow ready access for data analysis for class and individual research projects. Faculty Loren K. McBride, Associate Professor, Chair William J. Deveiy, Professor Jon Frew, Assistant Professor Noel Kaestner, Professor Richard A. Yocom, Assistant Professor Mary Ann Youngren, Assistant Professor Course Descriptions 110 Introduction to Psychology Major traditional fields and contemporary problems of psychology: learning, per perception, ception, and motivation as they pertain to the behavior and interaction with the so social cial environment. Every semester. Staff. • >. 210 General Experimental * * Psychology An examination of scientific method, pro procedure, cedure, measurement and control in selected psychological areas. The use of apparatus (including microcomputers), statistical analysis and an introduction to the shared-time computer, use of library search methods and research writing will be included. The laboratory will include both human and animal subjects. A major independent research paper will be an outcome of this course. Prerequisite: Stu Students dents often first take Psyc 110. Every semester. Devery, Kaestner. 225 Adaptive Lifestyles This course presents an interdisciplinary approach to understanding issues related to contemporary lifestyles. Theoretical perspectives and empirical findings from the fields of psychology, biology, and sociology will be explored and integrated in developing personally applicable strategies for coping with stress, under understanding standing human sexuality, and enhancing interpersonal relationships. A major focus is on experiential learning through partici participation pation in small group discussions and completion of individual projects. Fall. Youngren. 300 Pre-Internship Orientation (1/4) This course is designed to assist students in planning their senior year experience. Professionals from various community agencies will be invited to discuss poten potential tial internship/practicum projects, and field trips will be scheduled to selected agencies. By the end of the course, the student is expected to have negotiated a contract with the instructor and an off- campus supervisor for his/her senior year experience. Prerequisites: Psyc 210 and Intr 350-351. Spring. Youngren, Kaestner. 330 Developmental Psychology Behavioral development of normal chil children dren prior to adolescence, emphasizing a topical organization, rather than an ages and stages approach. Course is divided into two major areas: socialization proces processes ses (development of social behavior in infancy, the family, effects of peers, moral development and other topics) and cogni cognitive tive development (learning and motiva motivation, tion, intelligence, language development, and the influence of Piaget). Students are placed in a practicum setting in local grade schools. Prerequisite: Psyc 110 or 210. Fall. McBride. 331 Experimental Research in Personality Examination of the field of personality emphasizing an experimental laboratory research orientation. Emphasis on the trait/state problem as illustrated by topical problems in stress, anxiety, defense mechanisms, conflict, and the study of important personality traits. Includes a laboratory experience in which students carry out a project which evolves over the semester. Prerequisite: Psyc 110 or 210. Spring. McBride. 332 Theories of Personality An introduction to major theories of per personality sonality with emphasis on how the theorists’ ideas evolved in the context of their life experiences and on current clini clinical cal applications. Theorists include Freud, Jung, Adler, Homey, Maslow, and Rogers. Prerequisite: Psyc 110or210.5'pr;ng. Youn Youngren. gren. 334 Exceptional Children This course will cover exceptional be behavior havior of children including: gifted, learning disabilities, hyperactivity, chronic illnesses, sensory defects, autism, and abuse. Experts in the healing arts and edu education cation will be invited to the class. The goal of this course is to help student develop development ment in this important area of psychology and related fields .Alternate springs. De Devery, very, Engel. 335 Clinical and Abnormal Psychology Theories, diagnosis, and treatment of major psychopathological syndromes: anxiety and related neuroses, depres depressions, sions, psychophysiological disorders, psychosis, behavioral disorders, and mental retardation. Prerequisite: Psyc 110 or 210. Fall. Youngren. 336 Social Psychology A study of individual behavior in a social setting. Major content areas include at attitude titude formation and change, personal perception and interpersonal attraction, topics in social learning (aggression, pro prosocial social behavior, and race relations) and areas of group dynamics. Course em emphasizes phasizes primarily theory and findings from experimental laboratory research. Prerequisite: Psyc 110 or 210.Spring. McBride. 340 Psychology of Learning A systematic introduction to the nature of the learning process emphasizing a topi topical/theoretical cal/theoretical approach. The first half of the semester deals with several subfacets of Pavlovian and instrumental condition conditioning ing with a heavy emphasis on data coming primarily from research with animals. The second half of the semester deals rather exclusively with human processes with particular emphasis on concept learning, verbal behavior, and the nature of memory. Prerequisite: Psyc 210. Consent of in instructor structor required for non-psychology majors. Fall. McBride. 341 Personnel and Industrial Psychology An analysis of work behavior in an organi organizational zational setting. Major topics include so social cial organization, work motivation, princi principles ples of leadership and management, techniques of assessing jobs and employees, use of psychological tests, and consumer behavior. Class emphasizes practical problem-solving with several op opportunities portunities to hear speakers employed in58 private as well as public settings. Students can develop a semester-long project as the basis of determining grades. Prerequisite: Psyc 110, 210, or consent of instructor. An interest in the social sciences is advised. Spring. McBride. 344 Comparative Psychology The learned and species-specific behavior of humans and animals is studied through the works of selected ethologists, an anthropologists thropologists and psychologists. The latitude and potentials of human behavior (territoriality, aggression, sexual and bonding relationships, parenting, etc.) are examined in the context of a broad range of species. Laboratory, field trips and ex extensive tensive closed-circuit television. Spring. Devery. 345 Physiological Psychology An examination will be made of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology and psychopharmacology as it relates to the study of the behavior of the whole or organism. ganism. A laboratory will introduce the use of the stereotaxic apparatus in lesion making and the placement of chronic electrodes. Extensive human testing and recording will also be done. Prerequisite: Psyc 210 or lab/science course. Fall. De Devery. very. 430-431 Topical Seminar in Psychol Psychology ogy I & II An opportunity to take a specialized, ad advanced vanced level class from a psychologist working professionally in the Salem com munity. Each class is a half-credit, half halfsemester semester course. Most topics are of a mental health orientation, but the specific nature of a given class will vary according to the expertise of the visiting psychologist. Alternate springs. Visiting psychologists. 433 Principles and Techniques of Behavior Modification Introduction to principles of behavior modification with primary emphasis on experiential learning of skills involved in behavioral treatment interventions. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: Psyc 210 and 335 or consent of instructor. Alternate springs. Youngren. 435 Psychological Tests and Mea Measurements surements Administration and interpretation of tests used in assessing various aspects of be behavior havior with emphasis on tests currently used to assess intellectual abilities, psychological problems, and personality patterns. Prerequisite: Psyc 210 or 335 or consent of instructor. Alternate springs. Youngren. 440 Techniques of Counseling Introduction to counseling techniques with primary focus on experiential learn learning ing of communication skills used in coun counseling seling individuals. Prerequisite: Psyc 332 or 335. Every semester. Visiting psychologists. 445 Advanced Research and Statisti Statistical cal Methods Review of elementary inferential statistics. Chi-square, T, and f. Intermediate research designs and their analysis, including ran randomized domized blocks, repeated measurements, multiple classification and covariance. Correlation procedures including bisarial R, partial correlation and multiple correla correlation, tion, as well as non-parametric devices such as Cochran Q, Kruskal-Wallace Wil- coxon sign-rank, Mann-Whitney U, etc. In Individual dividual field study or experiment is re required. quired. Prerequisite: ISA 350-351. On de demand. mand. Kaestner. 490 Thesis A library or laboratory/field project started generally during the last half of the junior year. The student will normally register for the course the first semester of the senior year. The work will be guided by one or more faculty members. Satisfactory com completion pletion of the thesis fulfills the senior year experience requirement for psychology majors. Prerequisites: Psyc 210 and ISA 350-351. Every semester. Staff. 491 Psychology Practicum Afield experience (minimum of 10-12 hours per week) supervised by profes professional sional research and/or clinical staff in 1 iaison with a facu Ity member. A paper and oral presentation are required. Satisfactory completion of this course fulfills the senior year experience requirement for psychol psychology ogy majors. Prerequisite: Psyc 210 and 300 and ISA 350-351. Fall. Youngren, Kaestner, McBride. Religious Studies Religious Studies offers an interdisciplinary major program drawing upon all those courses in the undergraduate curriculum that reflect the religious dimension of life directly or indirectly. It provides the breadth and discipline of a liberal arts education and, as such, is a suitable background for those planning to enter general business careers, the profes professions sions and social work, as well as church- related vocations. The requirements of the program are de described scribed as the satisfaction of certain basic areas rather than a specified array of par particular ticular courses. Those areas are as fol follows: lows: grounding in biblical literature and history (two credits); a rudimentary ac acquaintance quaintance with philosophical thinking (one credit); acquaintance with the his historical torical development of doctrine (one cre credit); dit); the experience of reflecting on religi religious ous phenomena from outside of specifi specifically cally Christian perspective (one credit); and an ability to trace the interrelations of religion and culture (one credit). In addition the student is required to specialize in an individually tailored area of focus or of concentration. This is often done in conjunction with a double major (two credits). Upon declaring the major the student (if he or she has not already taken Introduc Introduction tion to the Study of Religion) must register for a Reading and Conference course (one-half credit) which is aimed at pro providing viding an overview of the field and of the sub-divisions and methods of the study of religious phenomena. The program is capped with required participation in a senior Colloquium (one credit) in which the student can demon demonstrate strate competence in analysis and maturity of judgment with respect to a significant issue. The Senior Evaluation will be in conjunction with this effort. Courses in addition to the Religion cur curriculum riculum that are currently approved for the program include: Art 218 Survey of Art History: Gothic to Modern Art 355 Italian Renaissance Art 356 Northern Renaissance English 320 Mysticism and Creativity English 344 Renaissance Literature: Milton History 358 High Middle Ages History 359 The Renaissance and the Reformation Phil 110 Philosophical Problems Phil 235 Philosophical Ethics Phil 230-32 History of Philosophy Phil 210 Philosophy of Religion Soc 333 Sociology of Religion Executive Committee James A. Hand, Chair (Religion) Gerard Bowers (English) Philip S. Hanni (Religion) Lane C. McGaughy (Religion) Thomas Talbott (Philosophy)Religion (Non-Major, see Religious Studies) Courses in Religion are designed to enrich the students’ educa education tion by presenting an opportunity to investigate this important aspect of human life and culture in an objective manner, utilizing standard disciplines of academic learning. The Religion cur curriculum riculum is design to relate the phenomenon of religion to the to totality tality of human existence. In our liberal arts context this means raising the consciousness of potentially every student to the per pervasive vasive and often hidden influence of religious ideas and value commitments in his or her personal life and cultural heritage. It also means fostering and developing those critical and reflective habits of mind which enable a person to deal with reli religious gious phenomena in a mature, intelligent, informed, sensitive, responsible, person personally ally satisfying and fulfilling way. The department offers courses that satisfy the General Education Program re requirement quirement as follows: Religion 112 History of Christianity (Part A, Humanities) Religion 113 Introduction to Old Testa Testament ment Studies (Part A, Humanities) Religion 114 Introduction to New Test Testament ament Studies (Part A, Literature) Religion 115 Introduction to the Study of Religion (Part A, Humanities) Religion 116 Introduction to Major Re Religious ligious Texts (Part A, Literature) Religion 214 Religion in America (Part A, Humanities) Religion 216 C.S. Lewis and the Reli Religious gious Imagination (Part A, Literature) Religion 320 Religion and Science (Part B) Religion 420 The Bible in the American Tradition (Part B) The departmental curriculum provides part of the core course requirements for the interdisciplinary major in Religious Studies. The minor program in Religion consists of the following courses to be selected in consultation with the Religion Depart Department. ment. A Religion minor program consists of five credits in Religion distributed as follows: 1. Group A, The Contemporary Religious Situation; any one of the following courses: REL214,216,230,320,332,336, 420. 2. Group B, The Western Religious Trad Tradition; ition; any one of the following courses: REL 112,113,114,232,234. 3. Group C, Non-Christian Religious Traditions; any one of the following courses: REL 115,116,231,334,341. 4. One additional course in any of the above groups that builds on a course al already ready taken in that group. 5. REL 496: Senior Colloquium. Faculty James A. Hand, Professor, Chair Philip S. Hanni, Assistant Professor, Chaplain Lane C. McGaughy, Geo. H. Atkinson Professor of Religious and Ethical Studies Course Descriptions 112 History of Christianity A survey of Christianity from the close of the New Testament period to the present, tracing the evolution of its institutional forms and norms, the development of Christian thought, the variety of its national and cultural expressions, and its interrela interrelation tion with the development and destiny of Western Civilization. An introduction to Western Civilization from the point of view of its great religious traditions. Spring. Hand. 113 Introduction to Old Testament Studies An introduction to the history and litera literature ture of ancient Israel and to modern methods used in studying the Old Testa Testament ment and the Apocrypha. The course has three basic aims: to reconstruct the history of ancient Israel on the basis of ar archaeological chaeological and form-critical methods, to survey the spectrum of literary forms in the Old Testament, and to identify the major theological themes and symbols used to express Israel’s faith. Alternate falls. McGaughy. 114 Introduction to New Testament Studies An introduction to early Christain literature and to the methods of literary analysis used by New Testament scholars (e.g., form and redaction criticism and struc structuralism). turalism). The course is organized in terms of a typology of the forms of religious dis discourse course in late antiquity, moving from oral forms (parables, sayings, and sermons) to written forms bordering speech (letters and dialogues) to consciously- constructed pieces of literature (Gospels, theological essays, and apocalypses). Some attention wil also be given to the history and social world reflected in these texts .Alternate springs. McGaughy. 115 Introduction to the Study of Re Religion ligion An introductoin to the study of religion as a humanistic discipline. Three dimensions of religion as an aspect of culture are ad addressed dressed in the course: (1) the contrast be between tween sacred and profane ways of viewing reality; (2) the problem of religious change and how the legacy of the past shapes contemporary beliefs; and (3) the major theological systems used to conceptualize the divine-human relationship. These di dimensions mensions of the religious experience will be illustrated from a variety of religious traditions and students will be introduced to scholarly methods employed in the field. Recommended for Freshmen. Of Offered fered alternate falls. McGaughy. 116 Introduction to Major Religious Texts An analysis of several primary religious documents in light of modern theories of interpretation. Texts will be selected in light of a thematic concern from such writings as the Gilgamesh Epic, Job, John, Augustine’s Confessions, and the Bhagavad-Gita. Recommended for Freshmen. Offered alternate springs. McGaughy. 214 Religion in America Religion in the United States from the Colonial Period to the present; the variety of religious groups and their ideas under understood stood in historical sequence and context; development and normalization of religi religious ous pluralism; mutual influence of religion and American culture. Fall. Hand, Hanni.60 216 C.S. Lewis and the Religious Im Imagination agination An introduction to basic issues in theology and ethics via Lewis’ Christian literature. Reading and discussion of his major fic fiction tion works and selected essays. Reflection upon and appreciation of his use of the literary genres of fiction, fairy story, myth, fantasy, etc. as serious and indispensable media for certain dimensions of religious knowledge.Spring. Hand. 230 Modem European Christian Thought Major developments in Christian thought in Europe from the Enlightenment to Vati Vatican can II: Rationalism, Romanticism, the Oxford Movement, German Idealism, New-Orthodoxy, Christian Existentialism, New-Thomism, some contemporary trends .Alternate springs. Hand. 231 Religions in Japan An introduction to the unity and diversity of Japanese religions and their relation to the history and culture of the Japanese people. The structure of the course is two dialogues running simultaneously: one is the East-West dialogue relating key motifs of Japanese spirituality with our own heri heritage tage and the other is the interplay between the religions of Japan and the develop development ment of Japanese civilization and culture. Alternate springs. Hand. 232 Paul and His Letters A systematic study of the life and thought of Paul of Tarsus and his contributions to the development of early Christian doc doctrine, trine, as revealed through his letters and other New Testament writings. The methodology of modern scholarship will be used throughout. Alternate years. McGaughy. 234 Jesus and the Gospels A study of the four Gospels with a view to (a) rediscovering the historical Jesus and his teachings, and (b) appreciating the theological insights of each of the Gos Gospels. pels. Historical and religious background of the Gospels. Critical problems, para parables, bles, miracles, the resurrection, current interpretations. Alternate years. McGaughy. 320 Religion and Science Relation of religious and scientific perspectives: the historic and philosophi philosophical cal tensions between the Christian tradi tradition tion and the Natural and Social Sciences, and the ways of mutual clarification of these perspectives in the 20th century. Al Alternate ternate falls. Hand. 330 Reading and Conference (1/2) An overview of the field of Religious Studies, along with an acquaintance with the sub-divisions and methods of the study of religious phenomena. Usually offered once a year, primarily for newly declared Religious Studies majors. Staff. 332 Twentieth Century American Theology Some major American theologians in including cluding Reinhold Niebuhr, H. Richard Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, Carl Michalson, Wil William liam Stringfellow, Martin Luther King, Jr., Abraham Heschel, and Robert McAfee Brown will be read and discussed. Alter Alternate nate years. Hanni. 334 Modern Jewish Thought: Elie Wiesel and Martin Buber Readings and discussions based on selected writings and filmed interviews of these two distinctive Jewish religious leaders. Special attention will be given to the traditions of Hasidic tales and to the manner in which Wiesel and Buber use biblical materials. Alternate years. Hanni. 336 Bonhoeffer: Life and Thought The man, his major works, and his role in articulating Christian theology for his times. His relation to his contemporaries and his impact on events and develop developments ments of the mid-20th century. Alternate falls. Hand. 341 Religions of the Ancient World A survey of Mesopotamian, Egyptian, Greek, and Hellenistic religious traditions from the beginnings of hi story to the end of the Roman Empire. These religions will be investigated both theologically (as unique expressions of the religious sensibility) and historically (their development and impact on the religions of ancient Israel and early Christianity). Special attention will be given to the problems of religious syncretism and change in each of the re religions ligions being studied. Alternate years. McGaughy. 390 Independent Study (1/2) Intensive study of a selected area. Nor Normally mally for juniors or seniors who are majors in Religious Studies. Requires De Departmental partmental approval. On demand. Staff. 395 Internships (1 or 2 credits) Major Program, Professional, and Insight. A working relationship with a local church that includes formal planning, execution, reflection, evaluation, training, and sup supplemental plemental reading under the supervision of professionals. 12 to 14 hours per week. Joint church and campus evaluation. En Enrollment rollment by petition. Staff. 420 The Bible in the American Tradi Tradition tion An investigation of the ways in which the Bible has been interpreted in American history in distinction from dominant Euro European pean approaches and of the influence of biblical themes and language in American literature and popular culture. Primary documents from four phases of the history of American biblical interpretation will be examined: early 19th century New England higher criticism, the Chicago school, the Fundamentalist-Modernist controversy, and recent trends. Alternate years. McGaughy. 496 Senior Colloquium Investigation of a key problem or special theme of current interest, with papers pre presented sented by students, faculty and guests, complemented by core readings. A differ different ent theme will be chosen each year by the executive committee and students in the Religious Studies program. Provides the graduating student with an opportunity to demonstrate competence in analysis and maturity in judgment. The Senior Evalua Evaluation tion will be in conjunction with this effort. Annually. Staff. Sociology The program in Sociology-Anthropology is designed to be an in invaluable valuable component of every student’s liberal education. The basic aims of the department are to provide analytical perspec perspectives tives for the systematic understanding of human social and cul cultural tural existence in a rapidly changing world; to provide a useful background for students preparing to enter into occupational areas such as law, government, administration, advertising, per-sonnel work, and primary and secondary education; and to pro provide vide sociology majors with a sound knowledge of sociological theories, analytical models, research methods, and specialized areas in the discipline in preparation for graduate study leading to professional teaching, research, or administrative careers in sociology or closely related fields. Career opportunities in sociology are numerous but the most popular are teaching (high school and college), vari various ous kinds of research work, and the analysis of data, including research survey administration for branches, divisions and agencies of government. Sociology is a popular major for students planning fu futures tures in such professions as architecture, business, law, and even medicine, and provides a rich fund of knowledge directly concerning each of these fields. Sociology also provides many distinctive ways of looking at the world so as to generate new ideas and assess the old. Finally, sociology offers a range of research and analytical techniques which can be applied to such specific areas as client satisfaction in a business firm, the provision of medical care, or crime and criminal justice. Courses in the Sociology Department which meet the General Education re requirement quirement are: Sociology 110 Principles of Sociology (Part A, Social Science) Sociology 111 Introduction to An Anthropology thropology (Part A, Social Science) Sociology 112 Sex Roles in Society (Part A, Social Science) Sociology 113 Environmental Sociology (Part A, Social Science) Sociology 325 Life Cycle: Childhood and Adolescence (Part B) Sociology 326 Life Cycle: Adulthood and Aging (Part B) The core program for the sociology major emphasizes concepts, theoretical frameworks, and the principles of sys systematic tematic observation, data collection, and analysis. A sociology major requires eight credits within the department, distributed according to the following criteria: one entry level course—Soc. 110,112,113,131; one course from each of the areas of Social Psychology (Soc. 232,325 or 326), Social Structure (Soc. 230,333,334, or 335), and Social Process (Soc. 235,236,330, or332); Sociological Theory (Soc. 350), and Methods of Social Research (Soc. 331); a senior experience course (Soc. 490,495, or 499); and at least one other sociology course. In addition, a major must complete one credit in statistics (for example, ISA 350 and 351, Statistics for the Behavioral Sci ences, or Econ 359, Economic Statistics), and at least one approved course in each of three related social sciences: Economics, Political Science, Psychology, or Geography. The suggested sequence for a sociology major is as follows: in the freshman and Sophomore years, an entry level course, one or two courses from the Social Psychology, Social Structure, Social Pro Process cess list, and Statistics. In the fall of the junior year, Methods of Social Research and in the fall of either the junior or senior year, Introduction to Sociological Theory. By spring of the senior year all require requirements ments but the senior experience and one other course should be completed. During the senior year, there may be op opportunities portunities in applied sociology (analyti (analytical cal application of the principles that have been acquired). Advanced senior major students are eligible for independent pro programs grams of research, supervised field analysis (internships) or reading and conference (in-depth examination of a topic which was only touched on in a course, or for exploring an area which is not covered by an existing course). A sociology minor consists of five sociology credits: 1. One entry level course (Soc. 110,112, or 113), 2. Either Soc. 331 or Soc. 350,3. One course from each of the following three categories of courses: A. Social Structure (Soc. 230,333,334, or 335), B. Social Psychology (Soc. 232,325, or 326), C. Social Process (Soc. 235,236, 330, or 332). A sociology minor must be supervised by a member of the sociology faculty. Facilities and equipment available to the department include classrooms, offices, and a sociology laboratory in Eaton Hall; computer terminal and access; extensive artifact collection and library holdings. Faculty Walter M. Gerson, Professor, Chair James B. Bjorkquist, Associate Professor, Associate Dean Stephen C. Hey, Assistant Professor Carol Ireson, Associate Professor W. Randall Ireson, Assistant Professor Course Descriptions 110 Principles of Sociology Entry level course. Principles and basic concepts and perspectives of modern sociology, applied to social institutions: family, religion, education, economics, government, and the use of leisure time. Every semester. Staff. 111 Introduction to Anthropology General introduction to anthropological subject matter, point of view, and basic concepts. Prehistoric development of culture and of the human species; consid consideration eration of the modern world from an an anthropological thropological perspective.Fall. Bjorkquist. 112 Sex Roles in Society Entry level course. Babies grow up to be become come not merely adults, but women and men. How do people learn these sex roles? How do social institutions affect this learning? How are sex roles changing? This course will explore the biological and cultural bases of sex differences, sex role socialization processes, and the impact of specific social institutions (e.g. the family, work, education) and social processes (e.g. stratification, interpersonal interac interaction) tion) on sex role definitions. Cross- cultural and psychological perspectives will be included. Spring. C. Ireson. 113 Environmental Sociology Entry level course. Will explore various sociological topics pertaining to environ environmental mental concerns, such as the rise of the environmentalist movement, social mobilization of interest groups, and social concerns in low or non-growth societies. Fall. R. Ireson. 131 Race and Ethnic Relations Entry levl course. The nature of majority- minority relations in society with a focus on the causes and effects of prejudice, dis discrimination, crimination, and stereotypes. Though race/ethnic relations are viewed from a global perspective, the emphasis is on American minorities. Fall Hey. 132 Sport and American Life (112) Several facets of sports in America will be explored, using historical, socio-cultural, and social-psychological perspectives. A central theme will be how sports have penetrated into the mainstream of Ameri American can life. Topics will include sport as lei leisure, sure, as recreation, as business; the social organization of sport; the occupational or organization ganization of sport; sport and the schools; women and Blacks in sport; the mass media and sports; and fans.Spring. Ger Gerson. son.133 The American West: Its Charac Character, ter, History, and Social Patterns (1/2) The course will be a survey of selected cultural, socio-historical and demo demographic graphic patterns of the region of the West Western ern United States, as well as the symbolic West, of popular culture. Topics will in include: clude: the Westward tilt of migration; the development of transportation, tourism, and urbanism; comparison of the mining West, the lumbering West, and the ag agricultural ricultural West; the demographic disap disappearance pearance of the frontier and its symbolic emergence in folklore and popular culture (the Westerner as folk-hero, the Wild West show, the rodeo). Spring. Gerson. 230 The Family The family as a social institution and as a primary group. Changing family folkways. Development of personality of family members as the life cycle of the family progresses from dating through courtship, marriage, birth, and rearing of children, aging, separation, divorce, remarriage. Fall. Gerson. 231 Amerindians of North America Study of the native peoples and cultures of North America, with special emphasis on Indians of the Pacific Northwest. Impact of European immigration and resulting trends in evolution of American culture and population. Prerequisite: Soc 111 or consent of instructor. Alternate springs. Bjorkquist. 232 Individual in Society: Social Psychology Exploration of the interrelationships be between tween society and individual. Considera Consideration tion of the effects of the following social factors on individuals and their behavior: culture, social organization, social rule, socialization, and social interaction. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: An entry level course. C. Ireson. 233 American Popular Culture Dynamics of popular culture in America: its structure, processes, causes, and ef effects. fects. Relationships between leisure, re recreation, creation, mass communication, popular culture, mass entertainment and everyday life. Course objectives: To compare and contrast contemporary trends of American popular culture with past developments; to guide students in building of proposi propositions tions based on socio-historical analysis of data .Fall. Gerson. 234 Crime and Delinquency Types and extent of criminal and delin delinquent quent behavior as social phenomena. Theory and practice concerning criminological typology, etiology, treat treatment, ment, and prevention, programs and ex experiences periences in modern societies. Prerequis Prerequisite: ite: An entry level sociology course. Fall. Bjorkquist. 235 Social Change Origins of social change, patterns (e.g., revolution, reform, evolution). Classical and contemporary theories of social change, major social trends (e.g., indus industrialization, trialization, cybernation, urbanization, secularization). Prerequisite: An entry level sociology course. Alternate springs. Staff. 236 The American Society An in-depth assessment of the American people, their culture and character; as these are reflected in their institutions, values, processes, social structure, reg regions, ions, and sub-cultures. Fall. Gerson. 325 Life Cycle: Childhood and Adolescence Socialization is a cumulative learning pro process cess that affects us all. This course will explore this process among children and adolescents. Topics will include how the society and culture structures this experi experience ence (including the influences of economic, religious, educational, ethnic, and other factors), historical changes in childrearing, people and organizations in influencing fluencing socialization (family, peers, church, school, TV), outcomes like self selfesteem, esteem, and the learning of values and life cycle issues affecting children and ado adolescents lescents (e.g., child abuse, teen preg pregnancy) nancy) . Variations in this process by social class and gender will be explored. Stu Students dents will be encouraged to integrate and apply material from several disciplines. Prerequisite: An entry level sociology course. Alternate falls. C. Ireson. 326 Life Cycle: Adulthood and Aging A consideration of some of the structural and behavioral implications of older adulthood in American society. Included will be such topics as the significance of our cultural bias about aging and old people; relationship of the aged to the political, economic, educational, familial, religious, and other social structures of the society; and the social-psychological sig significance nificance of aging for interpersonal dynamics. Prerequisite: An entry level sociology course and one psychology course. Spring. Bjorkquist. 330 Population Study of population size, density, and composition as these are affected by the demographic processes of fertility, mor mortality, tality, and migration. Sources of popula population tion change (e.g. population explosion) and effects of population change on soci society, ety, and the physical/biological environ environment. ment. Students have the opportunity to de develop velop skills of demographic analysis. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: An entry level sociology course. Fall. Staff. 331 Methods of Social Research Overview of the theory and procedure of sociological research. Covers all stages of research including problem specification, choice of design, data collection and analysis, and research reporting, includ including ing practical experience in each. Pre Prerequisite: requisite: One credit of statistics and two sociology courses. Fall. R. Ireson. 332 The Urban Community Social organization of urban communities: development of cities, urban ecology, urban living, role of cities in society, urban problems, and urban planning. Prerequis Prerequisite: ite: An entry level course in sociology. Fall. Hey. 333 Sociology of Religion Assessment of religion as a basic sociological variable and as an integral part of culture and society. Consideration of.the institutional, organizational, and social psychological dimensions of reli religion gion and the ways in which religion affects, and is affected by, other aspects of society. Students will have the opportunity to do a sociological assessment of a particular re religious ligious group or sect. Prerequisite: An entry level course in sociology or consent of instructor. Alternate springs. Gerson, Bjorkquist. 334 Social Stratification Hierarchical differentiation in human societies. Review and critique of various theories and perspectives including those of Marx, Weber, Pareto, Mosca, Parsons, and Lenski. Relationship between hierar hierarchical chical differentiation and other aspects of society. Patterns of stratification in various societies past and present. Stratification in contemporary America. Prerequisite: An entry level course in sociology or consent of instructor. Spring. Hey. 335 Work, Organization, and the Marketplace An examination of the structure and on ongoing going events in organizations. Formal and informal, large and small-scale organiza organizations tions will be considered. Study will focus on the way individuals relate to organiza organizations tions of which they are members and on how organizations themselves relate to their environment (Physical and institu institutional). tional). Prerequisite: An entry level sociol sociology ogy course. Fall. Gerson. 350 Introduction to Sociological Theory Development in contemporary sociologi sociological cal theory. Particular theorists and con contributions tributions to the discipline are studied to discover continuity and pertinent criti criticism. cism. Juniors and seniors only. Fall. Bjorkquist. 490 Research and Independent Study (1/2 or 1) The course is intended only for the qual qualified ified advanced student with a solid prep preparation aration in the theory and methods of sociology who wishes to do an intensive research analysis or advanced indepen independent dent study in an area not covered by an existing course in the department. Every semester. Staff. 495 Internship in Social Science Students work in selected social service and other organizations supervised by or organization ganization supervisors. Opportunity to ob observe serve the operation of agencies and de-velop some skills in working with people. Students spend 12 to 15 hours a week interning and attend a periodic seminar. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Spring. Staff. 497 Thesis On demand. Spring. Staff. 499 Senior Seminar in Sociology and Anthropology Theory and research in Sociology as it applies to general and specific areas of study. Particular emphasis given to con contemporary temporary applications. Prerequisite: Senior majors or consent of instructor. Spring. Staff. A major in Speech Communication is intended to improve the communicative skills of the student; to provide a richer apprecia appreciation tion of the rhetorical methods for giving effectiveness to the truth in human problem-solving; to foster an understanding of the role of the communication media in contemporary society and the ability to critique those media; and to offer classroom experience in the preparation and presentation of speeches to inform, con convince, vince, and actuate the audience. Working toward these ends, the Speech Communication Department, in the con context text of a liberal arts education, prepares students for the new managerial and ad administrative ministrative sectors that are expanding today: personnel work, sales and adver advertising, tising, positions in communications (tele (television, vision, radio and publishing); public ser service; vice; and, with appropriate graduate work, the professions of teaching, law, architec architecture, ture, the ministry and social work. Courses in the Speech Communication Department that satisfy the General Edu Education cation requirement are: Sp Com 220 Persuasion, Propaganda and the Mass Media (Part B) Sp Com 320 Mass Media and Society (Part B) Sp Com 321 American Public Address (Part B) The speech communication major must complete a minimum of 7-1/2 credits in speech communication. Requirements include: 061x Intercollegiate Speaking, 062x Intercollegiate Debate, 150 Public Speaking, 231 Rhetorical Theory and Criti Criticism, cism, 430 Research in Speech Communi Communication, cation, 496 Seminar in Speech Communi Communication; cation; one course from among: 241 Inter Interpersonal personal Communication, 242 Leadership and Group Communication, 341 Organi Organizational zational Communication; either 220 Per Persuasion, suasion, Propaganda and the Mass Media or 320 Mass Media and Society; either 321 American Public Address or 331 Ar Argumentation. gumentation. In addition, majors are re required quired to take either ENGL 230 Inter Intermediate mediate Writing or ENGL 330 Advanced Writing. Senior speech communication majors must pass a comprehensive written examination followed by an oral examin examination ation before being graduated. A minor in Speech Communication re requires: quires: Sp Com 150, 231, 496; one course in the area of Communications: Sp Com 241, 242, or 341; and one course in the area of Mass Media: Sp Com 220 or 320. Students are encouraged to take either ENGL 230,250, or 251. Participation in Sp Com 061X or 062X is highly recom recommended. mended. The department sponsors an active Forensic Program for students interested in intercollegiate speaking and debate competitions. Forensic work and compet competition ition is under the guidance of the Director of Forensics. Student speakers are also called for by a number of civic organiza organizations. tions. Students have the opportunity to partici participate pate in internships during their junior and senior years in radio and television sta stations, tions, newspapers, hospitals, and public relations departments of organizations. Students interested in internships should contact the Chair of the department. Faculty Catherine A. Collins, Associate Professor, Chair Gregg B. Walker, Assistant Professor, Di Director rector of Forensics Jacques P. DePlois, Forensic Assistant Timothy O’Connell, Forensic Assistant Steven P. Rodeman, Forensic Assistant Course Descriptions 061X Intercollegiate Speaking (1/4) Preparation, practice and competition in intercollegiate speaking. Students travel to tournaments on other campuses. Among speaking events included are: oratory, expository, extempore and im promptu speaking, oral interpretation and rhetorical criticism. Every semester. Walker, DePlois, O’Connell, Rodeman. 062X Intercollegiate Debate (1/4) Preparation, practice and competition in debate. Students travel to tournaments on other campuses. Significant topical re research search required. Several levels and types of debate are offered. Every semester. Walker, DePlois, O’Connell, Rodeman. 150 Public Speaking Effective communication in front of an au audience. dience. Discovery and development of ideas, organization of material, use of lan language guage and the modes of presentation. Classroom speeches of different types, short papers, examination. Every semes semester. ter. Collins, Walker. 220 Persuasion, Propaganda and the Mass Media Political rhetoric and advertising serve as case studies for the use and influence of persuasion and propaganda in contem contemporary porary society. Special attention is paid to the role of the mass media in this process and to the ethics of persuasive and prop propagandists agandists techniques. Alternate falls. Collins. 231 Rhetorical Theory and Criticism History and critical survey of the principal theories of speech composition and deliv delivery ery from Aristotle and Cicero to Burke and Toulmin. We will examine methods for critically analyzing speechmaking. Spring. Collins, Walker. 241 Interpersonal Communication A study of communication in interper interpersonal sonal contexts. The process of interper interpersonal sonal contact, qualities of interpersonal messages, listening, verbal and nonverbal communication, interpersonal conflict and male-female communication. Papers65 and examinations. Alternate springs. Col Collins. lins. 242 Leadership and Group Com Communication munication Principles of small group communication, including leadership development, role functions, decision-making and problem solving processes, task and maintenance dimensions of group interaction. The course also examines group contexts such as panel discussion, open forum, confer conference ence methods, symposia presentations, committee decision-making, and social interaction. Emphasis on integration of theory and practice through small group presentations, observations and video videotape tape review.Fall. Hart. 320 Mass Media and Society The role and influence of mass communi communication cation media in contemporary society. Ef Effects fects of mediated communication on the individual. The scope of the course in includes cludes a variety of topics: communication theories, history of mass media, social ef effects, fects, regulation, industry’s social respon responsibilities sibilities and profit motive, and future de developments. velopments. Attention is given to televi television, sion, newspapers, radio, magazines, and film. An in-depth research project on a subject chosen by the student is required, including class discussions of research methods and findings. Perspectives inte gral to the course are drawn from all social science disciplines, as well as from the field of communications. Fall. Collins. 321 American Public Address History and analysis of speeches and speakers of importance in American his history tory from Jonathan Edwards, Patrick Henry, and Sojourner Truth to John F. Ken Kennedy, nedy, Martin Luther King, and Barbara Jor Jordan. dan. Closed to Freshman. Students are en encouraged couraged to take either Public Speaking or Rhetorical Theory and Criticism before this class. Fall. Walker. 331 Argumentation This course takes a rhetorical perspective on argument. It focuses on the conditions for reasoned controversy and the ar argumentative gumentative process. It explores problem solving through evidence, reasoning, lan language, guage, and persuasion. Argument is examined in legal, legislative, advertising, and relational contexts. Spring. Collins, Walker. 341 Organizational Communication This course examines the communication process in organizations; the storage, pro processing, cessing, and dissemination of communi communication cation that enables organizations to func function. tion. Because communication in organi organizations zations is frequently ineffective, the course discusses appropriate ways of diagnosing and managing organizational communi cation. Attention is given to communica communication tion load, communication rules, and communication networks. Alternate springs. Collins. 430 Research in Speech Communi Communication cation An introduction to the methods of re research search in speech communication: an identification of the major types of rhetori rhetorical cal and communication studies; writing the research question; research strategies; major methods of qualitative research. A major emphasis on interviewing techniques for journalistic, counseling, elite, and employment/appraisal inter interviews. views. Alternate falls. Walker. 496 Seminar in Speech Communica Communication tion Students and department faculty will read and discuss current research in speech communication. The topic for the seminar will be based on student and faculty inter interest. est. Students will conduct, write, and or orally ally present a major paper. Participation in the seminar and completion of writtens and orals will constitute the senior year experience. Minors in speech communi communication cation will be required to take this course; they wil not be required to take orals and writtens. Fall. Collins, Hart, Walker. Theatre The Theatre Department has several specific objectives: the pre preparation paration of students for professional theatre positions, the explo exploration ration of alternative forms of theatre performance, the study of theatre history and theatre literature, the integration of theatre into the liberal arts arena, and the introduction of all liberal arts students to the aesthetic process of dramatic presentation. The Department believes that the study of theatre is centred to the lib liberal eral arts orientation at Willamette. All students should have an understanding of theatre as it reflects man and society. The topics of theatre study should be the pertinent topics of life — moral is issues, sues, political and ethical questions, and topics important to the growth and development of a society. Thus the Department supports a liberal arts orientation and believes that interdis interdisciplinary ciplinary courses and integration of knowledge must be a significant part of any theatre student’s training. The De Department partment believes that close student- teacher relationships throughout the academic career are highly important to the growth of the individual student artist. The Department also believes that it is im important portant for the student to be exposed to as many professional performances from as many diverse philosophies as possible. Finally, the Department believes that every student must have constant exposure to the challenges of theatre performance and should, each year, serve in a variety of dif different ferent performance capacities. Career opportunities in theatre are changing as the theatre profession moves away from the escapist drama generated in New York in the mid-fifties. Today theatre is moving back to the local communities with career opportunities in resident re-pertory companies, touring companies, and children’s/community theatre. Theatre education is now becoming an alternative for individuals not interested in theatre performance. Many students in interested terested in careers in social services are finding theatre a valuable major as they attempt to find new ways to deal with mental illness, the handicapped and the institutionalized. Departmental Honors Students are eligible to graduate with Departmental Honors if they maintain a 3.5 cumulative average in the major courses and have demonstrated out outstanding standing achievements in the extra extracurricular curricular theatre program, or theatre scholarship. Students will be nominated for Departmental Honors during their senior year. The Theatre Department is found in the Willamette Playhouse. Renovated in 1978-79, the Playhouse has become one of the outstanding educational theatre facilities in the state. It includes the thrust-stage Kresge Theatre, an arena theatre, set construction area, dance studio, make-up and costume rooms, film room, classrooms, and offices. Courses in the Theatre Department which satisfy the General Education re requirement quirement are: Theatre 110 The Theatre: A Contempor Contemporary ary Introduction (Part A, Fine Arts) Theatre 215 Major Forms of Drama (Part A, Fine Arts) Theatre 216 Modern Trends in Drama (Part A, Fine Arts) The Department of Theatre offers two degrees through the University: the Bachelor of Theatre and the Bachelor of Arts or Science in Theatre. Bachelor of Theatre Degree The Bachelor of Theatre program is de designed signed for those students who specifically seek performance careers in theatre. These students are expected to de demonstrate monstrate excellence or exceptional po potential tential in one of the performance aspects of theatre as well as exemplify a profes professional sional attitude and discipline in their ap approach proach to theatre study. The Bachelor of Theatre candidate is expected to enter the degree program after a sophomore evalu evaluation ation by the faculty, at which time specific curriculum requirements for the individual will be established. Candidates must plan for a minimum of two full academic years (four semesters as a full-time student) within this major program. The Bachelor of Theatre student will divide the B.T. academic program between the pre prescribed scribed theatre courses, cognate courses, and courses outside the theatre. All B.T. students must take 16 credits outside the department to complete the degree. Core Requirements for the Bachelor of Theatre Degree: Acting I 1 Directing I 1 Stage Make-up 1 /2 Advanced Stage Make-up 1 /2 Stagecraftl.il 2 Scene Design 1 A Theatre History Course 1 A Dramatic Literature Course 1 Seminar in Theatrical Criti Criticism cism 1 9 Acting/Directing Emphasis Acting II 1 Directing 11 1 Movement 112 Acting Studio I Acting Studio II Acting Studio III 3 of 4 3 Acting Studio IV Voice Training 1 A Dramatic Literature Course 1 and Four courses from 3 of the following: Art History Literature Music 4 Philosophy Psychology Sociology 11-1/2 Design/Tech Emphasis Stage Lighting 1 A Second Theatre History Course 1 Design Studio I 1 Design Studio II 1 Special Studies in Design 1 A Dramatic Literature Course 1 and Art 217-Survey of Art History 1 Art 218-Survey of Art History 1 Art 111, 112,113, or 114 1 One credit from any of the following: Physics 117-Light and Color (1) or A Computer Science Course (1) or Music-Audiosynthesis and Recording (1/2) plus an ad additional ditional 1 /2 credit Art Studio Course 1 ~W Bachelor of Theatre candidates must complete 16 credits outside the Depart Department, ment, these to include the cognate course requirement, courses that meet the En English glish and Mathematics proficiency re requirements, quirements, and courses that meet the 7- credit General Education Program re requirement. quirement. In addition: A. The B.T. major will have significant participation in each Major production in the Department Season and have significant involvement in all aspects of production during the university career. B. B.T. majors will audition for all Major and Second Season productions. C. Each B.T. major must pass a sophomore, junior and senior evaluation in order to continue progress toward the degree. During the evaluation, students will meet with the full-time faculty to discuss curricular and extra-curricular performance. The faculty, at each evaluation, has the option of pas passing sing the student, denying the student major status, or placing the student on a six-week departmental probation, during which time the student will have an op opportunity portunity to correct the stated deficiencies. At the end of the probationary period the student will repeat the above stated evalu evaluation ation process. A fifth year internship is available to selected B.T. students who would par particularly ticularly profit from one or two semesters of apprentice experience. Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science Degree The Bachelor of Arts and Science de degrees grees in Theatre are designed for students whose career goals are not as explicitly identified as those students seeking the B.T. degree, or who wish to utilize theatre study in other contexts such as academic scholarship, communications, social ser services, vices, teacher education or other humanistic studies. The students electing to develop a B.A. or B.S. major in theatre must plan to take approximately one-third of their university credits from a core of courses within the department, a third from related areas of study and a third in courses not directly related to theatre. They must satisfy the University requirements for the specific degree (see p. 2-3), including proficiency in English and mathematics and the 7- credit General Education Program. The requirements for the B.A. and B.S. degrees in Theatre are: Acting I 1 Stagecraft I 1 Directing I 1 Theatre History I or II 1 Theatre Criticism 1 Studio (Tech or Acting) 1 Stage Make-up 1 /2 Scene Design 1 74/2 One credit from the following: Acting II Voice Training Lighting Design Advanced Make-up Related Area Requirements: Dramatic Literature History of Western Civiliza Civilization tion Modern Intellectual History Art or Music History Course 1 1 1/2 2 * I !67 Recommended: Psychology of Personality Art Performance Courses Music Theory or Performance Courses Sociology or Anthropology Courses History or Religion Course In addition: A. The B.A. and B.S. majors will have significant participation in four Major productions during their college career, including at least one experience in each of the following areas: Area A: Act Acting/Directing/Stage ing/Directing/Stage Management; Area B: Set Construction, Lights, Properties, Cos Costumes. tumes. B. Each B.A. and B.S. major must pass a sophomore, junior and senior evaluation in order to continue progress toward the degree. During the evaluation, students will meet with the full-time faculty to discuss curricular performance. The fac faculty ulty at each evaluation has the option of passing the student, denying the student major status, or placing the student on a six-week departmental probation, during which time the student will have an op opportunity portunity to correct the stated deficiencies. At the end of the probationary period, the student will repeat the above-stated evalu evaluation ation process. (At any time during the student’s career, the individual student or any member of the faculty can request a departmental evaluation.) The minor program in Theatre consists of five credits to be selected from the fol following lowing courses in consultation with the Theatre Department. Students will select the option of a Critical Emphasis or a Technical Emphasis. I. All students minoring in Theatre will take: Theatre 110 II. Four additional credits to be selected from the option chosen. A. Critical Emphasis: Theatre 215 or 216, 231 or 232,141, and 491. B. Technical Emphasis: Theatre 010X, 130, 155,165,216, and 240. Faculty William Z. Iron, Associate Professor, Chair Bruce Hopkins, Instructor & Technical Di Director rector of Smith Auditorium Nicholas Leland, Assistant Professor Holly Hamblen, Instructor, part-time Course Descriptions 010X Theatre Practicum (1/4) Any student who is making a significant contribution (either technical or perfor performance) mance) to a faculty-directed play which is being presented in the department’s major season, may apply to receive credit for this activity. This application must be submit submitted ted during the production schedule (not after) and will be evaluated by the faculty member involved who will determine the amount of credit which the student would receive. Prerequisite: Being cast or selected to participate in a particular play. Every semester. Staff. 110 The Theatre: A Contemporary Introduction This course provides for the non-theatre students an introduction to the broad spectrum of theatre’s principles, goals, physical resources and working proce procedures. dures. Sections are included on concepts of theatre, acting, production, audience and theatrical literature. Opportunities are afforded for direct involvement in perfor performance mance and technical activity, critical writ writing ing and discussion, and attendance at out outside side theatre events. Fall. Iron. 130 Directing I Fundamental historical, theoretical and practical aspects of play direction. Analysis of directorial approaches, scripts, and conditions of presentation in various performance circumstances. Work with script analysis, rehearsal techniques and technical consideration of production. Spring. Iron. 140 Acting I Course work in fundamental techniques of acting. The students will do intensive per personal sonal and social investigation through exercises in movement, voice training and improvisation as a method of making contact with themselves and others as they explore an actor’s training. Fall. Leland. 141 Acting II Intensive study of major realis realistic/naturalistic tic/naturalistic acting theory. In-depth exploration of play and character analysis, directing technique and ensemble work. Prerequisite: Thtr 140.Spring. Leland. 155 Stagecraft I A study of the basic methodology as associated sociated with the building of stage machinery. This course is intended as an introduction to the physical aspects of play production. It gives the student the basic skills necessary to survive and use the scene shop and backstage areas. Intended to give the student a technical basis for the more creative adventure of scene and lighting design. Required of all theatre majors and should precede the more ad advanced vanced technical theatre courses. Also intended for the interested non-major who would like to explore the performing arts from the back-stage viewpoint. Fall. Staff. 165 Stagecraft II A study of the technical aspects of play production and set design, set construc construction, tion, lighting design, scene painting and production staff. This course is intended as an overview of the physical theatre, its history, development, architecture, scen scenery ery and staging. Prerequisite: Thtr 155. Spring. Staff. 180 Beginning Jazz Dance (1/2) Beginning Jazz introduces the student to the elementary movements of modern jazz, based on the Luigi technique. This course exposes the student to basic com combinations binations of jazz movements and allows for individual development of style. Fall. Hamblen. 181 Fundamentals of Ballet (1 /2) This course will offer basic ballet techniques. The development of the body, grace and an appreciation of music and dance will be stressed. The students will have an understanding of ballet as a po potentially tentially expressive dance form through thorough, rigorous and disciplined study of ballet exercises and choreography. Fall. Hamblen. 182 Fundamentals of Modern Dance 0/2) This course will offer basic modern dance techniques. Development of appreciation for the body, grace, and dance will be em emphasized. phasized. Through a combination of floor exercises and dance combinations, the students will have an introduction to dance as an expressive medium, their bodies as tools for expression, and mod modern ern dance as a specific dance form.Spring. Hamblen. 183 Intermediate Ballet (1/2) This course will utilize the concepts learned in beginning ballet and further the student's study of line, placement and musicality. Intermediate ballet will em emphasize phasize style, speed and refinement of the student’s techniques. Prerequisite: 1 semester of ballet/previous ballet training. Spring. Hamblen. 184 Classical Ethnic Dance (1/2) This course will give beginning dance stu students dents an introduction to variations of dance styles. These will include classical interpretations of the tarantella, Spanish, czardas, and schottische variations and others. Alternate springs. Hamblen. 215 Major Forms of Drama Analysis of the major genres of drama from Greek through French Classical Drama in terms of dramatic form, style and condi conditions tions of performance. Special emphasis on tragedy and comedy with additional study of tragicomedy, melodrama and farce as exemplified by speeches, scenes and scripts of appropriate plays .Alternate falls. Iron. 216 Modem Trends in Drama Analysis of dramatic literature and content from Ibsen to the present. Special em emphasis phasis on modern realistic and non- realistic trends in literary concept, drama dramatic tic style and stage presentation, as exemplified by speeches, scenes and scripts of appropriate plays. Alternate springs. Iron. 230 British Theatre History An historical study of dramatic perfor performance mance in England from the Restoration (1660) to the end of the Edwardian Period (1910) with special emphasis being placed on the relationship between the theatre and the current social and political conditions of the people. On demand. Iron.231 Theatre History I: Beginning to 1650 The development of the theatre as a cul culturally turally significant mode of expression. A broad study of people, movements and techniques which, directly and indirectly, have influenced theatre’s development as a significantly expressive force. Covers period from primitive beginnings to close of theatres, in England, in 1642.Alternate falls. Iron. 232 Theatre History II: 1650 to Present The development of the theatre as a cul culturally turally significant mode of expression. A broad study of people, movements and techniques which, directly and indirectly, have influenced theatre’s development as a significantly expressive force. Covers period from closing of theatres in England in 1642 to the present. Alternate springs. Iron. 240 Stage Make-up (1/2) This course will investigate techniques used in applying corrective and character make-up for the stage. The course is in intended tended for students interested in theatre, although it also applies to people wanting to learn more about make-up as it applies to fashion and facial anatomy. Purchase of make-up kit is required for practical appli application cation of the techniques studied. Fall. Le- land. 289 Voice Training The human voice and its effectiveness for stage, microphone, camera or speaker’s platform. Study and practice in breath control, articulation, diction, phonetics and expressiveness. Alternate springs. Leland. 340 Acting Studio I Intense advanced theatre training de designed signed to allow individual, in-depth explor exploration ation of the realistic acting process, play and character analysis, directing techniques and ensemble work. Intended primarily for upper class theatre majors. Alternate falls. Leland. 341 Acting Studio II Intense advanced theatre training de designed signed to allow individual, in-depth explor exploration ation of the comedic acting process, play and character analysis, directing techniques and ensemble work. Intended primarily for upper class theatre majors. Prerequisite: Thtr 140 or consent of in instructor. structor. Alternate springs. Leland. 342 Acting Studio III Intense advanced theatre training de designed signed to allow individual, in-depth explor exploration ation of style as a continuation of the realistic acting process. Specific work in Greek and Elizabethan tragedy, character and play analysis, directing techniques and ensemble work. Intended primarily for upper class theatre majors. Prerequisite: Thtr 140 and 141 or consent of instructor. Al Alternate ternate falls. Leland. 343 Acting Studio IV Intense advanced theatre training de designed signed to allow individual, in-depth explor exploration ation of avante-garde acting techniques, play and character analysis, directing techniques and ensemble work. Specific work in Artaud, Grotwoski, Beckett, Genet, Pinter and Brecht. Intended primarily for upper class theatre majors. Prerequisite: Tht 140 and 141 or consent of instructor. Al Alternate ternate springs. Leland. 345 Advanced Stage Make-up (1/2) Theory and practice in make-up for the stage, television and cinema; further de development velopment of skills in pigment, character analysis, selection and use of make-up supplies. Exploration and development of new techniques in mold and mask mak making, ing, plastics, foams, hair piece and wig construction, non-realistic make-up and make-up design. Prerequisite: Thtr 240.A/- ternate springs. Leland. 355 Fundamentals of Scene Design This course will survey the basic theory and history of design for the theatre relat relating ing theatre design theory with fine art de design sign theory. The course explores the Scene Designer’s approach to script analysis, re research, search, concept, and the creation of de design sign projects. This course is required of all theatre majors. Prerequisite: Thtr 155. Spring. Staff. 356 Fundamentals of Stage Lighting Lighting for the arena, thrust, and pro proscenium scenium theatres; use of color and making of projections. The course will include basic electricity, types and uses of stage lighting instruments, light plots, the plastic nature of light including color, intensity, and movement, control equipment and lighting as an art form. Prerequisite: Thtr 155. Alternate springs. Staff. 357 Scene Design/Production Studio I Intense advanced theatre training de designed signed to allow individual in-depth ex exploration ploration of the theatrical design process, including play analysis, scene design, special effects, and advanced techniques in stage lighting. Prerequisite: Thtr 155, 165, 355, 356 and permission of instructor. Students will follow the complete design process (set, lights, costumes, props, etc.) through for one show. Fall. Staff. 358 Scene Design/Production Studio II Intense advanced theatre training de designed signed to allow individual in-depth ex exploration ploration of the theatrical design process, including play analysis, scene design, special effects, and advanced techniques in stage lighting. Students will explore the design process for a number of plays from a variety of styles and periods. Prerequi Prerequisite: site: Thtr 357. Alternate springs. Staff. 435 Seminar in Contemporary Theatrical Criticism Theatrical Criticism will trace the major theories which have been historically and intrinsically significant to the development of theatrical values. The scope of the course will be broad, including criticism from Aristotle to Growtowski. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Alternate springs. Staff. 444 Arts Management Study of the business and legal aspects of arts activity in America’s establishment and non-establishment art areas. Special attention to such subjects as: general funding, touring, government grants and alternative careers. Alternate years. Iron. 480 Directing II Advanced study into theories of direction with practical application. The student will direct scenes on the flexible stage and will finally prepare a play for presentation be before fore an audience. Prerequisite: Thtr 130. On demand. Staff. 491 Special Studies in Theatre Special Studies in Theatre is designed to allow advanced students an opportunity to undertake a study of specific topics in theatre which are not offered in the regular curriculum. Prerequisite: Consent of in instructor. structor. Fall and spring. Staff.Problems will always tor torment ment us because all important problems are insoluble: that is why they are important. The good comes from the continuing struggle to try and solve them, not from the vain hope of their solution.Student Life The Student Affairs Staff provides a unified effort to seek ways to continually improve the quality of campus life for students. Spec Specifically ifically the program seeks (1) to expand student involvement in campus life through the development of a comprehensive ac activities tivities program and a student self-governance system; (2) to de develop velop a well informed residence hall staff possessing peer coun counseling seling and leadership skills; (3) to enrich residential and campus life emphasizing faculty-student contact outside the classroom; (4) to provide personal, academic and career advisement to help students assume responsibility for their own decisions, behavior and the atmosphere of the living environment. Coordinated by a Vice President for Stu Student dent Affairs, the following offices are part of Willamette University Student Affairs: Counseling and Career Development, Re Residence sidence Life, Campus Safety, Student Ac Activities tivities and the University Center, Intercul- tural Student Affairs, Health Center, Chap Chaplain lain and Financial Aid. Residence Life As a residential campus, Willamette University believes that a student’s living arrangements and relationships are in influential fluential factors in personal and educa educational tional development. The Office of Resi Residence dence Life coordinates campus housing and strives to accommodate the endless variety of student interests and lifestyles. An in-residence staff of Head Residents and Resident Assistants (R.A.’s) facilitates activities within each residence and ab absorbs sorbs many of the management respon responsibilities. sibilities. Campus residences are de designed signed to provide comfortable and con convenient venient living accommodations. Since one’s living environment offers a unique backdrop for a variety of out-of-classroom learning opportunities, many athletic, cultural, academic, and social programs are planned throughout the year. Each residence unit features comforta comfortable ble lounges, recreational facilities, and conveniently located dining areas. There are 17 separate living units on the campus, including six national fraternities and three national sororities. New students are assigned residence accommodations in priority order based on the date their ad advance vance deposits are paid. All full-time un undergraduate dergraduate students who are not of junior status or 21 years of age on or before the first day of classes of the fall semester must room and board in University-owned and operated residence halls, fraternity, or sorority houses, as space permits, unless living with parents or spouse. Counseling and Career Development Counseling Services are available for students in all colleges for personal, academic and career concerns. These ser services vices are intended to promote students’ learning, personal growth and health, ef effective fective life planning and satisfaction with their Willamette experience. Services available include counseling for individuals, couples and small groups and workshops for campus organizations. Within the limits of available staff, support is provided for the special needs of minor minority, ity, international, handicapped, and non- traditional students, as well as those with special academic support needs. A major focus of the counseling services is to provide assistance in the area of career and life planning, working closely with faculty advisors and Willamette alumni when appropriate. A career library in the Bishop Counseling Center contains materials on the current job market and occupational trends. Staff provide work workshops shops in career exploration and job search skills and host visitors to the campus who wish to interview students for post-college employment or graduate work. Off- campus employment notices are also posted on a bulletin board in the Coun Counseling seling and Career Development Center. The Counseling Staff believes that the University has a responsibility to foster an individual’s emotional, psychological and spiritual well-being, as well as the intel intellectual lectual and physical. Within this framework, the services offered are di verse, personalized and focused on growth and learning rather than simply on problem resolution and adjustment. Religious Life Willamette University realizes the sig significance nificance of religion in personal and social affairs and offers a variety of opportunities for growth in understanding, commitment, and action in the area of religion. Activities (retreats, worship, speakers, forums, dis discussion cussion groups, service projects, etc.) are organized both by the Office of the Chap Chaplain lain and by the many religious groups on campus that are primarily the outgrowth of student interests. In the immediate past, religious organizations have included a United Methodist fellowship, the Wil Willamette lamette Christian Fellowship, the Fellow Fellowship ship of Christian Athletes, Campus Am Ambassadors, bassadors, the Newman Club (Roman Catholic), a Latter Day Saints fellowship, Campus Crusade for Christ, The Christian Science Organization, and the Christian Legal Fellowship. In addition, Jewish stu students dents annually organize an observance of Passover on campus, the Moslem students on campus have occasionally gathered for observances and prayer, and there is an informal association for pre-ministerial students. The University Chaplain, in ad addition dition to other responsibilities, is available for private counseling with students. Health Center The University Health Center offers a variety of services including the manage management ment of selected acute and chronic illnes illnesses ses and injuries. As part of the Center’s commitment to health maintenance, physical exams, Paps, weight control management and other services are of offered fered to promote optimal health. In addi addition, tion, the Health Center sponsors an annual campus-wide health and wellness day to educate the community on current healthrelated issues. Staff includes a full-time certified nurse practitioner, a registered nurse, and a part-time physician. In our desire to offer the best possible health care service, out outside side health care providers are used as necessary. Standards of Conduct To enable Willamette University to fulfill its purpose, it is the common responsibil responsibility ity of all persons associated with the University —students, faculty, adminis administrators, trators, alumni and trustees — to serve to maintain and improve a campus climate that generates enthusiasm for learning and respect for human dignity in all relations, to represent the University in the broader social community in a manner consistent with the principles and purposes of the University, and to honor the commitment of Willamette University in the governance of their conduct and abide by the stan standards dards of conduct set. Standards of conduct are applicable to all members of the Uni University versity community, visitors and guests, and are designed to promote individual and group governance with dignity, decency, and maturity. In particular, such standards are directed toward social and living re relationships lationships pertinent to the University as a residential campus. It is assumed that each individual recognizes his/her re responsibility sponsibility to the University community and that ultimately he/she can be held ac accountable countable by other members of the com community munity for failure to assume those respon responsibilities. sibilities. Standards of Conduct and related rules having university-wide application are formulated by the joint action of students and faculty members in the Student Affairs Committee. They are given authorization with the approval of the President of the University acting on behalf of the Board of Trustees. Standards of Conduct represent the best consensus that has been achieved through the active participation of the various constituent parts of the University community. As such these are community expectations and neither legal prescrip prescriptions tions nor moral absolutes. Measures taken in regard to those who do not conform to these standards are not punishment for actions committed, but are sanctions for failure to fulfill responsibility. The policies governing student conduct, judicial and appeal procedures, possible penalties for violations of the Standards of Conduct, and grievance procedures are included in the Student Handbook for Willamette University. The Handbook is distributed to new students at the begin beginning ning of each academic year in order to meet the University’s moral and legal obli obligation gation to provide all members of the cam campus pus community with information govern- ing campus conduct and judicial proce- ' * dures. Safety and Security The University seeks to provide a safe and secure environment for members of the campus community. To achieve that objective security, personnel, residence hall staff and other administrators are trained and available to assist members of the campus community. Willamette Uni University versity however, is an open campus and not completely removed from the activity of the medium-sized city in which it is lo located. cated. Students are urged to be cognizant of their own safety and security while on and off campus. Ultimately, the responsi responsibility bility for personal safety and the security of personal belongings rests with the indi individual vidual student. Student Organizations Willamette students have the opportun opportunity ity to participate in some 30 recognized student clubs and organizations, ranging from recreational sports clubs, student chapters of professional societies, and the Associated Students of Willamette Univer University, sity, to religious organizations, academic honoraries, and special interest groups. The Office of Student Activities assists stu student dent organizations in their formation and growth. The Associated Students of Wil Willamette lamette University All undergraduate students taking more than two courses automatically hold membership in the ASWU. Graduate stu students dents and special students may also af affiliate. filiate. The student body office provides cen centralized tralized information about student ac activities, tivities, typing, mimeographing, and xeroxing services to students. Committees of student government in include clude the Activities Board, Election Board, Finance Board, and Publications Board. Eligibility for Office and Activities Students in the College of Liberal Arts are eligible for office if they are in good academic and disciplinary standing and are registered as regular students of the University. Students on academic or dis disciplinary ciplinary probation may not hold an office or represent the University in any public way. The required standard of work and conduct must be continued throughout the tenure of office or participation in a nonacademic program. Programming Committees Willamette students have the opportun- ity to work closely with administrators and faculty to determine the future directions of the University. Educational Programming Committee: Formerly referred to as the Speakers Committee, this committee is designed to help maintain and improve the educa educational tional environment of the University by bringing to campus outstanding artists and speakers (e.g., Ralph Nader, Dick Greg Gregory). ory). The committee’s programming cen centers ters around a theme, such as the Spring, 1983 theme, “Accuracy in the Media: Are we Getting the Story Straight?” Programs included an evening with Jeff Greenfield (author, media critic), a lecture by Peter Watkins (controversial, world-renowned film director), a presentation by Kathy Smith (Portland newscaster), and a panel discussion presented by local media per personalities. sonalities. University Center Advisory Board: This Board creates and implements policies and procedures which affect the use of the Putnam University Center. Publications The Willamette Collegian is the Univer University sity newspaper published bi-weekly by the Associated Students. The paper represents the student life of Willamette. As part of a newswriting class, students work with fac faculty ulty advisors to gain practical experience in all phases of newspaper work. The Wallulah is the yearbook published annually by the Associated Students. It is a volume composed of pictures and com comments ments on the current year’s activities from the student viewpoint. The campus literary magazine, The Jason, contains original essays and poems by Willamette students, faculty and alumni. Fraternal Organizations For women students, Willamette has three national sororities. They are Alpha Chi Omega, Delta Gamma, and Pi Beta Phi. There are six national fraternities for men: Beta Theta Pi, Delta Tau Delta, Kappa Sigma, Phi Delta Theta, Sigma Alpha Ep Epsilon, silon, and Sigma Chi. All fraternities and sororities have houses located on the Uni University versity campus. Athletics Willamette has organized varsity teams for men in football, basketball, track, baseball, tennis, golf, wrestling, cross country, swimming, and soccer. For women, Willamette has teams in soccer, cross country, volleyball, basketball, softball, tennis, swimming, and track. The administration and faculty supervise the athletic teams to insure benefit to those who participate. An active intramural pro program gram is offered for both men and women. Competition in fourteen sports is available to men and in seven sports to women. In addition, there are two coed activities. Willamette is a member of the Northwest Conference and adopts the rules of that conference and the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for the regula regulation tion of its competitive sports program for men. Women participate in the Women’s Conference of Independent Colleges (WCIC) and in the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics.72 of teaching and is limited to upper division and graduate students. Mortar Board: A national leadership hon honorary orary which recognizes seniors for superior scholarship, leadership, and ser service vice to the University. Omicron Delta Kappa: A national leader leadership ship honor society of juniors and seniors. Achievement in the five phases of campus life —scholarship, athletics, student gov government, ernment, social and religious affairs, pub publications, lications, radio, music, and dramatic arts — is recognized as the basis for mem membership. bership. Phi Eta Sigma: The national honorary society for freshmen whose purpose is to promote high standards of scholarship. First or second semester freshmen who have earned a 3.5 grade point average are eligible. Phi Sigma Iota: The national Romance language honorary society, open to ad advanced vanced students in any of the Romance languages who maintain a high scholar scholarship ship average. Pi Gamma Mu: A national honorary society to encourage undergraduate study and to improve scholarship in the social sci sciences. ences. Membership is open to faculty, alumni, graduate students, juniors, and seniors who have had five courses in the social science field with cumulative grade point average of 3.0 and a 3.5 in the social Honor Societies In order to recognize outstanding achievement in the various fields, Wil Willamette lamette University maintains chapters in many national and campus honor societies. These include the following: Alpha Kappa Nu: A senior honorary, granting membership on the basis of scholarly achievement. Election is limited to students in the top ten percent of the graduating class, one half of whom maybe elected in the fall and the remainder in the spring preceding graduation. Alpha Lambda Delta: A national scholastic honor society for freshmen with a minimum 3.5 grade point average. Kappa Delta Pi: A national honor fraternity in education. Membership is based upon scholarship and interest in the profession sciences. Pi Kappa Lambda: A national music hon honorary orary fraternity for men and women, founded in 1918. It recognizes outstanding scholastic and performance achievement in music. Delta Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha: A na national tional honorary society whose purpose is to promote excellence in public speak speaking. ing. Students in the upper 35 percent of their class scholastically who participate in intercollegiate contests and show a consistent interest in forensics activities are eligible. Professional Societies Mu Phi Epsilon: A national professional sorority for women. Election is based on demonstrated outstanding musical ability and maintenance of a high scholastic av average. erage. Student Chapter, Music Educators Na National tional Conference: An organization of student music educators which furnishes opportunity for professional growth in the area of the major. Student Education Association: An or organization ganization composed of students who have a genuine interest in making teach teaching ing their career. Recognition Societies Beta Alpha Gamma: A sophomore honor society which recognizes excellence in character, scholarship, and service. Dobro Solvo: A national Slavic honor society whose purpose is to recognize excellence in the study of Slavic lan languages guages and literature. Psi Chi: A national scholastic honorary in psychology. All-Campus Events Opening Days: Willamette students, fa faculty culty and staff combine to present four days of activities to help incoming stu students dents familiarize themselves with and ad adjust just to life at Willamette University. Willamette Week: A week-long event con consisting sisting of student activities ranging from tug-of-war competition to a noise parade. Parents Weekend: A time for students’ pa parents rents to visit the campus for a first-hand view of Willamette life. Freshman Glee: Freshman Glee is an event unique to Willamette. Glee is a contest in which the freshman class challenges all the other classes to the composition and rendition of an original song based on a theme adopted for the occasion. Each class plans a marching formation and, after much “pre-presentation” enthusiasm, the entire class presents its song in com competition petition with the other classes. Other All-Campus Events: These include College Bowl, leadership workshops, coffeehouses, and an annual Holiday Fes tival, Trivia Bowl, and Arts Fair. Alumni Association Students who have attended Willamette University for two years are considered members of the Alumni Association. Any person who has attended for less than two years is also welcome to participate in all the benefits of the Association. The existence of the Association is a recognition on the part of the University and individuals that (1) interest in educa education tion does not end when a student leaves the campus; (2) the campus has played a significant role in the lives of those who have studied and lived there; and (3) the institution will derive important benefit from the continued interest of its former students. Alumni throughout the country assist the Admissions Office by serving as liaisons between the University and high school students, counselors, and parents. A net network work of alumni also helps undergraduates in selecting careers and finding jobs after graduation. The Association’s activities and pro programs grams include, but are not limited to the following: annual Alumni Citation Awards, class and special group reunions; estab establishing lishing and assisting Willamette Alumni Clubs throughout the United States and in Japan; assistance with providing informa information tion for and mailing the Willamette Scene and other alumni publications; oppor opportunities tunities for continuing education through study tours; support services for alumni groups such as those for the College of Law and the Atkinson Graduate School of Management, living organizations, and athletic and academic departments; an annual nual campus Alumni Day; and raising funds to help meet University annual needs, especially Financial Aid, as well as supporting Campaigns and special projects. All alumni programs are administered through the Alumni Office in University House on Winter Street at Ferry Street. The management of the Association is vested with the Board of Directors comprised of the officers, 21 directors, two members of the University faculty, and two current stu students. dents. Additionally, three alumni serve on the University Board of Trustees as rep representatives resentatives of the Association, and numerous other alumni are members of the Board of Trustees. Admission Admission to Willamette University is selective. Each year ap approximately proximately 350 freshmen and 100 transfer students are enrolledfor the Fall Semester from a group of 1,100 applicants. The freshman grade point average of admitted students generally ranges between 2.7 and 4.0 with the likelihood of admission in increasing creasing in relation to the grade point average. The average solid subject GPA for entering freshmen is 3.4 and the average college GPA for transfers is 3.0. Each application is reviewed for its indi individual vidual merits, with consideration for diver diversity, sity, as well as a balance of academic and personal strengths. A student body dem demonstrating onstrating high intellectual competence, interesting personal qualities, social awareness and ethnic, racial, religious, socioeconomic and geographic diversity is sought. In keeping with our academic nature, the secondary school transcript receives the greatest consideration in the admission decision. Preference for admission is given applicants who have completed a minimum of two years of foreign language, three years of college preparatory mathematics, two years of laboratory sci science, ence, three years of social studies or his history, tory, and four years of college preparatory English. Other factors such as creativity, demonstrated leadership, work experi experience, ence, significant travel, and exceptional talent in a particular field are also weighed in the admission decision. The record of a transfer applicant is reviewed in much the same way as that of the freshman applic applicant, ant, but the college record tends to over overshadow shadow the secondary school record in importance. Although a personal interview is not required for admission, it is strongly encouraged. Following are some important points regarding admission: 1. For maximum consideration for admis admission sion and financial aid, applications for freshman admission should be filed be before fore March 1 (students applying for Early Decision should have everything com completed pleted by December 15). 2. Candidates will be notified of the ad admission mission decision byAprii 1 (Early Decision candidates will be notified by January 10). 3. Freshman applicants should take either the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), Ameri American can College Test (ACT), or Washington Pre-College Test (WPCT) early in their senior year and arrange to have the scores sent to Willamette. 4. Applications for transfer admission should be submitted as early as possible, preferably by March 1 (this date is particu particularly larly important for applicants wishing to receive maximum financial aid consider consideration). ation). mn 5. All documents for admission to the * o University are permanently filed and can not be returned to the student. Applications for admission are supplied by the Office of Admission, or may be ob obtained tained from the secondary school if the school is a participant in the Common Ap Application plication Program. These forms should be returned as early as possible during the senior year, and preferably prior to March 1. Students are admissible on a rolling basis after March 1 until the class is filled. Both freshman and transfer applications are also accepted for the Spring Semester which commences in early January. Can Candidates didates for the Spring Semester are notified of the decision of the Committee on Ad Admission mission during the preceding fall. Procedures To apply for admission to freshman standing, the applicant must submit: Freshman Admission 1. An application for admission accom accompanied panied by a $20 non-refundable fee. 2. An official secondary school transcript showing grades from the freshman year through the first trimester or semester of the senior year. 3. The school Report Form (provided with the application for admission) completed by the secondary school guidance coun counselor selor or teacher. 4. Standardized test results from the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), American College Test (ACT), or Washington Pre- College Test (WPCT). Transfer Admission 1. An application for admission accom accompanied panied by a $20 non-refundable fee. 2. Official transcript(s) of all previous college work. 3. An official secondary school transcript. 4. Transfer Reference Form(s) completed by an administrator or faculty member from each of the colleges attended previ previously. ously. These forms are provided with the application for admission, and additional ones may be requested from the Office of Admission if needed. The names of all colleges previously at attended tended must be listed on the application. Failure to do so constitutes cause for can cancellation cellation of the student’s registration at Willamette. Transfer students must have a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 for all previous college work and be free from both academic and disciplinary action to be considered for admission. In most cases, courses taken at accredited colleges will receive full credit if they are comparable to courses offered at Wil Willamette. lamette. Courses with grades below a “C” will not receive credit. Six quarter hours or four semester hours of transfer credit equal one Willamette credit. Students admitted with an Associate of Arts degree from an accredited Oregon community college will receive automatic junior standing, providing both the mathematics and English proficiencies have been satisfied with prior course work. Once a student has accumulated a total of 15 Wllamette Credits (60 semester or 90 quarter hours), including any transfer work, no further credit from a two-year college will be accepted toward the de degree, gree, although such courses do remain part of the official record. Early Decision A well-prepared student who has made a critical appraisal of the colleges in which he or she is interested and has decided Wllamette is the first choice may apply for admission under the Early Decision Plan. The benefits to an Early Decision candi candidate date are several. First, financial aid awards to Early Decision candidates are generally made well before those for Regular Ad Admission mission candidates. Second, the Early De Decision cision candidate, in submitting an earlier Advance Deposit, receives priority in housing assignments and class registra registration. tion. Early Decision candidates submit the same academic credentials as students seeking Regular Admission, except that their transcripts need only include grades from the freshman through junior years. Early Decision admission is reserved for candidates with above average records of achievement and aptitude. A student not eligible for admission on the Early Deci Decision sion Program may still be admitted at a later date by the regular admission proce procedures. dures. The application deadline for Early Deci Decision sion applications is December 15. The Of Office fice of Admission agrees to notify the stu student dent by January 10 (providing all creden credentials tials have been received) and the student agrees to accept admission if offered. Financial aid awards for Early Decisioncandidates will generally be made within two weeks of the admission decision, pro providing viding the appropriate College Scholarship Service form has been received by the Of Office fice of Financial Aid. Early Decision can candidates didates may either file the early version of the Financial Aid Form (FAF) or the stan standard dard version. If using the latter, Early Deci Decision sion candidates are encouraged to submit the FAF promptly after January 1. Honors at Entrance Some entering freshmen with distinctive backgrounds are awarded Honors at En Entrance trance by Willamette University. Criteria used in selecting students to be so hon honored ored include scholarship, activities, citizenship and other indications of po potential tential for outstanding contributions in college. Honors at Entrance are awarded without regard to financial need and carry no monetary grant. No special application is required to receive Honors at Entrance. Only applicants with solid subject GPA’s of 3.5 or higher and a combined SAT score of 1100 (with a verbal score of at least 500) or an ACT Composite score of at least 26 will be considered. Advanced Placement Willamette University encourages stu student dent participation in the Advanced Place Placement ment Program sponsored by the College Board. The Departments of Biology, Chemistry, English, Foreign Languages and Literatures, History, Mathematics, and Physics offer credit for AP scores of four or better. The amount of credit is determined by each department. The Department of Music does not ac accept cept the Advanced Placement Music Theory Examination score. All entering music students (freshmen and transfers) must take a theory placement exam which is administered on campus each semester before registration. Early Admission Some outstanding students may be ad admitted mitted to the University prior to graduation from high school, providing the Commit Committee tee on Admission believes they will benefit from early college enrollment. Early Ad Admission mission candidates must have the full en endorsement dorsement of their secondary school be before fore their applications will be considered. Special and Part-time Students Students may apply to the University on both non-degree and part-time bases. Ap Application plication procedures vary with individual circumstances for these special students, and they are requested to contact the Of Office fice of Admission for the appropriate forms: Tuition and Expenses Willamette University is committed to a tuition policy which pro protects tects the quality of educational opportunities offered while main maintaining taining tuition at the lowest possible level. Aflat tuition and a library building fee are charged to students taking from three to four and one-half credits. The following schedule of fees and charges applies to the 1983-84 school year. Tuition $5,940 Fees $ 70 Room and Board $2,550 *Health Insurance (estimated) .. $ 110 *OSPIRG $ 4 Books (estimated) $ 250 Personal Expenses (estimated av average) erage) $ 530 Total $9,454 *Charges for OSP1RG membership and health insurance coverage are optional. Students can be exempted from these charges after signing a waiver with the Business Office. The health insurance is offered for students not already covered by an existing policy. The Oregon Stu Student dent Public Interest Research Group (OSPIRGJ is a non-profit corporation which conducts research in environmen environmental, tal, consumer, and human rights issues. For further information about OSPIRG or health insurance, please contact the Business Office. Application Fee $ 20 Non-refundable fee charged to cover the costs of processing and evaluating the ap application plication file. Advance Deposit $ 100 Non-refundable deposit which ensures an entering student’s position in the class and on housing and registrations lists. One half of the amount is applied toward the student’s semester bill. The remainder is kept on account with the University as a deposit for subsequent years and to cover charges for library fines, etc. After a stu student dent has completed one full semester at Willamette, the balance of the $50.00 on account can be refunded when the student withdraws or graduates. Semester Tuition and Fees: Regular Students College of Liberal Arts Student Body Membership $ 25 (All undergraduate students taking more than one and one-half credits are required to hold membership in the Associated Students of Willamette University. This membership entitles the student to attend all home athletic events and to participate in and enjoy the benefits of 22 student ac activities; tivities; it also covers class dues, social events.) Library Building Fee For all regular undergraduate stu students dents in the College of Liberal Arts $ 10 Tuition College of Liberal Arts, for regular students taking 3 to 4-1/2 credits . $2,970 Each 1/2 credit over 4-1/2 $ 330 Special Music Fees: Non-Major, Full-time Private Instruction, 1/4 credit (15 1/2 hour lessons per semester) .. $ 120 Less than a full semester, per les lesson son $ 10 Late Registration Fee If a student fails to complete registration through the Business Office by 4 p.m. on the last official day of registration each semester, he or she will be charged a fee of $10 for the first late day plus $2 for each subsequent day until registration is com completed. pleted. Late Payment Fee A fee of $10 is added to the account of any student who fails to make deferred payments when due. Semester Charges: Part-time Students A part-time student is defined as any stu student dent in the College of Liberal Arts who is registered for fewer than 3 credits. Tuition For courses in the College of Liberal Arts (not including private lessons in applied music) the following fees apply: One fourth (1/4) credit $ 165 One half (1/2) credit $ 330 Three fourths (3/4) credit $ 495 One (1) credit $ 660 One & one fourth (1-1/4) credit .. $ 825One & one half (1-1/2) credit $ 990 One & three fourths (1-3/4) credit $ 1,182 Two (2) credits $1,347 Two & one fourth (2-1/4) credits $2,252 Two & one half (2-112) credits $2,500 Two & three fourths (2-3/4) credits $2,748 Room and Meal Charges Students who live on campus receive 19 meals per week. Meals are served throughout the school year except during Thanksgiving break, Christmas and Spring vacations. Double room occupancy, room and board charges are as follows: Room and 19 Meals Per Week $1,275 (three meals Monday-Friday; two meals Saturday and Sunday) per semester. Single occupancy in the residence halls and fraternities will result in a $300 per semester additional rental charge. Stu Students dents housed in sorority living units pay the same room and board charge listed above. The University reserves the right to alter its schedule of fees, charges, and meal options offered upon not less than six months notice. All students contract for their rooms for the full academic year. Charges for room and meals are payable by the semester in advance, unless a deferred payment plan has been arranged in advance through the Business Office. No refund is allowed for meals missed. If a student withdraws from the University, the student is responsible for room and meals through the date of withdrawal plus a forfeit fee equivalent to one month’s room rent or portion thereof. Payments Tuition and charges for room and meals are payable in full by registration day each semester and are paid to the Business Of Office. fice. One-half of the $100 Advance Pay Payment ment required of each new student is applied toward the tuition for the first semester. The remaining $50 dollars is re retained tained as a refundable deposit to be used for lab breakage fees, Health Center charges, library fines, etc. Two types of payment contracts are available upon re request. quest. The service fee for contracts and accounts not paid-in-full by Registration is $30 per semester. A student may not attend classes until semester bills have been paid unless a deferred payment plan has been approved by the Business Office prior to registration. Students may not take exami examinations nations or be given a transcript of credits until all University accounts have been paid in full. A student who fails to make deferred payments promptly may be bar barred red from class attendance and will be as sessed the $10 late payment fee. Students on contract will not receive a monthly bil billing ling and must pay in person or by mail on the dates designated on the Deferred Pay Payment ment Contract. All checks returned to the bank will be subject to a service charge of $10 and may result in the termination of deferred payment privileges and University check-cashing privileges. For the convenience of the full-time stu student dent and his or her parents, deferred pay payment ment plans are available as follows: Plan A This plan requires payment of approxi approximately mately one-half at registration each semester. Please note that financial grants and scholarships from the school are de deducted ducted from the total charges before the down payment is computed. The balance is then divided into three equal payments. The dates for payments for fall are at regist registration, ration, October 1, November 1, December 1. The dates for payments for spring are at registration, February 12, March 12, April 12. Total Semester Cost (with insurance) 1983-84 Students living on campus: 19-meal/Double Room $4,337.00 19-meal/Single Room $4,637.00 Students living off campus ... $ 3,062.00 Pay at Three Examples (living) Registration Payments Double/19 $2,168.00 $723.00 Single/19 $2,318.00 $773.00 Off Campus $1,532.00 $510.50 Payments of more than the required minimum at registration will reduce the monthly payments. Books, extra courses, and music lessons are not included in the above payment schedules. Plan B This payment plan spreads the cost over an 11-month period with the first payment in June. Please note that financial grants and scholarships from the school are de deducted ducted from the total charges before the payments are computed. Payments are due the first of each month. Totcil Cost for Year (with insurance) 1981-82 Students living on campus: 19-meal/Double Room $8,674 19-Meal/Single Room $9,274 Off campus $6,124 Payment Examples (living) June Monthly Double/19 $794.00 $788 Single/19 $844.00 $843 Off Campus $564.00 $556 Books, extra courses and music lessons are not included in the above payments. Refunds Cash refunds in cases of voluntary with withdrawal drawal from a course or from the Univer University sity will be allowed on tuition and student body membership, on the basis of the fol lowing schedule. Withdrawals within the first two weeks of the semester—80 per percent cent of assessed charges. Withdrawals during the third, fourth or fifth week of the semester—60 percent of assessed charges. Withdrawals during the sixth, seventh, or eighth week of the semester — 40 percent of assessed charges. With Withdrawals drawals after eight weeks—no cash re refund. fund. Students who withdraw during a given semester will have the balance of their financial aid awards cancelled. In case of withdrawal, a non-music major carrying work in applied music will be charged for the lessons prior to withdrawal at the rate of $10 per lesson. The balance of the charge is then subject to refund. If a student voluntarily withdraws from the University for any reason (including medical), the student is responsible for room and meals through the date of with withdrawal drawal plus a forfeit fee equivalent to one month’s room rent or portion thereof. A student who is suspended or expelled from the University is responsible for room and meals through the date of departure and forfeits all fees and academic credit for the semester. Students who are forced to leave the University for medical reasons may elect to take credit for the amount of tuition paid less $50 for administrative purposes and less any Financial Aid received. This credit will be applied on the tuition assessed for the next subsequent semester during which the same student is registered in the University. A credit refund must be used within five years. Medical withdrawals must be submitted to the Registrar from either the Medical Di Director rector at the University, or the Director of Counseling. The Director of Counseling must also receive a second opinion from a Consulting Psychiatrist. All students withdrawing from the Uni University versity must notify the Office of Residential Life before their departure to initiate with withdrawal drawal procedures.76 Financial Aid At Willamette University we believe every student should be able to select a college or university on the basis of considerations other than cost. Therefore, we are committed to providing finan financial cial assistance to all entering and returning students whose family and personal resources are insufficient to meet their educational expenses. Althought the majority of our financial aid money is administered on the basis of need, there are also some no-need scholarships and awards available. Need Based Programs Need is determined by confidential fi financial nancial information which students and their parents provide to the College Scholarship Service (CSS) via the Financial Aid Form (FAF). CSS, a branch of the Col College lege Board, is a private, non-profit corpo corporation ration employed by students, parents and colleges to process and analyze the infor information mation provided on the FAF. Financial need is the difference between the total cost to attend Willamette (in (including cluding tuition, fees, room, board, books and personal expenses) and the amount the family is able to contribute. The Col College lege Scholarship Service determines the family contribution with a’n analysis of the information provided on the FAF. Although family income is generally the major criterion used to assess the family con contribution, tribution, other factors are considered, in including: cluding: assets, indebtedness, number of dependents, asset protection for retire retirement, ment, unusual medical expenses, number of other family members attending college at the same time, etc. Willamette is pledged to meeting one hundred percent of each student’s need (providing all admission and financial aid application deadlines are met) with a pac package kage consisting of one or a combination of the following: scholarships, grants, employment and loans. Academic qualifi qualifications cations are given the major emphasis in determining the percentage of cash (i.e., grant and scholarship) which will be in included cluded in the student’s financial aid award. Outstanding achievements in music, leadership, forensics, athletics and theatre are also considered. No-Need Programs Although eligibility for most of the finan financial cial aid available from Willamette is de determined termined by the FAF, there are some prog programs rams for which need is not a criterion. The most extensive of these are our expanded National Merit Scholarship Program and the new G. Herbert Smith Scholarship Pro gram. Renewable awards ranging from $2,500 to full tuition are awarded to enter entering ing freshmen who have been designated National Merit Finalists and Semifinalists on the basis of their PSAT/NMSQT scores, and to students who are chosen as G. Her Herbert bert Smith Scholars. Eligibility for G. Her Herbert bert Smith Scholarships is based on a superior solid subject grade point average, high test scores and extracurricular achievement. (National Merit and G. Her Herbert bert Smith Scholarships are also available on a need basis). A student cannot receive both a Willamette National Merit Scholar Scholarship ship and a G. Herbert Smith Scholarship. The Department of Music also awards up to 15 new, no-need Music Talent Awards each year. These are awarded to both music majors and non-music majors on the basis of an audition. Application Procedures Apply for admission. No student will be awarded financial aid prior to being ad admitted mitted to the University. Students who have submitted all admission materials by March 1 will be given maximum con consideration sideration for financial aid. Students al already ready enrolled should make application directly to the Office of Student Financial Aid. File the Financial Aid Form (FAF). Submit the completed Financial Aid Form (FAF) to the College Scholarship Service according to the instructions on the form, requesting that a copy be sent to Wil Willamette lamette University (CSS code number 4954). The FAF should be submitted as soon after the first of January as possible to ensure that the needs analysis can be completed by CSS and sent to Wllamette by March 1. The FAF is available from high school guidance offices or college finan financial cial aid offices. Transfer applicants must file a Financial Aid Transcript from each college at attended tended previously, whether or not they re received ceived financial aid from the other col college^). lege^). Financial Aid Transcripts are available from the Willamette University Offices of Admission and Student Finan Financial cial Aid. Scholarship consideration will be au automatically tomatically given to every admitted applic applicant ant if all the necessaiy supporting infor information mation has been provided. For example, National Merit standing must be reported by the student for consideration for a Wil Willamette lamette National Merit Scholarship; Music Talent Award candidates must complete the audition prior to notification of finan financial cial aid awards; the FAF must be com completed pleted for need-based assistance, etc. If there are questions about eligibility for specific scholarship programs, please contact the Office of Student Financial Aid. The student must file the appropriate application, obtainable from the Office of Student Financial Aid, for each year in which assistance is desired. The amount of each student’s financial aid will be re reviewed viewed annually and will be adjusted in relation to changing financial or academic status and to the availability of financial aid funds. Each student receiving financial assis assistance tance is required to make normal progress towards graduation, as determined by the Academic Status Committee, in order to maintain eligibility for aid. A student who is not making normal progress or who is on probation at the end of a semester must petition the Office of Student Financial Aid to be considered for assistance for the subsequent semester. The University reserves the right to re require quire that some portion of the financial as assistance sistance awarded by the University be taken as loans and/or work. A student who accepts financial assis assistance tance cannot use any portion of this award to meet the required advance deposit and breakage fees. Failure to meet the deadline for the advance payments may cause any University award to be withdrawn. Notification of Financial Aid Financial aid applicants who have beengranted admission and have submitted all financial aid materials by March 1 will be notified of their financial aid award by April 15. Financial aid applicants admitted under the Early Decision Program will re receive ceive notification of awards upon receipt by the University of all required financial aid materials. Returning students will be notified shortly after April 15. Those applicants who do not file all materials by March 1 will be awarded financial assis assistance tance as long as resources are available. Renewal Financial aid is renewed on the basis of continued demonstrated need and/or continued academic and extracurricular eligibility. Generally, the initial level of Willamette University cash assistance continues through the sophomore year. At the end of the sophomore and junior years, a student’s academic record is reviewed, and the amount of University assistance re-evaluated to reflect changes, either up upward ward or downward, in the quality of the student’s academic performance at Wil Willamette. lamette. Sources of Financial Aid The following is a list of some of the primary sources of financial aid available to students: From Federal Sources Pell Grants —Awarded directly by the fed federal eral government on the basis of need. Awards range from $200 to $1,800. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG)—Awarded by Willamette from federal funds to students with excep exceptional tional financial need. Awards average $800. National Direct Student Loan (NDSL)— Undergraduates may borrow up to $6,000 over a four year period, providing they meet the need criteria of the federal gov government. ernment. Five percent interest begins ac accruing cruing six months after a student graduates or withdraws from school. Re Repayment payment begins at the same time. Guaranteed Student Loan and Federally Insured Student Loan (GSL/FISL) — Similar to NDSL, these loans are made by ■private lenders such as banks and savings and loan associations. Income factors are considered in determining eligibility. Stu Students dents may borrow up to $2,500 per year and no more than $12,500 total. Repay Repayment ment and interest accrual are the same as for NDSL, except that the rate of interest is nine percent. College Work Study Program — Awarded on the basis of need. Students work an av average erage of 8-10 hours per week and are paid monthly. From State Sources To be eligible for financial aid from the State of Oregon, students must be full fulltime, time, undergraduate Oregon residents making satisfactory progress toward graduation. Awards are based on need and limited to eight semesters of study at any eligible Oregon college or university. Resi Residents dents of other states should check to see if their states provide financial aid assis assistance tance which can be “exported” out-of- state. Oregon Cash Award — Scholarships range from $100 to $600. Oregon Need Grant — Grants range from $300 to $1,200. Oregon Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) — Provisions are the same as those for the Federally Insured and Guaranteed Student Loans. Veterans ’ Benefits Application for Veterans Administration education benefits may be obtained from either the Veterans Administration Reg Regional ional Office or the Willamette University Veterans Secretary in the Office of the Re Registrar. gistrar. Upon receipt of an application, the Veterans Administration will issue eligible veterans a Certificate of Eligibility valid only at the institution named and only for the objective indicated. The prospective student should bring the Certificate of Eligibility to the Office of the Registrar at the time of initial registration. It is advisa advisable ble to apply immediately for veterans’ be benefits nefits upon admission to the University. Further information may be obtained di directly rectly from the University Veterans Secre Secretary. tary. AFROTC Scholarships Willamette participates in a Crosstown Air Force ROTC program with the Univer University sity of Portland. Students who qualify may compete for AFROTC scholarships which are awarded on the basis of merit without the student having to show financial need. Inquire at the Office of Student Financial Aid or contact AFROTC Detachment 695, University of Portland, (503) 283-7216. Other Outside Sources Students are encouraged to investigate outside sources of scholarship assistance in their own areas. Many civic, fraternal and service organizations such as Elks, Kiwanis and Rotary Clubs provide scholarships, as do churches and private corporations. High school guidance of offices fices are generally well informed about such local scholarships. Returning stu students dents are encouraged to contact the Office of Student Financial Aid for information about outside scholarships. From Willamette University Sources The following list includes the primary University scholarships for which an en entering tering student may be considered: National Merit Scholarships — Awarded on no-need and need bases to students designated as National Merit Finalists and Semifinalists. Finalists must list Wil Willamette lamette as their first choice institution to the National Merit Corporation by March 1. Awards range from $2500 minimum up to full tuition and are renewable for four years. National Merit Commended Student Scholarships — Commended students re receive ceive increased cash awards of up to $750 based on need and grade point average in solid subjects. G. Herbert Smith Scholarships — Awarded on need and no-need bases. Awards range from $2,500 up to full tuition and are re renewable newable each year for four years. To be eligible, applicants need to have at least a 3.7 solid subject GPA (on a 4.0 scale) and either a combined SAT score (verbal plus math) of 1,200 or an ACT composite score of 27. Eligible students must complete a special application form, available from the Willamette Office of Admission or the Willamette Office of Student Financial Aid. Honor Scholarships — Entering freshmen admitted with Honors at Entrance are eligible for renewable scholarships of up to $3,200 based on need. Alumni Association Scholarships — Renewable scholarships of up to $3,200 based on need and outstanding academic and extracurricular records. Collins Scholarships — Transfer students from Oregon community colleges are eligible based on need and superior academic records. Willamette Grant-In-Aid — Need-based awards for students who are not eligible for scholarship assistance, but who show academic promise. United Methodist Church Scholarships — For active members of the United Methodist Church, three new scholarships awarded each year, based on need, service and scholarship. Music Talent Awards — Awarded on the basis of an audition to both music majors and non-music majors without considera consideration tion for need. Through the generosity of various groups and friends, Willamette offers a number of other prizes and awards for achievement in the different fields of col college lege endeavor. These prizes recognize scholarship as well as leadership and character, and are awarded without regard to financial need. A complete list of these prizes and awards, as well as all endowed scholarships and loan funds available through Willamette University follows. Where the scholarship is based on per performance formance in a particular discipline or ac activity, tivity, this has been noted. Scholarships Ruth Buche Allen (History) Alumni Association Philip C. Armstrong (Biology) Vera M. Armstrong Myrtle L. Atkinson Atkinson Fund for California Bay Area Students Thomas E. Autzen (Kappa Sigma fraternity) Edgar F. Averill (Athletics) Elizabeth Baker and Lavina WheelerAnnie M. Barrett Bishop Bruce R. Baxter Bruce R. Baxter Howard C. and Mae C. Belton Lester J. and Ida May Bennett (Ministry or Sociology) R. Breyman Boise Lelia S. Bortzmeyer (Methodist Ministry) Julius J. and Joanna Brauer Russell M. Brooks (Law) Ted and Dorothy Butler (Law) California Scholarship Federation Sealbearers Cardinal Round Table (Athletics) Ellen J. Chamberlain and Julia L. Schultz (Music) Claude E. Chandler, M.D. and Martin W. Grefnes (Pre-Medicine) Ben B. Cheney (Law) Chevron Merit Award Chi Omega Class of 1932 Beuford S. Cole Mary L. Collins William D. and Phina Collins Commercial Bank of Salem (Economics) Edwin and June Cone Catherine A. Covert (Music) Denison Mary L. Denton (Piano) Max and Susan deSully Mary A. and Martin Dietz Margaret Klund Earnheart John B. Ebinger (Law) Hallie Brown Ford Mabel H. Fraer Mel Goode Elmer and Grace Goudy (Music) George H. Grabenhorst Timothy C. Hawkins Louise Findley Heinl Lloyd and Grace Tyler Hockett Joseph Holman (Music) Freshman Honor Elizabeth Hovelburg Jaqua Leonard D. Jaqua Spec Keene (Athletics) Richard E. Kerr M. Evelyn Lawrence 78 W.C. and M.E.W. Lawrence David 0. and Julia B. Lear Margaret and Dwight Lear Charles H. Leavitt Robert H. Lillig Dr. Ivan Lovell (History) Charles E. McCulloch James Newton McCurdy Feme and Brooks Moore Mary Putnam Mod Charles and Valona Moser Mu Phi Epsilon (Music) Music Talent Award National Merit Commended Students National Merit Finalists and Semifinalists Oregon Children’s Aid Society (Orphans) Morton E. and Jessie G. Peck (Biology) Pemberton Award Maude Peterson (Law) James H. Polhemus Russel and Alice Pratt Presser Foundation (Music) Reynolds Trust Fund of Centenary Wilbur Methodist Church Ernest C. and Myrta A. Richards Bernice Rise (English) Nellie Lavina Roberts Charles A. Robertson (Law) Salem Breakfast Club (Athletics) Salem Music Club Salem Rotary Education Foundation Wilson Henry Scott G. Herbert Smith Marie C. Smith Ray L. Smith (Law) Lestle J Sparks Justice Homer R. Spence and Samuel M. Smith Edward 0. Jr. and Dorothy Alexander Stadter M. Emma Stannus (Music) Charles Leonard Starr Dr. Laban A. Steeves Sarah Hunt Steeves Irene Gerlinger Swindells (Music) Muriel Steeves Tate Michal Ann Thomas Vernon Victor and Augusta M. Thompson (Biology) Town and Gown (Music) Tmstees Max D. and Rose E. Tucker United Methodist Church Alma Rhorer Vinson Florian Von Eschen (Chemistry) Florian Von Eschen (Athletics) Glen C. Wade (Music) Helena Willett Wallace (Music) Nancy Black Wallace (Music) William Wallace Youngson Loan Funds American Association of University Women Ruth Bastuscheck George William Bleile R. A. Booth Ruth J. Boylen Class of 1919 College of Law Sol Stern Edward G. and Ida M. Crawford Bing Crosby Olive M. Dahl Herbert L. Deal Carol Emerson Dversdal Clara Eness Faculty Hallie Brown Ford Frank G. and Viola Price Franklin Leroy Gard Louise J. Gates Ross George Gladden David S. McClellan Methodist Men Dix Vinson Moser Joy Turner Moses Gussie A. Niles George Allen Odgers Annie Roberts Abby Rogers Salem Civic Players Walter P. Schuck M. Josephine Shanks “Chuck” Todd United Methodist Church Prizes Joseph H. Albert J. H. Booth Mark 0. Hatfield Dorothy Ann Perkins Colonel Percy Willis Paul H. Doney Rex A. Turner Awards Alpha Chi Omega Alpha Lambda Delta Central Willamette Valley Association of Phi Beta Kappa Mrs. Walter A. Denton T.C. Jory (Mathematics) Chester F. Luther Dr. Helen Pearce Pemberton Family Daniel H. Schulze Wall Street JournalEducation, if it is worthy of the name, must take place in the con context text of the mutual acceptance and caring so vital to us all.Faculty and Administration Active Full-Time Faculty 80 Bonnie J. Allen-Walsdorf, 1982 B.A., M.L.S., Indiana University, Bloomington. Associate Librarian, 1982. Patricia M. Alley, 1982 B.A., University of Washington; M.S., Ph.D., University of Idaho. Career Development Coordi Coordinator, nator, 1982. Stephen H. Archer, 1973 B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Guy F. At Atkinson kinson Professor of Economics and Fi Finance, nance, 1979. Robert C. Art, 1981 B.A., Beloit College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; J.D., DePaul University; LL.M., Columbia University. As Assistant sistant Professor of Law, 1981. Suresht R. Bald, 1981 B.A., M.A., Delhi University, India; Ph.D., Harvard Univer University. sity. Assistant Professor of Political Sci Science, ence, 1981. AmyBarlowe, 1976 B.M., M.M., Juilliard School of Music. Associate Professor of Music, 1982. (Sabbatical leave 1983 Fall Qprppctpr) C. Russell Beaton, 1971 B.A., Wil Willamette lamette University; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont University Center Graduate School. Pro Professor fessor of Economics, 1976. Martin Behnke, 1979 B.A., M.A., Califor California nia State University, San Jose; Ph.D., Uni University versity of Colorado. Associate Professor of Music, 1981. Dixie Bennett, 1982 B.S. Utah State Uni University; versity; M.L.S., University of Washington. Assistant Librarian, 1983. William G. Berberet, 1976 B.A., Carroll College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Neb Nebraska. raska. Dean, College of Liberal Arts. Pro Professor fessor of History, 1976. Bruce Bigler, 1981 Director of Plant, 1983. Adele Bimbaum, 1963 A.B., University of Illinois; M.A., Bryn Mawr College. As Associate sociate Professor of English, 1979. James B. Bjorkquist, 1968 B.A., Gus- tavus Adolphus College; M.A., University of Iowa; M.A., University of Colorado. As Associate sociate Professor of Sociology, 1976. As Associate sociate Dean, College of Liberal Arts, 1982. Bea Blake, 1973 Grand Island Business College. Assistant Director, Financial Aid, 1975. Virginia E. Bothun, 1969 B.A., Univer University sity of Washington; M.A., Stanford Univer University. sity. Associate Professor of English, 1981. Barbara R. Bower, 1982 B.S., M.N., Uni University versity of Washington. Adult and Family Nurse Practitioner, 1982. Gerard Bowers, 1971 B.A., City College of New York; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard Univer University. sity. Professor of English, 1981 Charles Bowles, 1965 B.A., M.S., Uni versity of Portland; Ph.D., University of Oregon. Professor of Physical Education; Track and Cross Country Coach, 1973. Wilbur S. Braden, 1970 B.A., M.A., Washington State University; M. Litt., Trin Trinity ity College, Dublin; Ph.D., University of Virginia. Professor of English, 1981. Donald R. Breakey, 1954 B.S., Wil Willamette lamette University; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley. Professor of Biology, 1967. (Sab (Sabbatical batical Leave 1983 Fall Semester). Richard F. Breen, Jr., 1976 A.B., Dartmouth College; L.L.B., University of Maine; M.L.S., University of Oregon. Law Librarian, 1976; Professor of Law, 1980. James P. Brik, 1973 B.A., M.P.E., Idaho State University. Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Aquatics Director, 1977. H. Joseph Broeker, 1982 B.S., M S., Washington State University; Ph.D., Uni University versity of Oregon. Head Football Coach, 1982. Barbara M. Brunkow, 1980 B.A., M.M., Willamette University. Assistant to Vice President for University Relations, 1980. Claudia Elizabeth Burton, 1971 B.A., Oberlin College; M.A.T., Johns Hopkins University; J.D., University of California, Los Angeles. Professor of Law, 1977. Jeremiah W. Canning, 1963 A.B., Ph D., University of Maryland. Professor of Philosophy, 1977. Thelma C. Carroll, 1960 Henager Busi Business ness College. Assistant Registrar, 1976. Frances H. Chappie, 1966 B.S., Ph D., University of Bristol, England. Professor of Chemistry, 1979. G. Marc Choate, 1974 B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Washington. Professor of Finance and Business Economics, 1981. Catherine A. Collins, 1981 B.F.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., Univer University sity of Arizona; Ph.D., University of Min Minnesota. nesota. Associate Professor of Speech Communication, 1983. Alison Connor, 1979 B.A., University of Oregon; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan. Assistant Librarian, 1979. Patrick E. Connor, 1982 B.S.E.E., Uni University versity of Washington; M.S.I.A., Purdue University; Ph.D., University of Washington. Professor of Organization Theory and Behavior, 1982. James Cook, 1970 B.A., Whitman Col College; lege; M.S., Juilliard School of Music; D.M.A., University of Southern California. Professor of Music, 1980. Colleen Corcoran, 1981 B.A., Holy Names College. Director of Alumni Rela Relations, tions, 1981. Richard Wright Cowger, 1969 B.Mus.Ed., Oberlin College; M.Ed., Wil Willamette lamette University; D.Ed., University of Oregon. Professor of Education, 1973. William J. Devery, 1970 B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Washington. Professor of Psychology, 1982. John Diehnel, 1980 B.S., M.S., Uni University versity of Oregon. Director of Media Services, 1980. Donna D. Douglass, 1976 B.M., Univer University sity of the Pacific; M.A., Arizona State Uni University. versity. Director Music Therapy Program, 1976; Associate Professor of Music, 1983. (Sabbatical Leave 1983-1984 Academic Year.) Paule G. Drayton, 1960 B.A., Willamette University; M.A., University of Oregon; Ph.D., Middlebury College. Professor of French, 1980. Paul M. Duell, 1957 B.A., M.S., Fort Hays State College; Ph.D., Kansas State Univer University. sity. Professor of Chemistry, 1961. J. Michael Dunlap, 1975 B.S., George Fox College; M.A.T., Lewis and Clark Col College; lege; M.S., Ph.D., University of Oregon. Associate Professor of Computer Science, 1980. William E. Duvall, 1971 B.A., Whitworth College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Bar Barbara. bara. Associate Professor of History, 1977. Peter H. Eilers, 1982 B.A., M.A., Califor California nia State University, San Jose; Ph.D., Ore Oregon gon State University. Assistant Professor of Geography and Environmental Science, 1982. Jane Ellis, 1982 B.S. Western Oregon State College; M.A., Lewis and Clark Col College. lege. Physical Education Instructor, Vol Volleyball leyball and Softball Coach, 1982. Joanne B. Engel, 1980 B.S., Pennsyl Pennsylvania vania State University; M.Ed., University of Sydney, Australia; M.Sc., Ph.D., Iowa State University. Associate Professor of Educa Education, tion, 1983. Ludwig Fischer, 1980 B.A., University of Regensburg, Germany; M.A., Ph.D., Uni University versity of Colorado, Boulder. Assistant Professor of German, 1980. Jon E. Frew, 1982 B.S., M.A., M.Ed., Gannon University; Ph.D., Kent State Uni University. versity. Counselor, Assistant Professor of Psychology, 1983. Michael Friel, 1983 B.A., J.D., Harvard University; L.L.M., New York University. Associate Professor of Law, 1983. Bruce L. Gates, 1974 B.S.E., Princeton University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. Professor of Quantitative Methods and Public Management, 1981. Christine Gentzkow, 1967 B.A., Wil Willamette lamette University; M.A., Portland StateUniversity. Assistant Professor of German, 1977. Walter M. Gerson, 1973 B.A., M.A., Uni University versity of Montana; Ph.D., University of Washington. Professor of Sociology 1973. Mary Edith Gilbertson, 1975 B.A., Northwestern University; M.L.S., University of Oregon. Acquisitions Librarian, Law, 1975. Victors. Gilliam, 1982 B.A., Warner Pacific College; M.Ed., University of South Carolina. Staff Director, Campaign for Wil Willamette, lamette, 1982. Richard M. Gillis, 1956 B.B.A., Tulane University; M.B.A., University of Pennsyl Pennsylvania; vania; D.B.A., University of Oregon. Pro Professor fessor of Economics, 1963. Richard Glas, 1979 B.S., Bemidji State University; M.S., Western Illinois Univer University. sity. Assistant Professor of Physical Edu Education; cation; Basketball Coach, Director of Ath Athletics, letics, 1982. Francoise A. Goeury-Richardson, 1966 B.A., Willamette University; Licence et Lettres, University of Nancy, France; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Bar Barbara. bara. Associate Professor of French, 1981. David E. Goodney, 1977 B.A., Austin College; Ph.D., University of Hawaii. As Associate sociate Professor of Chemistry, 1982. Connie J. Gores, 1981 B.A., North Dakota State University; M.Ed., Colorado State University. Director of Admissions and Placement, College of Law, 1981. Kathy T. Graham, 1977 B.A., University of California, Berkeley; J.D., University of California, Davis. Professor of Law, 1983. Michelle Gregoire, 1983 B.M., Florida State University; M.A., California State Uni University; versity; Ph.D., University of Florida. Assis Assistant tant Professor of Music, 1983. Laura Groves, 1976 B.A., California State University, Humboldt; M.L.S., M.M., University of Oregon. Assistant Librarian, 1976. Jack H. Hafferkamp, 1961 B.S., Baldwin-Wallace College; M.S., Bradley University. Associate Professor of Mathematics, 1961. Carl A. Hall, 1948 Studied under Carlo Lopez; Artist Grant, 1949, American Academy of Arts and Letters. Associate Professor of Art, 1977. Elysabeth Hall, 1976 B.A., California State University, Humboldt; M.L.S., University of Oregon. Cataloger, Law Library, 1976. Richard Samuel Hall, Jr., 1972 B.A., Albion College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois. Professor of Mathematics, 1978. Vice President for Academic Affairs, 1979. James A. Hand, 1964 B.A., University of Alabama; B.D., Union Theological Semi Seminary; nary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. Profes Professor sor of Religion, 1974. (Sabbatical Leave 1984 Spring Semester.) Michael L. Hand, 1979 B.S., Oregon State University; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University. Associate Professor of Applied Statistics and Information Systems, 1982. Philip S. Hanni, 1973 A.B., University of Kansas; B.D., Kenyon College; S.T.M., Yale University; D.Rel., Chicago Theological Seminary. Assistant Professor of Religion and University Chaplain, 1973. James S. Hanson, 1976 B.A., Yale Uni versity; A.M., Ph.D., Stanford University. Professor of Economics, 1983. (Sabbatical Leave 1984 Spring Semester.) James W. Hanson, 1982 B.I.E., Nova Scotia Technical College, Canada; M.B.A., University of Western Ontario, Canada; Ph.D., University of Oregon. Associate Professor of Marketing, 1982. Brian W. Hardin, 1981 B.A., University of Washington. Vice President for Financial Affairs, 1981. Rosemary Hart, 1981 B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., OhioState University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vice President for Student Affairs, 1981. Farooq A. Hassan, 1979 B.A., Oxford University, England; B.A., Cambridge Uni University, versity, England; M.A., Ph.D., Oxford Uni University, versity, England. Professor of Law, 1980. Scott D. Hawke, 1971 B.S., California State University, San Diego; M.S., Univer University sity of British Columbia, Canada; Ph.D., University of California, Riverside. Profes Professor sor of Biology, 1982. Robert E. Hawkinson, 1982 B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Univer University sity of Chicago. Assistant Professor of Political Science, 1982. Robert H. Hess, 1972 B.F.A., Indiana University; M.F.A., University of Notre Dame. Associate Professor of Art, 1976. Stephen C. Hey, 1982 B.A., Western Il Illinois linois University; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; Ph.D., University of Colorado, Boulder. Assistant Professor of Sociology, 1982. Thomas H. Hibbard, 1973 B.A., Pomona College; Ph.D., Claremont Uni University versity Center Graduate School. Professor of Economics, 1980. Michael E. Holland, 1979 B.S., M S., Western Oregon State College; J.D., Wil Willamette lamette University. Assistant Professor of Law. Associate Dean, College of Law, 1979. Bruce Hopkins, 1983 B.A., Central Washington University; M.F.A., University of Montana. Instructor in Theatre, Techni Technical cal Director, Smith Auditorium, 1983. Frances A. Howard, 1970 B.S., Lewis and Clark College; M.S., Creighton Univer University. sity. Associate Professor of Physical Edu Education, cation, 1977. Norman J. Hudak, 1961 B.A.,DePauw University; Ph.D., Cornell University. Pro Professor fessor of Chemistry, 1965. Teresa K. Hudkins, 1969 B.M.Ed., Wil Willamette lamette University. Associate Director of Admission, 1982. Jerry E. Hudson, 1980 B.A., David Lipscomb College; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane University. University President, 1980. Roger P. Hull, 1970 B.A., Whitman Col College; lege; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Professor of Art, 1982. Richard litis, 1972 B.S., South Dakota School of Mines and Technology; Ph.D., University of Oregon. Professor of Mathematics, 1978. Carol Ireson, 1977 B.A., Stanford Uni University; versity; Ph.D., Cornell University. As Associate sociate Professor of Sociology, 1982. W. Randall Ireson, 1977 B.A., Stanford University; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University. Assistant Professor of Sociology, 1977. William Z. Iron, 1979 B.A., Linfield Col College; lege; M.A., Ph.D., University of Oregon. Associate Professor of Theatre, 1980. Dallas W. Isom, 1968 B.A., J.D., Univer University sity of Utah. Professor of Law, 1974. Mary Ann Johns, 1976 B.A., Western Il Illinois linois University; M.A, University of Il Illinois; linois; M.F.A., Indiana University As Associate sociate Professor of Art, 1981. (Sabbatical Leave 1984 Spring Semester.) Noel F. Kaestner, 1954 B.S., M S., D.Ed., University of Wisconsin. Professor of Psychology, 1965. Richard A. Kaiser, 1983 B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.S., South Dakota State University; D.Ed., Brigham Young University. Assistant Professor of Physi Physical cal Education and Assistant Football Coach,1983. Roger Karz, 1982 B.A., Cornell Univer University; sity; M.A., New School for Social Research; J.D., Boston University School of Law; Ph.D., Boston College. Assistant Professor of Political Science, 1982. Alma Kelly, 1967 Merritt Davis Business School. Accounting Office Manager, 1983. Susan R. Kephart, 1981 B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University; Ph.D., Indiana Uni University. versity. Assistant Professor of Biology, 1981. Anita King, 1981 B.M., Oberlin College; M.F.A., D.M.A., University of Iowa. Assis Assistant tant Professor of Music, 1981. Gilbert La Freniere, 1979 B.S., Univer University sity of Massachusetts; M.A., Dartmouth College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Califor California, nia, Santa Barbara. Assistant Professor of Geology and Environmental Science, 1979. Rose LaPlante, 1968 Manager, Bookstore, 1980. Cheryle Lawrence, 1980 B.S., George Fox College; M.S.T., Portland State Univer University. sity. Athletic Therapist and Health In Instructor, structor, 1980. Timothy P. Leary, 1982 B.S., University of Vermont; M.Ed., Colorado State University. Director, Student Activities, 1982. Susan M. Leeson, 1970 B.A., Willamette University; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Univer University sity Graduate School; J.D., Willamette Uni University. versity. Professor of Political Science, 1982. (Leave of Absence 1983-84 Academic Year.) Nicholas F. Leland, 1979 B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles;Ph.D., University of California, Santa Bar Barbara. bara. Assistant Professor of Theatre, 1979. Jack Leonard, 1960 B.A., George Washington University; M.A., Stanford University. Associate Professor of Economics, 1973. Gene S. Leonardson, 1978 B.A., Stan Stanford ford University; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. Director of External Education, 1981. Nicholas Liepins, 1979 B.S., M.S., Ore Oregon gon State University. Director of University Computing; Instructor of Computer Sci Science ence (Part-time), 1979. Earl K. Littrell, 1976 B.S., M B A., Ph D., University of Oregon. Professor of Ac Accounting counting and Information Sciences, 1983. Ronald P. Loftus, 1983 B.A., Johns Hop Hopkins kins University; Ph.D., Claremont Univer University sity Center Graduate School. Assistant Professor of Japanese Language and East Asian History, 1983. Carol S. Long, 1972 B.A., Pomona Col College; lege; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Associate Professor of English, 1979. (Sabbatical Leave 1984 Spring Semester.) Wallace H. Long, 1983 B.M., M.M., A.Musc. D., University of Arizona. Assis Assistant tant Professor of Music, 1983. Richard D. Lord, 1964 A.B., M.A., Ph.L., St. Louis University. Professor of English, 1979. L. Randolph Lowry, 1981 B.A., M.P.A., Pepperdine University; J.D., Hamline Uni University. versity. Assistant to the President and Di Director rector of Professional School Develop Development, ment, 1981. Rhonda Lowry, 1981 B.A. Pepperdine University. Assistant to the Law Dean for Development, 1981. Robert H. Lucas, 1973 B.A., University of Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Professor of History, 1980. Harry S. Manley, 1971 A.B., Westminster College; L.L.B., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Duke University. Director of Major Gifts and Planned Giving, 1979. Sally Markowitz, 1983 B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Assistant Professor of Philosophy, 1983. Francis Kent Markus, 1962 B.B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Associate Profes Professor sor of History, 1973. Steven M. Maser, 1978 S B., Mas Massachusetts sachusetts Institute of Technology; M.A., Ph.D., University of Rochester. Associate Professor of Public Administration and Public Policy, 1981. Loren K. McBride, 1971 B.S., University of Idaho; M.A., University of Montana; Ph.D., University of Missouri. Associate Professor of Psychology, 1977. George S. McCowen, 1967 A.B., Univer University sity of the South; M.A., Ph.D., Emory Uni University. versity. Professor of History, 1972. (Sab (Sabbatical batical Leave .1983 Fall Semester.) Lane C. McGaughy, 1981 B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University; B.D., Drew Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Van Vanderbilt derbilt University. George H. Atkinson Professor of Religious and Ethical Studies, 1981. Bruce M. McIntosh, 1969 B.M., Oberlin College; M.M., University of Texas. As Associate sociate Professor of Music, 1981. William A. Medina, 1982 B.A., M.A., George Washington University; Ph.D., American University. Elmer and Grace Goudy Professor of Public Administration, 1982. Franklin D. Meyer, 1967 B.A., M.A., Michigan State University. Director of Ad Admission, mission, 1969. Daniel G. Montague, 1969 B.S., Oregon State University; M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., University of Southern California. Professor of Physics, 1981. James A. R. Nafziger, 1976 B.A., Uni University versity of Wisconsin; J.D., Harvard Univer University. sity. Professor of Law, 1980. Timothy J. Nissen, 1977 B.A., Clare Claremont mont McKenna College; M.A., Claremont University Center Graduate School. Assis Assistant tant Dean for Admissions and Placement, Atkinson Graduate School of Manage Management, ment, 1979. KennethS. Nolley, 1967 B.A., Westmont College; M.A., University of Virginia; D.A., .Ph.D., University of Oregon. Professor of English, 1983. Robert N. Olson, 1979 B.S., Oregon State University. Controller and Director of the Budget, 1980. Theodore Y. Ozawa, 1972 B.A.,B.Ed., M.Ed., University of Hawaii; M.S., Oregon State University. Assistant Professor of Education, 1972. John C. Paulus, 1949 B.A., J.D., Univer University sity of Iowa. Professor of Law, 1956. Arthur D. Payton, 1962 B.S., Illinois In stitute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., Yale University. Research Professor of Chemis Chemistry, try, 1976. Christopher Payton, 1979 Director of Copy Center and Purchasing, 1983. Timothy J. Pierson, 1982 B.S., M.A., Central Michigan University; Ph.D., Michi Michigan gan State University. Director of Residence Life, 1982. Linda L. Posell, 1982 B.A., University of California, Berkeley. Director, News Bureau; Associate Director, Publications, 1982. Stephen K. Prothero, 1963 B.S., M.A., Oregon State University. Associate Profes Professor sor of Mathematics, 1974. Robert L. Purbrick, 1947 B.A., Wil Willamette lamette University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Professor of Physics, 1955. Susan J. Rauch, 1975 B.A., Willamette University. Assistant Director of Admis Admission, sion, 1982. Dean W. Richardson, 1974 A.B., Uni versity of Rochester; J.D., Syracuse Univer University. sity. Professor of Law, 1979. Ross R. Runkel, 1969 B.S., J.D., Univer University sity of Washington. Professor of Law, 1974. Patricia Scheidt, 1980 Lloyd-Griffin Business School. Program Coordinator, Office of External Education, 1981. Harold Schmelzer, 1983 B.S., Portland State University; M.S., University of Utah. Director of Campus Safety, 1983. Junpei Sekino, 1978 B.S., Nihon Univer University, sity, Japan; B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Oregon State University. Assistant Professor of Mathematics, 1982. Theodore L. Shay, 1956 B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Professor of Political Science, 1961. Christopher Simoni, 1980 B.A., Univer University sity of Michigan; M.A., Ph.D., Marquette University; J.D., Northwestern School of Law of Lewis and Clark College. Assistant Professor of Legal Research and Writing, 1981. Carlton J. Snow, 1971 A.B., Taylor Uni University; versity; M.Div., Fuller Theological Sem Seminary; inary; M.A., J.D., University of Wisconsin. Professor of Law, 1978. Martha Stellmacher, 1970 B.S., Univer University sity of Portland; R.N., St Vincent’s Hospital. Registered Nurse, 1975. Maurice B. Stewart, 1958 B.Sc., M.Sc., University of Alberta. Professor of Physics, 1977. (Sabbatical Leave 1983-1984 Academic Year.) Richard H. Stewart, 1970 B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.M.Ed., University of Ore Oregon; gon; D.M.A., University of Southern California. Professor of Music Education, 1981. Edwin J. Stillings, 1959 A.B., Hiram College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Professor of Political Science and Public Administration, 1959. Brendan Stocklin-Enright, 1981 LL.B., University of Warwick Law School, Eng England; land; J.D., University of Connecticut; L.L.M., University of Pennsylvania. Assis Assistant tant Professor of Law, 1981. Robert L. Stoyles, Jr., 1962 B.A., J.D., University of Iowa. Professor of Law, 1966. Michael Strelow, 1980 B.A., M.A., Miami University; Ph.D., University of Oregon. Assistant Professor of English, 1980. George Struble, 1982 A.B., Sutherland College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wiscon Wisconsin. sin. Professor of Computer Science, 1982. James M. Sumner, 1974 B.A., Pacific University; M.Ed., Springfield College. As Assistant sistant to the President and Director of Public Relations, 1982. Shelley A. Sump, 1982 B.A., Willamette University. Admission Counselor, 1982. Richard A. Sutliff, 1967 A.B., Dartmouth College; M.A., Indiana University; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts. Associate Professor of English, 1982. Erin Deidre Swezey, 1982 B.S., Univer University sity of California, Davis; M.A., Michigan State University. Assistant Director of Resi Residence dence Life, 1982.Thomas B. Talbott, 1972 B.S., Portland State University; S.T.B., Fuller Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. Associate Pro Professor fessor of Philosophy, 1980. Grant O. Thorsett, 1967 B.A., Washington State University; M.S., Ph.D., Yale University. Professor of Biology, 1979. Leroy J. Tomquist, 1978 B.S., J.D., Northwestern University. Professor of Law; Dean, College of Law, 1978. William G. Trenbeath, 1973 B A., Whit worth College; M.S., University of North Dakota. Assistant Professor of Physical Education; Baseball Coach, 1973; As Associate sociate Director of Alumni Relations, 1981. Donald H. Turner, 1971 B.S., Lewis and Clark College; J.D., Willamette University. Director of Internship Law and Professor of Law, 1974. John Uggen, 1980 B.A., University of Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., University of Miami. Assistant Professor of Spanish, 1980. Marta Velez, 1975 M.E., Ph.D., Escuela Normal para Maestros de Oriente, Cuba; Doctora en Pedagogia; Universidad del Oriente, Cuba. Associate Professor of Spanish, 1983. Julio Viamonte, 1967 B.A., M.A., Uni University versity of LaPlata, Argentina. Associate Professor of Music and Director of Opera Theatre, 1967. Bradley Victor, 1981 B.S., Willamette University. Director of Sparks Center; Head Coach, Soccer; Co-coach Women’s Track and Field, 1981; Assistant Director of Ath Athletics, letics, 1983. Gregg B. Walker, 1983 B.S., B.A., Uni University versity of Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D., Univer University sity of Kansas. Assistant Professor of Speech Communications, 1983. Michael Ward, 1980 B.A., California State University, Long Beach; M.S., Univer University sity of Oregon. Assistant Professor of Computer Science, 1980. Sandra L. Weronko, 1976 B.A., Lewis and Clark College; M.L.S., Rutgers Univer University. sity. Associate Librarian, 1979. Charles E. Weyant, 1981 B.A.,The American University; M.A., Wayne State University; M.S., Simmons College. Libra Librarian, rian, 1981. E. Jerry Whipple, 1955 B.B.A., M.B.A., University of Oregon. Vice President for University Relations, 1983. Elwyn M. Williams, 1982 A.B., Syracuse University; M.Div., Boston University. Special Assistant to the President — Development. Joan Williamson, 1977 B.A., Ohio State University; M.C., Arizona State University. Director of Counseling, 1982. Michael B. Wise, 1981 B.A., Yale Univer University; sity; J.D., Stanford University. Associate Professor of Law, 1981. James S. Woodland, 1972 B.S., M.Ed., qq Oregon State University. Director of Stu- dent Financial Aid, 1972. Ralph Wright, 1971 B.A., University of Notre Dame; M.A., DePaul University. Di Director rector of University Relations, 1978. Mary Ann Wynkoop,1981 B.A.,DePauw University; M.I.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Colorado. Assistant Di Director rector of Admissions, Atkinson Graduate School of Management, 1981. Richard A. Yocom, 1955 B.A., Wil Willamette lamette University; M.A., University of New Mexico. Assistant Professor of Psychology, 1963; Assistant to the President, 1978; Uni University versity Registrar, 1980. Mary Ann Youngren, 1979 B.A., Purdue University; M.A., University of Denver; Ph.D., University of Oregon. Assistant Professor of Psychology, 1979. Active Part-time Faculty Alan Ball, 1979 B.A., Willamette Univer University; sity; M.A., Western Oregon State College. Instructor of Education. Thomas Brand, 1964 B.A., Stanford Uni University; versity; L.L.B., University of Oregon. Lec Lecturer turer in Economics (Business Law). Maurice Brennen, 1979 B.S., M.M.,North western University. Instructor of Music. Cheryl Brown, 1982 B.S., Western Ore Oregon gon State College; M.A., Lewis and Clark College. Women’s Basketball Coach. Paulette Carroll, 1983 Assistant Profes Professor sor of French. David Crane, 1979 B.M., Willamette Uni University. versity. Instructor of Music. Alice Dale, 1983 B.A., University of Ore Oregon; gon; J.D., Loyola Law School. Adjunct Professor, Atkinson Graduate School of Management. Judith L. Daugherty, 1982 B.A., M.A., University of Oregon. Instructor of Educa Education, tion, Fall, 1983. Deborah Davis, 1983 B.A., Willamette University; M.S., Idaho State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Instructor of Biology. Stephen DeHaas, 1978 B.S., Oregon State University; M.S., Portland State Uni University. versity. Instructor of Education. John Doan, 1977 B.A., California State University; M.M., Western Oregon State College. Instructor of Music. Samuel Epstein, 1983 B.S., City College of New York; M.S., Penn State University; Ph.D., University of Oregon. Instructor of Physics. J. Dennis Gilbert, 1983 Assistant Pro fessor of Physics, Fall, 1983. Holly Hamblen, 1977 B.A., Holy Names College. Instructor of Dance. Gary Hankins, 1982 Adjunct Instructor of Psychology, Fall, 1983. Marcia Hauff, 1978 B.M., Willamette University; M.M., Northwestern University. Instructor of Music. James H. Hicks, 1983 Instructor of Art History. Jeanne Johnson, 1974 B.M., Wllamette University. Instructor of Music. Bryan M. Johnston, 1979 B.S., Northern Illinois University; J.D., Loyola University of Chicago. Adjunct Law Faculty. Henry W. Lennstrom, 1981 B.S., Univer University sity of Washington; M.A., Colorado State College; Ed.D., University of Washington. Professor of Mathematics. Mary Lott, 1972 B.A., California State University, Northridge. Instructor of Music. Valerie McIntosh, 1969 B.M., Oberlin College; M.M., University of Texas. Assis Assistant tant Professor of Music, 1983. Nicki Merrill, 1982 B.A., Lewis and Clark College; M.F.A., University of Portland. In Instructor structor of Music. Ann C. Obenour, 1983 B.A., B.M., Uni University versity of Washington; M.M., D.M.A., State University of New York. Instructor of Music. Magda Schay, 1974 M.A., Syracuse Uni University. versity. Assistant Professor of Russian, 1983 Catherine Schnelker, 1978 B.M., M.M., Oberlin College; Certificate in Music Edu Education, cation, Manchester College. Instructor of Music. Louisa Mary Silva, 1982 B.S., M.D., Uni University versity of California, Los Angeles. Medical Director. Carol Smith, 1982 B.S., Western Oregon State College. Instructor of Music. John Tenny, 1979 B.A., M.A., Illinois State University. Instructor of Education. Jane Wilson, 1973 B.A., Houghton Col College; lege; M.A., University of Washington. In Instructor structor of Education. Richard Wiltshire, 1979 B.A., California State University, San Francisco; M.A., Uni University versity of Oregon. Instructor of French. Craig E. Wollner, 1983 B.S., M.A., Port Portland land State University; Ph.D., University of New Mexico. Assistant Professor of History. Elizabeth A. Yocom, 1961 B.A., Earlham College; M.S., University of New Mexico. Assistant Professor of Biology. Mary J. Zarick, 1981 B.M., R.M.T., Ohio University, Athens. Instructor of Music Therapy; Supervisor of Clinical Training. Douglas Ziebart, 1981 Wrestling Coach. Endowed Chairs Stephen Archer, Guy F. Atkinson Profes Professor sor of Economics and Finance William Medina, Elmer and Grace Goudy Professor of Administration Lane C. McGaughy, George H. Atkinson Professor of Religious and Ethical Studies Emeritus Faculty Henrietta L. Althoff, 1948 Director of Nursing, Emeritus, 1980. Virginia A. Anderson, 1968 Technical Services, Law Library, Assistant Professor, Emeritus, 1979. Courtney Arthur, 1958 Professor Emeritus of Law, 1978.84 Henry J. Bailey, III, 1965 Professor Emeritus of Law, 1981. Paul Beal, 1946 Associate Professor Emeritus of Romance Language, 1971. Maurice W. Brennen, 1940 Professor Emeritus of Music, Director of Bands, 1979. Edwin W. Butler, 1949 Professor Emeritus of Law, 1980. Stanley Butler, 1950 Professor Emeritus of Music, 1977. Alida Gale Currey, 1926 Professor Emeritus of Physical Education, 1966 Charles H. Derthick, 1948 Professor Emeritus of Psychology, 1979. Ralph Dobbs, 1943 Associate Professor Emeritus of Piano, 1970. Melvin H. Geist, 1939 Professor Emeritus of Music and Dean of the College of Music, 1964. Robert D. Gregg, 1948 Professor Emeritus of History and Dean of the Col College lege of Liberal Arts, 1966. Lyle C. Grimes, 1964 Assistant Professor Emeritus of Economics, 1973. Norman A. Huffman, 1946 Professor Emeritus of Religion, 1974. Milton D. Hunnex, 1958 Professor Emeritus of Philosophy, 1980. Clarence A. Kraft, 1950 Associate Pro Professor fessor Emeritus of Spanish, 1980. Lois E. Latimer, 1924 Professor Emeritus of Home Economics, 1959. John Lindbeck, 1967 Assistant Business Manager Emeritus, 1975. Roy M. Lockenour, 1928 Professor Emeritus of Law, 1954. R. Ivan Lovell, 1937 Professor Emeritus of History, 1966. Chester F. Luther, 1936 Professor Emeritus of Mathematics, 1972. James R. Lyles, Jr., 1956 Professor Emeritus of Education, 1979. Cecil R. Monk, 1927 Professor Emeritus of Biology, 1968. Marion Morange, 1931 Professor Emeritus of Romance Language, 1970. Cameron Paulin, 1949 Professor Emeritus of Art, 1976. Richard P. Petrie, 1954 Financial Vice President Emeritus, 1970. Robert M. Putnam, 1953 Associate Pro Professor fessor Emeritus of Theatre, 1980. John A. Rademaker, 1947 Professor Emeritus of Sociology and Anthropology, 1970. Murco Ringnalda, 1940 Professor Emeritus of English, 1970. Harry E. Rorman, 1969 Associate Pro Professor fessor Emeritus of Earth Science, 1979. Howard W. Runkel, 1950 Professor Emeritus of Speech, 1983. Josef H. Schnelker, 1946 Professor Emeritus of Organ and Theory, 1976. Daniel H. Schulze, 1930 Professor Emeritus of German, 1965. Kenneth Smith, 1963 Professor Emeritus of Political Science, 1981. Martha E. Springer, 1947 Professor Emeritus of Biology, 1981. Paul G. Trueblood, 1955 Professor Emeritus of English, 1971. Marija Udris, 1958 Associate Professor of German and Russian, 1970. J. Jean Williams, 1953 Associate Pro Professor fessor Emeritus of Physical Education, 1980. University Administrators Office of the President Jerry E. Hudson, President L. Randolph Lowry, Assistant to the President and Staff Director, Center for Dispute Resolution R.A. Yocom, Assistant to the President and University Registrar Thelma Carroll, Assistant Registrar James M. Sumner, Assistant to the President and Director of Public Relations Frank D. Meyer, Director of Admission Teresa K. Hudkins, Associate Director of Admission Susan J. Rauch, Assistant Director of Admission Shelley A. Sump, Admission Counselor Richard Glas, Director of Athletics Bradley Victor, Assistant Director of Athletics and Director of Sparks Center Office of Academic Affairs Richard Samuel Hall, Vice President for Academic Affairs William G. Berberet, Dean, College of Liberal Arts James B. Bjorkquist, Associate Dean, College of Liberal Arts Leroy J. Tomquist, Dean, College of Law Charles E. Weyant, Librarian Sandra L. Weronko, Associate Librarian Bonnie J. Allen-Walsdorf, Associate Librarian Dixie Bennett, Assistant Librarian Alison Conner, Assistant Librarian Laura Groves, Assistant Librarian Nicholas Liepins, Director of University Computing John Diehnel, Director of Media Services Office of Student Affairs Rosemary Hart, Vice President for Stu Student dent Affairs Timothy P. Leary, Director of Student Ac Activities tivities Timothy J. Pierson, Director of Resi Residence dence Life Erin D. Swezey, Assistant Director of Re Residence sidence Life Patricia M. Alley, Career Development Coordinator Joan Williamson, Director of Counsel Counseling ing Jon E. Frew, Counselor Louisa Mary Silva, Medical Director Barbara R. Bower, Adult and Family Nurse Practitioner Martha Stellmacher, Registered Nurse Philip S. Hanni, University Chaplain James S. Woodland, Director of Student Financial Aid Bea Blake, Assistant Director, Financial Aid Harold Schmelzer, Director of Campus Safety Office of Financial Affairs Brian W. Hardin, Vice President for Fi Financial nancial Affairs Robert N. Olson, Controller and Director of the Budget Charlene M. Olson, Personnel and Business Services Coordinator Bruce Bigler, Director of Plant Rose LaPlante, Manager, Book Store Christopher A. Payton, Director of Copy Center and Purchasing Alma Kelly, Accounting Office Manager Office of University Relations E. Jerry Whipple, Vice President for University Relations Barbara Brunkow, Assistant to the Vice President for University Relations Elwyn M. Williams, Special Assistant to the President — Development Ralph Wright, Director of University Re Relations lations Linda L. Posell, Director of the News Bureau/Associate Director of Publications Harry S. Manley, Director of Major Gifts and Planned Giving Colleen Corcoran, Director of Alumni Relations William G. Trenbeath, Associate Director of Alumni Relations Victors. Gilliam, Staff Director, Cam Campaign paign for WillametteJ5 Board of Trustees University Officers Jerry E. Hudson, President Richard Samuel Hall, Vice President for Academic Affairs Rosemary Hart, Vice President for Stu Student dent Affairs Elwyn Williams, Vice President for Uni University versity Relations Brian Hardin, Vice President for Finan Financial cial Affairs Officers Thomas B. Stoel, Chairman of the Board, Attorney at Law, Portland, OR William B. Webber, Vice Chairman of the Board, Tektronix Foundation, Tigard, OR Maribeth Collins, Secretary of the Board, President, Collins Foundation, Portland, OR Roy Harland, Assistant Secretary of the Board, Attorney at Law, Salem, OR Jerry E. Hudson, President, Willamette University, Salem, OR Brian Hardin, Treasurer of the Board, Vice President for Financial Affairs, Wil Willamette lamette University, Salem, OR Members C.F. Adams, Jr., The Oregon Bank, Port Portland, land, OR C. Gene Albertson, Minister, United Methodist Church, Gresham, OR ‘Betty Anderson, Salem, OR Lavina Atkinson, Hillsborough, CA Ray N. Atkinson, Vice President, Guy F. Atkinson Co., San Mateo, CA George 1. Azumano, Azumano Travel Service, Portland, OR C. Morton Bishop, Jr., President, Pendleton Woolen Mills, Portland, OR Robert P. Blanding, Secretary-Treasurer, Agripac, Inc., Salem, OR James C. Booth, K/P Graphics, Port Portland, land, OR Edwin Bootbby, President, Compensa Compensation tion Consultants, Inc., Seattle, WA *Floyd K. Bowers, Salem, OR * Robert Burtner, Minister, United Methodist Church, Corvallis, OR Stewart Butler, Vice President, Rollins, Burdick and Hunter, Portland, OR Wallace P. Carson, Jr., Justice, Oregon Supreme Court, Salem, OR Marvin Case, Publisher, The Reflector, Battle Ground, WA Maribeth Collins, President, Collins Foundation, Portland, OR ‘Russell M. Colwell, President, Salishan Properties, Inc., Portland, OR *Edwin E. Cone, Partner and General Manager, Cone Lumber Co., Eugene, OR Kay Conrad, Associate Director of Ad Admissions, missions, Oregon State University, Cor Corvallis, vallis, OR Virginia Curtis, Minister, United Methodist Church, Junction City, OR Amo DeBemardis, Tigard, OR Robert L. Elfstrom, Salem, OR Allan L. Ferrin, Surgeon, Salem, OR * George C. Flanagan, Medford, OR Cynthia Ford, Associate Director, Reg Regional ional Services Institute, Southern Oregon State College, Medford, OR Hallie E. Ford, Salem, OR Dennis Frank, President, Frank Lumber Co., Mill City, OR Gerald W. Frank, Salem, OR ‘Tinkham Gilbert, Salem, OR Alan Goudy, President, Collins Pine, Portland, OR ‘Grace Goudy, Portland, OR Cobum L. Grabenhorst, Grabenhorst Bros., Realtors, Salem, OR Donald K. Grant, Executive Consultant, Guy F. Atkinson Co., San Mateo, CA Orval O. Hager, Attorney at Law, Port Portland, land, OR ‘Henry L. Haines, Salem, OR Stanley N. Hammer, President, Pumilite Block & Supply, Salem, OR *Herbert C. Hardy, Attorney at Law, Portland, OR Roy Harland, Attorney at Law, Salem, OR Dale Harris, Superintendent, Western District, First United Methodist Church, Salem, OR *Mark O. Hatfield, United States Senator, Washington, DC Will J. Henderson, President, The Queens Medical Center, Honolulu, HI Flenry Hewitt, Attorney at Law, Portland, OR William Hilliard, Executive Editor/ News, The Oregonian, Portland, OR Eric Hoffman, Chairman, Hoffman Con Construction struction Co., Portland, OR Douglas G. Houser, Attorney at Law, Portland, OR Jerry E. Hudson, President, Willamette University, Salem, OR Diane C. Kem, Dico Properties, Deer Island, OR William H. Kilkenny, Chairman of the Board, Hyster Company, Portland, OR Peter Kremer, President, The Irvine Company, Newport Beach, CA Calvin McConnell, Bishop, Portland Area United Methodist Church, Port Portland, land, OR *Louise McGilvra, Forest Grove, OR Carolyn McMillan, Salem, OR ‘Warren A. McMinimee, Attorney at Law, Tillamook, OR Joan McNamara, Bonneville Power Ad Administration, ministration, Financial Management Div., Portland, OR ‘Robert C. Notson, Portland, OR Norma Paulus, Secretary of State, Salem, OR George A. Rhoten, Attorney at Law, Salem, OR David H. Russell, Vice President/Man President/Manager, ager, Real Estate Sales Division, Realty Financial Services Co., Portland, OR Robert H. Short, President, Portland General Electric Company, Portland, OR Robert F. Smith, United States Con Congressman, gressman, Burns, OR ‘Howard B. Somers, President, Somers, Grove & Co., Inc., Portland, OR L.B. Staver, U.S. National Bank of Ore Oregon, gon, Portland, OR Thomas B. Stoel, Attorney at Law, Port Portland, land, OR William Swindells, Jr., President, Wil Willamette lamette Industries, Portland, OR MarkTeppola, President, National Buil Builders ders Hardware, Portland, OR Allan Voigt, M.D., Medical Director, Eisenhower Medical Center, Rancho Mirage, CA William O. Walker, Pastor, United Methodist Church, Eugene, OR William B. Webber, Tektronix Founda Foundation, tion, Tigard, OR ‘Edward C. Wells, Bellevue, WA Carol Whipple, E.G. Whipple Co., Elkton, OR E. Jerry Whipple, Vice Chairman, K/P Companies, Salem, OR Thomas Whitehead, Minister, First Un United ited Methodist Church, Salem, OR ‘Loren C. Winterscheid, Medical Di Director, rector, University Hospital, RD-30, Mercer Island, WA Btyant K. Zimmerman, Vice President and General Counsel, Guy F. Atkinson Co., Hillsborough, CA ‘Indicates Life Member§«1 ?,. ■ 9* ,A* o-' astmffW®'Campus Map 1. Gatke Hall 1938, political science and economics, named in honor of Willamette historian and professor Robert M. Gatke, 1968. 2. Baxter Hall 1948, coed, 110 residents, named in honor of Dr. Bruce R. Baxter, president of Willamette from 1934-40. 3. Phi Delta Theta national fraternity, 1947,32 men. 4. Sigma Alpha Epsilon national fraternity, 1949,32 men. 5. Beta Theta Pi national fraternity, 1947,32 men. 6. Sigma Chi national fraternity, 1947,32 men. 7. Kappa Sigma national fraternity, 1961,32 men. 8. Delta Tau Delta national fraternity, 1962,32 men. 9. Matthews Hall 1961, coed, 90 residents, “art performance” sector, named in honor of mathematics professor James T. Matthews. 10. Belknap Hall 1961, coed, 70 residents, named in honor of Dr. Lewis Franklin Belknap, prominent Methodist minister. 11. University Library 1938. 12. Walton Hall 1967, foreign languages, Office of the Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Associate Dean, named in honor of the late financier William S. Walton. 13. Willamette Playhouse 1923, converted from gymnasium use in 1974 for theatre productions, renovated, 1979. 14. Maintenance Shops 1946 and 1969. 15. Bishop Student Development Center 1955, medical services, counseling, career and life planning, intercultural student coordinator, business office and V.P. for Financial Affairs, named in honor of C.R and Fannie K. Bishop. 16. Eaton Hall 1909, history, religion, English, sociology and anthropology, philosophy, and education, renovated 1982, a gift of A.E. Eaton. 17. Smith Auditorium and Fine Arts Building 1955, 1250-seat auditorium, music and speech communication departments, named in 1970 in honor of President Emeritus G. Herbert Smith who served Willamette from 1942-69. 18. Waller Hall 1867, psychology, media center, Office of Campus Safety, chapel, oldest building on campus, named in honor of the Rev. Alvin Waller, a former business agent for Willamette who raised funds for the building. 19. E.S. Collins Science Center 1941, with wing addition in 1962, biology, chemistry, earth science, physics, gift of lumberman Everell S. Collins. Renovated, 1981. 20. Art Building 1977, the old College of Music (built 1905) renovated for art gallery, art classes, faculty offices, sculpture, and ceramic studios. 21. University House moved to campus in 1938, offices of alumni affairs and development. 22. Doney Hall 1955, with wing addition in 1967, coed residence for 110, named in honor of Willamette President and Mrs. Carl Gregg Doney (president 1915-34). Basement houses Offices of Information Services and Saga Food Service. 23. Lausanne Hall 1920, coed, 100 residents, intensive study preference, named for the sailing ship that brought many of the early pioneers to the Oregon country. 24. Collins Legal Center 1967, College of Law, named in honor of alumnus, lumberman, and former Trustee chairman Truman Wesley Collins. 25. Seeley G. Mudd Building 1975, Geo. H. Atkinson Graduate School of Management, computer center. 26. York House, 1959, mathematics and computer science, named in honor of Emily J. York, the first graduate of Willamette’s collegiate division in 1859. 27. Lee House 1959, coed graduate student housing for 24, site of the Dispute Resolution Center, named in honor of Lucy Anna Lee, only daughter of founder Jason Lee. 28. Putnam University Center 1970, student government, bookstore, student publications, lounge, snack bar, conference rooms, Offices of Admission, Financial Aid, Registrar, President, Vice Presidents for Academic and Student Affairs, and Director of Public Relations, named in honor of Oregon journalist George Putnam. 29. LestleJ. Sparks Physical Education and Recreation Center 1974, containing the Edwin E. and June Woldt Cone Field House, Chester Henkle Gymnasium, natatorium, handball courts, and other exercise and recreation facilities, named in honor of professor of physical education and coach who was associated with Willamette 1916-1979. 30. Willamette International Studies House (WISH) 1965, coed, 39 residents. 31. Alpha Chi Omega national sorority 1967 (chapter founded in 1944), 46 women. 32. Delta Gamma national sorority 1967 (chapter founded in 1945), 46 women. 33. Pi Beta Phi national sorority 1963 (chapter founded in 1944), 46 women. 34. Cyrus Shephard House 1963,46 women. McCulloch Stadium, 1950,3500 seats at 10-acre athletic field in Bush’s Pasture Park, a gift of former Trustee chairman Charles E. McCulloch. All-weather track, John R. Lewis Baseball Field. Bishop House, acquired 1954, President’s home, named in honor of C.P and Fannie Kay Bishop, house and endowment fund were a gift of the Roy T. Bishop family, located at 325 Lincoln St., S. Thetford Lodge, 1963, mountain retreat sleeping 16 on Little North Fork of the Santiam River, gift of former Oregon Governor, journalist, and trustee Charles Sprague.mm*9 Calendar Fall Semester, 1983 August 27 Residence Halls open for new students. Orientation begins. August 31 Registration for new students and returning students who did not pre-register, 8 a.m. to Noon. Classes begin, 11 a.m. September 5 Labor Day Holiday. September 14 Last day to add first half and full semester courses. Last day to drop first half and full semester courses without a W appearing on the transcript. Last day to designate first half and full semester course Credit/No Credit. September 30 Last day to drop first half-semester courses. October 20 End of first half semester courses. October 21 “Mid semester day” — no classes. October 24 Beginning of second half semester courses. November 4 Last day to drop full semester courses. Last day to add second half semester courses. Last day to drop second half semester courses without a W appearing on the transcript. Last day to designate second half semester courses Credit/No Credit. November 21 Academic advising begins for spring semester. November 23 Last day to drop second half semester courses. Thanksgiving Vacation begins at 5 p.m. November 28 Thanksgiving Vacation ends at 8 a.m. December 3 Pre-registration for Spring Semester. December 8 Classes end, 10 p.m. December 13 Semester final exams begin. December 17 Semester final exams end. Christmas Vacation begins. Spring Semester, 1984 January 16 Registration for spring semester January 17 Classes begin, 8 a.m. January 30 Last day to add first half and full semester courses. Last day to drop first half and full semester courses without a W appearing on the transcript. Last day to designate first half and full semester courses Credit/No Credit. February 1 One hundred fourty-second anniversary of the founding of the University February 17 Last day to drop first half semester courses. March 7 End of first half semester courses. March 8 Beginning of second half semester courses. March 14 Last day to add second half semester courses. Last day to drop second half semester courses without a W appearing on the transcript. Last day to designate second half semester courses Credit/No Credit. March 16 Last day to drop full semester courses. Spring Vacation begins at 5 p.m. March 26 Spring Vacation ends at 8 a.m. April 9 Academic advising for fall semester begins. April 13 Last day to drop second half semester courses. April 21 Pre-registration for Fall Semester. April 27 Classes end 10 p.m. May 2 Semester final exams begin. May 7 Semester final exams end. May 13 Baccalaureate and Commencement.Calendar Fall Semester, 1984 September 1 Residence Hails open for new students. Orientation begins. September 3 Labor Day Holiday. September 5 Registration for new students and returning students who did not pre-register, 8 a.m. to Noon. Classes begin, 11 a.m. September 18 Last day to add first half and full semester courses. Last day to drop first half and full semester courses without a W appearing on the transcript. Last day to designate first half and full semester course Credit/No Credit. October 5 Last day to drop first-half semester courses. October 25 End of first half semester courses. October 26 “Mid semester day” — no classes. October 29 Beginning of second half semester courses. November 9 Last day to drop full semester courses. Last day to add second half semester courses. Last day to drop second half semester courses without a W appearing on the transcript. Last day to designate second half semester courses Credit/No Credit. November 21 Last day to drop second half semester courses. Thanksgiving Vacation begins at 5 p.m. November 26 Thanksgiving Vacation ends at 8 a.m. Academic advising begins for spring semester. December 8 Pre-registration for Spring Semester. December 13 Classes end, 10 p.m. December 18 Semester final exams begin. December 22 Semester final exams end. Christmas Vacation begins. Spring Semester, 1985 January 14 Registration for spring semester January 15 Classes begin, 8 a.m. January 28 Last day to add first half and full semester courses. Last day to drop first half and full semester courses without a W appearing on the transcript. Last day to designate first half and full semester courses Credit/No Credit. February 1 One hundred fourty-third anniversary of the founding of the University February 15 Last day to drop first half semester courses. March 6 End of first half semester courses. March 7 Beginning of second half semester courses. March 13 Last day to add second half semester courses. Last day to drop second half semester courses without a W appearing on the transcript. Last day to designate second half semester courses Credit/No Credit. March 15 Last day to drop full semester courses. Spring Vacation begins at 5 p.m. March 25 Spring Vacation ends at 8 a.m. April 8 Academic advising for Fall Semester begins. April 12 Last day to drop second half semester courses. April 20 Pre-registration for Fall Semester. April 26 Classes end, 10 p.m. May 1 Semester final exams begin. May 6 Semester final exams end. May 12 Baccalaureate and Commencement.91 Index Academic Advising 4 Academic Calendar 89 Academic Dismissal 6 Academic Policies 5, 6 Academic Progress 6 Academic Regulations 5 Academic Standing 6 Accreditation 2 Administration and Faculty 81 Admission 72 Advanced Payment 75 Advanced Placement 75 Early Decision Plan 74 Freshmen 74 How to Apply 74 Special Considerations 75 Transfer 74 Veterans 78 Advising 4 Aerospace Studies (AFROTC) 8 AFROTC Scholarships 78 Alumni Association 72 American Studies 14 Anthropology (See Sociology) 60 Application 74 Art 14 ASWU (Associated Students of Willamette University) 71 Athletics 71 Attendance — Class 5 Awards 79 Band 45, 48 Biology 17 Board of Trustees 86 Bookstore (See Putnam University Center) 88 British Studies 41 Business (See Economics) 23 Business Management (careers in) 11 Calendar 89 Campus Map 87 Campus Safety (Office of) 71 Career Development 70 Chemistry 19 Choir 45, 48 Combined Degree Programs (Inter-College) 8 Communications (See Speech Communication) 64 Computer Center 21 Computer Science 21 Concerts and Recitals (Music) 45 Conduct, Standards of 71 Costs 75 Counseling 70 Course Descriptions 14 Credit/No Credit Grading 5 Dance (See Theatre) 65 Debate 64 Degrees, Requirements for: Bachelor of Arts 3 Bachelor of Music 45 Bachelor of Music Education 45 Bachelor of Science 3 Bachelor of Theatre 66 Doctor of Jurisprudence 11 Master of Management 12 Dentistry 11 Earth Science 22 Economics 23 Education (teacher preparation) 25 Elementary Education 9 Eligibility for Activities, Student 71 Emeritus Faculty 84 Employment, Student 78 Endowed Chairs 84 Engineering 9 English 28 English Proficiency 4 Ensembles (Music) 45, 48 Entrance requirements — Liberal Arts 72 Music 44 Theatre 66 Environmental Science 30 Expenses — Liberal Arts, Music and Theatre 75 Faculty and Administration Active Full-time 81 Active Part-time 84 Emeritus 84 Fees 75 Financial Aid 77 Food Service 76 Foreign Language Requirement 4 Foreign Languages/Literatures 32 Foreign Study 9 Forensics 64 Forestry 9 Fraternities 71 French 32 French Studies 41 Freshman Glee 72 Freshman Program (Interdisciplinary) 8 General Education Program 6 Geography (See Earth Science) 22 Geology (See Earth Science) 22 German 33 German Studies 41 Goals 2 Government Service 11 Grading Policy 5 Graduate Study Opportunities 11,12 Graduation Requirements and Guidelines 2 Grants-1 n-Aid 78 Health Service 70 Hispanic Studies 41 History 35 Honor Societies 72 Honors Policies 4 Housing 70 Insurance 75 Integrative Studies 38 Interdisciplinary Freshman Program 8 International Studies 41 Internships 10 Intramural Athletics 71 Japanese 33 Law, College of 11 Libraries 88 Loan Funds 79 Major Programs 14 Major Requirements (see Individual Department Listings) 14 Majors Offered (Approved) 3 Management, Atkinson Graduate School of 12 Map of Campus 87 Mathematics 43 Mathematics Proficiency 4 Meal and Room Charges 75 Medical Technology 11 Medicine 11 Ministry and Religious Service 11 Minor Requirements (See Individual Department Listings) 14 Minority Studies 8 Minors Offered (Approved) 3 Music 44 Music (Applied) 47 Music Education 48 Music Performing Organizations 45, 48 Music Therapy 48 Newspaper 71 Nursing 11 Objectives, undergraduate 2 Off-Campus Study 9 Pass/Fail Grading (See Credit/No Credit Grading) 5 Payments 76 Pell Grants 78 Philosophy 49 Physical Education 50 Physics 53 Placement Services (See Counseling and Career Development) 70 Political Science 54 Prizes 79 Professional Degree Requirements — Music 45 Theatre 66 Professional Societies 72 Proficiency Requirements 4 Psychology 56 Publications, Student 71 Recognition Societies 72 Refunds 76 Registration 5 Religion 59 Religious Life 70 Religious Studies 58 Requirements 2 Residence Halls (Housing) 70 Residence Requirements 70 Room and Meal Charges 76 Russian 34 Scholarship Honors 4 Scholarships 77 Senior Year Studies 8 Social Service and the Help Professions 11 Sociology 60 Sororities 71 Spanish 34 Speakers Program 71 Special Interest Programs 8 Special Students 75 Speech Communication 64 Student Life 70 Conduct 71 Counseling 70 Employment 78 Grievance Procedure 71 Government 71 Health Service 70 Housing 70 Loan Funds 78 Organizations 71 Placement Services 70 Religious Life 70 Speakers Program 70 Rights and Responsibilities 71 Student Organizations 71 Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) 78 Teacher Preparation 25 Teaching 11 Transcripts 6 Transfer (See Admission) 72 Theatre 65 Trustees 86 Tuition and Expenses 75 Payment Plans 76 Room and Meal Charges 76 Refunds 76 Semester Tuition 75 University Administration 85 University Center 88 Vacations (See Calendar) 89 Veterans’ Benefits 78 Withdrawal Data (See Calendar) 89 Work-study 78 Writing Proficiency 4Your job is to find what the world is trying to be.■ v ■ ■ « ■ :r: u: frc§«[ • •>* .?■$&&' /.Vy ‘-a. . •/ -ojiv? £rWj; . ■ ... . '• > - ••■; r - -v ' 'V: . m uV-ft - » v.=- ■■ti\k r ',f:'Am ■' ' ' ■ ^ .' ; : .' " ■ \ - . /• ■,'■ '■■■ %'•'. ''■ m$mrn mm : :^lXgj: Mmm ksmSsm mm lill ' (’ 'v ipl « V- y-f- > V;-^' y (■'-.!' $9giraraili ffe s “JBBSHwWm